S-1/Atrue0001827075 0001827075 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 2020-09-25 2020-09-30 0001827075 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 2020-12-31 0001827075 2021-09-30 0001827075 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 2021-01-19 0001827075 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001827075 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001827075 2020-09-24 0001827075 2020-09-30 0001827075 2021-06-30 0001827075 2021-03-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:CommonClassAAndBMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember dgns:FounderSharesMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:WorkingCapitalLoansMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:ClassACommonStockSubjectToPossibleRedemptionMember 2021-01-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:CommonClassAAndBMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:ClassACommonStockSubjectToPossibleRedemptionMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-07-01 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:CommonStockSubjectToMandatoryRedemptionMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:CommonClassAAndBMember dgns:CommonStockSubjectToNonRedeemableMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:SponsorMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember dgns:SponsorMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember dgns:SponsorMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:CommonClassAAndBMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:ClassACommonStockSubjectToPossibleRedemptionMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:NonRedeemableOrdinarySharesMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:PublicSharesMember 2020-09-25 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 dgns:PromissoryNoteMember 2020-11-19 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:PostBusinessCombinationTargetCompanyMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember us-gaap:CommonStockMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 dgns:WorkingCapitalLoansMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-11-19 0001827075 dgns:PrivatePlacementWarrantsMember 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember us-gaap:IPOMember 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember 2020-11-19 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Member us-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:MoneyMarketFundsMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:OverAllotmentOptionMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:PostBusinessCombinationTargetCompanyMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:SubscriptionAgreementsMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:WorkingCapitalLoansMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember dgns:FounderSharesMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-09-30 2020-09-30 0001827075 dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-10-29 0001827075 dgns:ForwardPurchaseAgreementMember dgns:AffiliateOfTheSponsorMember 2020-10-29 0001827075 dgns:PromissoryNoteMember 2020-09-29 0001827075 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember dgns:WorkingCapitalLoansMember 2021-01-19 0001827075 us-gaap:SubsequentEventMember 2021-01-19 0001827075 dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-11-16 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-10-22 0001827075 dgns:FounderSharesMember 2020-10-22 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-01-01 2021-03-31 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-04-01 2021-06-30 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-09-25 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-09-25 2020-09-30 0001827075 dgns:ClassACommonStockSubjectToPossibleRedemptionMember 2020-09-25 2020-09-30 0001827075 dgns:CommonClassAAndBMember 2020-09-25 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-09-25 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-09-24 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-09-24 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-09-24 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-09-24 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-12-31 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-03-31 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-03-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-03-31 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-03-31 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2021-06-30 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2021-06-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2021-06-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2021-06-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassBMember 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:CommonClassAMember 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember 2020-09-30 0001827075 us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember 2020-09-30 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares utr:Day xbrli:pure iso4217:USD xbrli:shares
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2
7
, 2021
No. 333-261787
 
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
Amendment No. 1
to
FORM
S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
 
CVENT HOLDING CORP.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware
 
7372
 
98-1560055
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor
Tysons, Virginia 22102
(703)
226-3500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
 
 
Lawrence J. Samuelson
Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor
Tysons, Virginia 22102
(703)
226-3500
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
 
 
Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:
Robert M. Hayward, P.C.
Robert E. Goedert, P.C.
Kevin M. Frank
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
300 North LaSalle
Chicago, IL 60654
United States
+1 312 862 2000 - Phone
+1 312 862 2200 - Facsimile
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public
: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
 
 
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  ☒
If this Form is filed to registered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
       
Non-accelerated
filer
     Smaller reporting company  
       
         Emerging growth company  
 
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
 
Amount
to be Registered
(1)
 
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share
(2)
 
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
(2)
 
Amount of
Registration Fee
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
(3)
  513,892,605   $7.81   $4,010,931,782.03   $371,813.38
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share
(4)
  155,644   $7.81   $1,214,801.42   $112.61
 
 
(1)
Pursuant to Rule 416(a), there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act. The price per share and aggregate offering price are based on the average of the high and low prices of the Registrant’s common stock on December 20, 2021, as reported on Nasdaq.
(3)
Represents shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) registered for resale by the Selling Stockholders named in this registration statement.
(4)
Represents shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options by former employees (“Options”).
 
 
The registrant hereby amends this Registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 
 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. The prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer and sale is not permitted.
 
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 2
7
, 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
CVENT HOLDING CORP.
Up to 155,644 Shares of Common Stock
Up to 513,892,605 Shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders
This prospectus relates to (a) the issuance by us of up to 155,644 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”), upon the exercise of options by former employees (“Options”) and (b) the resale from time to time of up to 513,892,605 shares of Common Stock, by the selling security holders named in this prospectus (each a “Selling Stockholder” and collectively, the “Selling Stockholders”).
On December 8, 2021, we consummated the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among Cvent Holding Corp. (f/k/a Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II) (“we,” “us,” “Cvent” or the “Company”), Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub I”), Redwood Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub II”) and Papay Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Cvent”), pursuant to which, among other things, promptly following the
de-registration
of the Company as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and the continuation and domestication of the Company as a corporation in the State of Delaware with the name “Cvent Holding Corp.” (the “Domestication”), Merger Sub I merged with and into Legacy Cvent (the “First Merger”), with Legacy Cvent as the surviving company in the First Merger and, after giving effect to such First Merger, Legacy Cvent became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Legacy Cvent as the surviving company of the First Merger merged with and into Merger Sub II (the “Second Merger”), with Merger Sub II as the surviving company in the Second Merger and, after giving effect to such Second Merger, Merger Sub II became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the time at which the First Merger became effective (the “First Effective Time”), each share and equity award of Legacy Cvent outstanding as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time was exchanged for shares of Common Stock or comparable equity awards that are settled or are exercisable for shares of Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Legacy Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959.
We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in connection with the registration of the Common Stock and will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock. The Selling Stockholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their respective sales of the Common Stock.
Our Common Stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “CVT.” On December 22, 2021, the closing sale price of our Common Stock was $8.06.
Investing in our Common Stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 12 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of the securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The date of this prospectus is                 , 2021.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
    
Page
 
     1  
     2  
     3  
     8  
     9  
     12  
     57  
     58  
     59  
     60  
     71  
     106  
     120  
     159  
     166  
     172  
     179  
     181  
     183  
     187  
     187  
     187  
     F-1  
 
i

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
This prospectus is part of a registration statement on
Form S-1
that we filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) using the “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, the Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Stockholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Options. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock underlying the Options pursuant to this prospectus, however we will receive any cash amounts payable upon the exercise of such Options.
Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders will make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
We may also provide a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”
On December 8, 2021, we consummated the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among Cvent Holding Corp. (f/k/a Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II) (“we,” “us,” “Cvent” or the “Company”), Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub I”), Redwood Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub II”) and Papay Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Cvent”), pursuant to which, among other things, promptly following the
de-registration
of the Company as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and the continuation and domestication of the Company as a corporation in the State of Delaware with the name “Cvent Holding Corp.” (the “Domestication”), Merger Sub I merged with and into Legacy Cvent (the “First Merger”), with Legacy Cvent as the surviving company in the First Merger and, after giving effect to such First Merger, Legacy Cvent became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Legacy Cvent as the surviving company of the First Merger merged with and into Merger Sub II (the “Second Merger”), with Merger Sub II as the surviving company in the Second Merger and, after giving effect to such Second Merger, Merger Sub II became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the time at which the First Merger became effective (the “First Effective Time”), each share and equity award of Legacy Cvent outstanding as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time was exchanged for shares of Company Common Stock or comparable equity awards that are settled or are exercisable for shares of Company Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Legacy Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959.
 
1

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we the information presented in this prospectus is generally reliable, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”
Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent industry publications are provided below:
 
   
Forrester, Cvent Thought Leadership Study: Data Review, February 22, 2021, which was commissioned by Cvent;
 
   
Frost & Sullivan, Hospitality Cloud GLOBAL TAM 2021/2022, April 2021, which was commissioned by Cvent; and
 
   
Frost & Sullivan, Events Technology GLOBAL TAM 2021/2022, April 2021, which was commissioned by Cvent.
We have not had this information verified by any independent sources. The independent industry publications used in this prospectus were not prepared on our behalf.
 
2

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS
This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included in this prospectus and the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”
Unless the context indicates otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Cvent,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Cvent Holding Corp. (f/k/a Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II) and its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “Dragoneer” refer to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II prior to the Business Combination.
Our Business
Cvent is a leading cloud-based platform of enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. Cvent powers the marketing and management of meetings and events through its Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. Cvent’s Event Cloud consists of tools to enable event organizers to manage the entire event lifecycle and deliver engaging experiences across every type of event and all event delivery models:
in-person,
virtual and hybrid. Event Cloud serves as the system of record for event and engagement data collected across an organization’s total event program, which comprises every internal and external event an organization hosts or attends (“
Total Event Program
”). Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud offers a marketplace that connects event organizers looking for the appropriate event space for their
in-person
and hybrid events with hoteliers and venue operators through a vertical search engine built on our proprietary database of detailed event space information. In addition, Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud provides marketing and software solutions that hotels and venues leverage to digitally showcase their event space to attract valuable leads and grow their businesses. This combination of the Cvent Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud results in a cohesive platform that Cvent believes generates powerful network effects and attracts more event organizers and hotels and venues.
Meetings and events are prevalent in organizations of almost every size, industry vertical and geography. The meetings and events space encompasses a broad spectrum of external marketing events, such as customer events, conferences, trade shows and prospect meetings; and internal events, such as sales kick-offs, training seminars, board meetings and companywide gatherings. Enterprises spend an average of 1% to 3% of their revenue on meetings and events, according to 2014 data from BTN Group. Collectively, organizations spent $1 trillion on meetings and events globally in 2018, according to the Industry and Events Council. According to Frost & Sullivan, the total market opportunity (“
TAM
”) for Cvent’s platform is $29.7 billion, across Cvent’s Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. See “
Business
Our Market Opportunity
” for a discussion of what is included in Cvent’s TAM.
In 2020, the meetings and events industry was transformed by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which forced events into virtual environments and accelerated the ongoing digital transformation of the events industry. For virtual events, the event technology is the event venue, video is the primary method of content delivery and virtual attendees create a digital footprint of all of their event engagement that can be captured, analyzed and leveraged to both deliver better event experiences and inform subsequent sales and marketing efforts. Even as the pandemic subsides, Cvent believes virtual events will remain prominent due to their ability to attract and engage vast audiences across the globe. However, Cvent also believes that, in the post-pandemic world, the fundamental and innate desire to meet
in-person
will mean that organizations’ Total Event Programs will feature a combination of virtual events,
in-person
events and hybrid events that offer the benefits of both. The hybrid event model enables organizations to harness the advantages of both
in-person
and virtual meetings at the same time by
 
3

reaching both a broader audience and achieving greater levels of engagement across far more attendees, thereby unlocking the potential for maximum return on their events investment.
With three event types now available to organizations, Cvent believes enterprises will host more events, more frequently and with far more registrants, and that they will also significantly expand their event technology spend given the increased complexity of their Total Event Program. For event professionals, planning, marketing and executing an event is a highly complex endeavor that can become inefficient and time-consuming when managed using traditional manual processes, homegrown solutions or disparate point software solutions. This complexity will be further exacerbated by the proliferation of hybrid events which essentially require planners to simultaneously execute two events that are consistent across distinct event delivery models. With events throughout the customer journey now being held across various event types and multiple event delivery models, organizations increasingly need a single system of record to collect and analyze these interrelated account and attendee interaction data points and act on this data, as well as manage the associated meetings spend, enabling them to measure the impact of, and return on, their events investment.
Cvent addresses these challenges faced by event organizers with its
end-to-end
Event Cloud platform with solutions to drive live engagement and manage all event types and processes within an organization’s Total Event Program. Prior to an event, event organizers use Cvent’s platform to identify the appropriate venue within its marketplace, secure competitive proposals from venues, configure an event diagram, evaluate and secure speakers to design an impactful agenda, build an event website with tailored registration and
pre-event
content, market the event by sending segmented invitations and
follow-up
reminders, conduct
pre-event
surveys, manage
in-person
and hybrid event logistics such as travel and lodging, manage budgets and fee collections and produce broadcast-quality video content that can engage attendees before an event occurs. During the course of an event, Cvent’s platform enables event marketers and planners to process registrations,
check-in
attendees, conduct virtual and
in-person
sessions and broadcast
pre-recorded
or live sessions for online audiences, facilitate online or
in-person
appointments and lead capture and manage
on-going
communication with attendees via an event-specific mobile app. Following an event, exhibitors and sponsors can act on leads collected via our platform, while event organizers can leverage our platform to analyze registration, attendance, attendee engagement, session data and survey responses to measure attendee engagement, content effectiveness and overall event success, as well as provide registrants with web or mobile app access to
on-demand
video content to keep attendees engaged after an event concludes.
Cvent’s platform leverages this proprietary data to generate an engagement score for each attendee. When this data is integrated with an organization’s customer relationship management, or CRM, and marketing automation system, it can boost existing lead scores and inform the optimal action including sending leads to sales, putting engaged attendees into marketing nurture streams and improving future events. Cross-event analysis also enables organizations to measure the effectiveness of the entirety of their Total Event Program. The ability of Cvent’s platform to provide organizations with insights into buyer insights across the customer journey across all events has made the event program even more strategic and has positioned event technology as a critical component of an organization’s marketing technology stack.
Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud platform offers vertical online marketplaces that connect event organizers seeking event space to hotels and venues. Cvent’s platform helps hotels find event organizers and win group business by enabling them to advertise and digitally showcase their event space, and also provides event organizers with tools to search, diligence, negotiate and contract with hotels for that event space. The largest of these marketplaces is the Cvent Supplier Network (“
CSN
”), which connects over 86,000 meeting and event organizers with approximately 285,000 hotels and venues featured in Cvent’s proprietary global database as of September 30, 2021. Cvent believes that CSN contains one of the world’s most extensive and accurate repositories of detailed meeting venue information, empowering event organizers to search for, and qualify, potential event sites. Cvent also believes that its marketplace generates significant network effects that
 
4

simultaneously increase the volume of request for proposals (“
RFPs
”), submitted from event organizers and increase the number of hospitality professionals using Cvent’s system to respond to RFPs.
Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud also offers software solutions to hotels and venues that improve the group sales process and streamline collaboration between hoteliers and event organizers to design, manage, and execute events. Cvent’s software solutions include, but are not limited to, lead scoring to prioritize group RFPs, three-dimensional hotel tours, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal and safe event layouts and viewing three-dimensional renderings, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions that simplify how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics.
Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud also offers software solutions to hotels and venues that improve the group sales process and streamline collaboration between hoteliers and event organizers to design, manage, and execute events. Cvent’s software solutions include lead scoring to prioritize group RFPs, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal event layouts, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions that simplify how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics.
Cvent sells its platform primarily through a direct inside sales team. For Cvent’s Event Cloud, its customers enter into annual and multi-year subscriptions to utilize its cloud-based event marketing and management solutions. The amount of these
sum-certain
contracts is based on a committed annual number of registrants and events across an organization’s Total Event Program. As of September 30, 2021, Cvent had approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers, including companies such as Deere & Company, Morningstar, Inc., and Zoom Video Communications, Inc. For Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud, hotels and venues enter into annual and multi-year contracts for group business marketing solutions and software. As of September 30, 2021, Cvent had approximately 10,000 Hospitality Cloud customers, including brands such as Accor S.A., Best Western International, Inc., and Marriott International Inc.
The structure of Cvent’s platform allows it to employ a
land-and-expand
business model, where customers grow their spend with Cvent over time. As Cvent’s Event Cloud customers grow their Total Event Program by launching new types of events, running more events and attracting additional registrants to their events, their contracts are typically renewed at higher annual values. Additionally, customers purchasing Cvent’s platform to replace certain homegrown or multiple disparate point solutions may initially purchase only one or a few of Cvent’s solutions. As those customers recognize the value of an integrated platform, they typically expand their footprint over time. As of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 Cvent’s net dollar retention rate was 89.2%, 108.4% and 109.9%, respectively, with the decline in 2020 resulting from the global
COVID-19
pandemic. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, Cvent’s net dollar retention rate was 90.0% and 97.7%, respectively, with the decline in 2021 resulting from the global
COVID-19
pandemic. See “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics
” for additional information regarding our net dollar retention rate.
Corporate Information
Cvent is a Delaware corporation. Cvent’s principal executive offices are located at 1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor, Tysons, Virginia 22102. Cvent’s telephone number is (703)
226-3500
and its corporate website address is www.cvent.com. Cvent’s website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. On
 
5

December 9, 2021, we became a publicly-listed company through our combination with Dragoneer, a blank check company incorporated on September 25, 2020 as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.
Risk Associated with our Business
There are a number of risks related to our business and investing in our Common Stock that you should consider before deciding to invest. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:
 
   
Cvent is substantially dependent upon the addition of new customers and the continued growth of the market for its event marketing and management solutions;
 
   
Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud business depends on maintaining and expanding its relationships with hotels and venues;
 
   
Data published by third parties and internally generated data and assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. In particular, the estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which Cvent competes achieves the forecasted growth, Cvent’s business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all;
 
   
If the security of Cvent or its customers’ confidential or personal information stored in Cvent’s or its third-party service providers’ systems is breached or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, Cvent’s business could be materially and adversely affected, its reputation may be severely harmed and it may be exposed to liability.
 
   
Cvent has indemnity provisions under its contracts with its customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties, which could have a material adverse effect on Cvent’s business.
 
   
Cvent faces significant competition from established and new companies offering event marketing and management software.
 
   
Disruption of Cvent’s operations, infrastructure or systems, or disruption of the operations, infrastructure or systems of the third parties on which Cvent relies, could damage Cvent’s reputation and result in credits to customers or a loss of users, which would harm Cvent’s business and operating results.
 
   
Cvent’s business depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing customers and selling additional solutions to them. Any decline in—or failure to grow—Cvent’s customer renewals or expansions would likely harm its future operating results.
 
   
Cvent targets large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that Cvent may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen its penetration of its large customer base or the loss of large customers would have an adverse effect on Cvent’s annual recurring revenue (“
ARR
”), business and operating results.
 
   
Cvent’s net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.
 
   
Cvent’s business is substantially dependent upon the continued strength of the market for
on-demand
software solutions.
 
   
If Cvent loses access to third-party licenses, Cvent’s software product development and production may be delayed or it may incur additional expense to modify Cvent’s products or products in development.
 
6

   
If Cvent fails to comply with its obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, Cvent may be required to pay damages and Cvent could lose license rights that are critical to its business.
 
   
Cvent has experienced rapid growth and significant organizational change in recent periods and expect continued future growth, both organically and by acquisitions. If Cvent fails to manage its growth effectively, it may be unable to execute its business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.
 
   
Failure to adequately expand Cvent’s sales force will impede its growth.
 
   
In the past Cvent has completed acquisitions and may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet its expectations, result in additional dilution to Cvent’s stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt its operations and harm its operating results.
 
   
Cvent’s long-term success depends, in part, on its ability to operate offices located outside of the United States, including India.
 
   
Cvent’s business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.
 
   
Cvent is dependent in part upon its relationships with its strategic partners to sustain the flow of RFPs, through the Hospitality Cloud.
 
   
Cvent relies on third-party mobile application platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to distribute its mobile applications. Cvent’s business will suffer if it is unable to maintain a good relationship with such platform providers, if their terms and conditions or pricing change to our detriment, if it violates, or if a platform provider believes that it has violated, the terms and conditions of its platform, or if any of these platforms are unavailable for a prolonged period of time.
 
   
Cvent has experienced losses in the first nine months of 2021, 2020 and in prior years, and Cvent may not achieve profitability in the future.
 
   
If Cvent does not continue to innovate and provide solutions that are useful to Cvent’s customers and event registrants and attendees, Cvent may not remain competitive, and its revenue and operating results could suffer.
 
   
Cvent’s sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause its operating results to vary significantly.
 
   
Cvent relies on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including senior management and its sales and technology professionals; if Cvent is unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, Cvent’s business would be harmed.
 
   
Cvent’s ability to introduce new products and features is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If Cvent does not adequately fund its research and development efforts, Cvent may not be able to compete effectively and its business and operating results may be harmed.
 
   
Seasonality may cause fluctuations in Cvent’s revenue, sales, billings, cash flow, operating expenses and operating results.
 
   
If Cvent fails to offer high-quality customer support, its business and reputation would suffer.
 
   
Cvent’s business could be adversely affected if its users are not satisfied with the deployment, training and support services provided by Cvent and its partners.
 
7

THE OFFERING
 
     
Issuer
   Cvent Holding Corp.
   
Shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of Options
   Up to 155,644 shares.
   
Shares of Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders
   Up to 513,892,605 shares.
   
Shares of Common Stock Outstanding
   481,121,695 shares (as of December 17, 2021).
   
Use of Proceeds
   We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling Stockholders. With respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying Options, we will not receive any proceeds from such shares except with respect to amounts received by us upon exercise of such Options to the extent such Options are exercised for cash. We intend to use any such proceeds for general corporate purposes.
   
Market for Common Stock
   Our Common Stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CVT.”
   
Risk Factors
   See “
Risk Factors
” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider before investing in our securities.
 
8

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Statements contained in this prospectus that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance, business strategies, expectations for our business and any other statements of a future or forward-looking nature, constitute “forward-looking statements” for the purposes of federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. The information included in this prospectus in relation to the Company and our management, and forward-looking statements include statements relating to our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “can,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would,” “will,” “approximately,” “likely,” “shall” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. We cannot assure you that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our s assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to:
 
   
the impact on Cvent’s operations and financial condition from the effects of the current
COVID-19
pandemic;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to attract and retain new customers;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to maintain and expand relationships with hotels and venues;
 
   
the impact of a data breach or other security incident involving Cvent or its customers’ confidential or personal information stored in our or our third-party service providers’ systems;
 
   
risks associated with indemnity provisions in some of Cvent’s agreements;
 
   
the competitiveness of the market in which Cvent operates;
 
   
the impact of a disruption of Cvent’s operations, infrastructure or systems, or disruption of the operations, infrastructure or systems of the third parties on which Cvent relies;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to renew agreements with and sell additional solutions to its customers;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to maintain access to third-party licenses;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to comply with its obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to manage its growth effectively;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to expand its sales force;
 
   
risks and uncertainties associated with potential acquisitions and divestitures;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to operate offices located outside of the United States, including India;
 
   
the impact of declines or disruptions in the demand for events and meetings;
 
9

   
risks associated with Cvent’s reliance on third-party mobile application platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to distribute its mobile applications;
 
   
Cvent’s history of losses and ability to achieve profitability in the future;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of its solutions to meet customer needs and expectations;
 
   
the impact of Cvent’s lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to retain, hire and integrate skilled personnel, including its senior management team;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to fund its research and development efforts;
 
   
the seasonality of Cvent’s sales and customer growth;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to offer high-quality customer support;
 
   
the impact of contractual disputes with Cvent’s customers;
 
   
the impact of any significant reduction in spending by advertisers on Cvent’s platforms;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to maintain, enhance and protect its brand;
 
   
the impact of delays in product and service development, including delays beyond Cvent’s control;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to maintain the compatibility of its solutions with third-party applications;
 
   
risks related to incorrect or improper use of Cvent’s solutions or its failure to properly train customers on how to utilize its solutions;
 
   
the impact of Cvent’s reliance on data provided by third parties;
 
   
risks associated with privacy concerns and end users’ acceptance of Internet behavior tracking;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to maintain its corporate culture as it grows;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to comply with legal requirements, contractual obligations and industry standards relating to security, data protection and privacy;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce its intellectual property and proprietary rights;
 
   
risks associated with lawsuits by third parties for alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property and proprietary rights;
 
   
risks associated with Cvent’s use of open source software in certain of its solutions;
 
   
risks associated with changes in tax laws;
 
   
the impact of third-party claims, including by governmental bodies, regarding the content and advertising distributed by Cvent’s customers through its service;
 
   
risks associated with changes in financial accounting standards;
 
   
risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand its operations and invest in new technologies in the future;
 
   
Cvent’s ability to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting;
 
   
changes in applicable laws or regulations;
 
10

   
the ability of Cvent to expand or maintain its existing customer base;
 
   
the effect of global economic conditions or political transitions on Cvent’s customers and their ability to continue to purchase Cvent products;
 
   
the effect of
COVID-19
on the foregoing, including the impact on our virtual, hybrid and
in-person
offerings, each of which has been and may continue to be impacted differently by
COVID-19;
and
 
   
other risks and uncertainties, including those described under the heading “Risk Factors.”
We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
 
11

RISK FACTORS
Stockholders should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. We may face additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and notes to the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Risks Relating to the Global
COVID-19
Pandemic
The effects of the global
COVID-19
pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain.
The ongoing global
COVID-19
pandemic has disrupted our business activities as well as those of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers and vendors and other parties with whom we do business, and may prevent us or our customers, partners, suppliers or vendors or other parties with whom we do business from conducting certain marketing and other business activities for an indefinite period of time, which could adversely impact our business, financial position and results of operations. The global
COVID-19
pandemic, which has continued to spread, and the related adverse public health developments, including orders to
shelter-in-place,
travel restrictions and mandated business closures, have adversely affected workforces, organizations, customers, economies and financial markets globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility. It has also disrupted the normal operations of many businesses, including ours. The impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic significantly impacted our ability to sign new clients, and to upsell to and renew contracts with our existing clients, starting in March 2020 at the beginning of the pandemic. As a result, total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 declined by $9.1 million, or 2.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Additionally, in May 2020, in response to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, we implemented a global reduction in force of approximately 10% that affected all areas of our business. The ultimate impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on our business and financial results remains uncertain, particularly as new variants, including the Delta and Omicron variants, continue to emerge, evolve and spread, and a continued and prolonged public health crisis such as the global
COVID-19
pandemic could have a material negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. The extent to which the global
COVID-19
pandemic affects our business will depend on future developments in the United States, India and around the world, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the duration and spread of the pandemic and different
COVID-19
variants, including the Delta and Omicron variants, new information which may emerge concerning the severity of
COVID-19
and the actions required to contain and treat it, among others.
We help our Event Cloud customers organize, promote and manage meetings and events. We help our Hospitality Cloud customers market to and source Event Cloud customers. Our Event Cloud business is affected by the number and types of events held and the number of registrations. Our Hospitality Cloud business is affected by the length and number of hotel room bookings that our customers purchase to run their events. Our business and our revenue are impacted by trends in one or more meeting and event or hospitality industries. Some of our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud customers have partially or completely suspended operations. Adverse trends in one or more event or hospitality industries have adversely affected and are expected to continue to adversely affect our business. A decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of events, as well as any restrictions on the hospitality industry to host events, has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating income.
In addition, the global
COVID-19
pandemic may adversely impact the business and operations of third-party service providers who perform critical services for our business, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our business depends on discretionary consumer and corporate spending. During periods of economic slowdown and recession, such as the worldwide recession triggered by the global
COVID-19
pandemic and the resulting high levels of unemployment, consumers have historically reduced their discretionary spending. The impact of economic slowdowns on our business is difficult
 
12

to predict, but has and may continue to result in reductions in event planning and meetings, particularly for
in-person
events, and our ability to generate revenue. Many factors related to discretionary consumer and corporate spending, including employment, fuel prices, interest and tax rates and inflation, can adversely impact our results of operations.
In response to
COVID-19,
as many other companies have done, we required substantially all of our employees to continue to work, remotely; implemented travel restrictions; and postponed or canceled our
in-person
customer, industry and employee events and converted other events to virtual-only experiences. These precautionary measures could have increasingly negative effects on our sales and marketing efforts, customer success efforts, and revenue growth rates or other financial metrics, or create operational or other challenges, any of which could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition in any given period. We may also continue to experience impacts to productivity and other operational and business impacts if our employees, executives or their family members experience health issues, or if there are continued delays in our hiring and onboarding of new employees.
If and when local regulations permit, we may decide to
re-open
one or more of our offices and allow our employees to return to work, which would create additional risks and operational challenges. We anticipate that the
re-opening
of our offices will require
non-trivial
investments in the design, implementation and enforcement of new workplace safety protocols. Furthermore, even if we
re-open
some of our offices, it is possible that local authorities could impose stay at home orders which would require us to close our offices in the future. These efforts may divert management attention, and the protocols may create logistical challenges for our workforce which could adversely impact employee productivity and morale. Even if we follow what we believe to be best practices, there can be no assurance that our measures will prevent the transmission of
COVID-19
between workers. Any incidents of actual or perceived transmission may expose us to liability from employee claims, adversely impact employee productivity and morale, and even result in negative publicity and reputational harm. Additionally, we have employees located in India. The rise in
COVID-19
infection rates in India during April 2021, specifically the significant increase in infections in the New Delhi region where our office is located, could cause our employees to miss work, which in turn could have an adverse effect on productivity and morale.
In
mid-2020,
we saw some loosening of government-mandated
COVID-19
restrictions in certain locations in response to improved
COVID-19
infection levels. However, upon worsening
COVID-19
infection rates in certain locations in late fiscal 2020 and in early fiscal 2021, local governmental authorities have either
re-imposed
some or all of earlier restrictions or imposed other restrictions, all in an effort to prevent the spread of
COVID-19.
Further, in late fiscal 2020 and early fiscal 2021, vaccines for combating
COVID-19
were authorized for emergency use by health agencies in certain countries and regions in which we operate (including the United States, United Kingdom, European Union, Canada and Australia) and began to be administered. However, while vaccines are increasing in the United States, quantities of vaccines are limited and vaccine distributions, controlled by local authorities, are ongoing and not yet complete. Additionally, despite increasing vaccinations, cases of
COVID-19
are rising in some states and certain vaccines have been rolled back due to potential side effects. It is unclear if and when full administration of the
COVID-19
vaccines will occur and to what extent they are effective against
COVID-19
variants, including the Delta and Omicron variants. Further, even as more people are vaccinated, they may not feel comfortable gathering with large crowds for
in-person
events. In addition, the roll out of vaccines in some jurisdictions, including India, where a substantial proportion of our employees are located, and other markets in which we intend to expand our business, is much slower than in the United States.
The duration and extent of the impact from the global
COVID-19
pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the virus, new variants of the virus, the actions taken to contain it or treat its impact and the distribution and efficacy of vaccines, the disruption caused by such actions and the impact of these and other factors on our employees, customers, partners and vendors. If we are not able to respond to and manage the impact of such events effectively, our business will be harmed. We are also unable to predict whether remote work arrangements will remain a trend if and when offices reopen and some employees return to
in-person
work arrangements, and what
 
13

the timing and demand for hybrid work arrangements will be. It remains uncertain whether the shift to remote work arrangements will remain permanent as the
COVID-19
pandemic evolves and eventually abates. To the extent the global
COVID-19
pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described herein.
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
Operational Risks
We are substantially dependent upon the addition of new customers and the continued growth of the market for our event marketing and management solutions.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant majority of our revenue from the sale of our cloud solutions. During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, 69.0% and 61.3%, respectively, of our total revenue was derived from our Event Cloud business. Therefore, the sustained acceptance and use of the cloud-based business model for delivery of our event marketing and management solutions is critical to our future growth and success. Planners have traditionally relied on point solutions, manual, paper and spreadsheet-based systems to organize events. Our ability to grow our business and increase revenue depends on our success in continuing to educate planners about the potential benefits of our cloud-based solutions. Concerns about cost, fraud, privacy, security, reliability and other issues may cause potential buyers not to adopt our applications. Moreover, planners who have already invested substantial resources in other registration and management systems or methods may be reluctant to adopt a new approach like ours to supplement or replace existing systems or methods. If organizations do not widely adopt applications such as ours, our ability to grow our business will be limited.
Our growth is also dependent upon identifying planners and converting them to new customers. Meeting and event planners and marketers can be found in a range of corporate departments and within a range of job functions and titles, which makes it difficult to identify prospective event organizers. Since our formation, we have proactively and systematically worked to identify such potential customers. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to continue to identify them.
In addition, our business is sensitive to adverse trends in one or more event or hospitality industries, including declines or disruptions in the demand for events and meetings, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemic (such as the global
COVID-19
pandemic), and discretionary consumer and corporate spending. Our Event Cloud business is affected by the number and types of events held and the number of registrations. Any reduction in the demand for events and meetings would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See the discussion under the headings “—The effects of the global
COVID-19
pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain” and “—Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.”
Our Hospitality Cloud business depends on maintaining and expanding our relationships with hotels and venues.
An important component of the success of our Hospitality Cloud depends on our ability to maintain and expand relationships with hotels and venues. A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from compensation negotiated with hotels and venues for advertising and software solutions, particularly through Cvent Supplier Network, or CSN. During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, approximately 31.0% and 38.7%, respectively, of our total revenue was derived from our Hospitality Cloud.
If we are unable to continue to successfully sell marketing solutions to individual hotels and venues, our financial results may suffer. Furthermore, although individual hotel properties typically make separate decisions
 
14

as to their advertising spending, the influence of the corporate offices of major hotel chains may affect the decisions of their individual properties. For example, if a corporate parent discontinues its relationship with us in favor of another solution, our relationship with the properties under that brand may suffer. This may lead to considerable lost revenue or result in additional costs to complete sales of our advertising, any of which would adversely affect our operating results.
This risk is heightened by the concentrated nature of the hospitality industry, which is dominated by a relatively small number of major hotel chains, particularly in the United States. Recent high-profile mergers and acquisitions among the major hotel chains suggest that the industry’s level of concentration may increase. If we are unable to maintain and grow our network of hotels and venues, we may be unable to satisfy our customers’ needs, lose market share or incur additional costs to support our customers, all of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, if we are unable to successfully develop and sell additional products to hotels and venues, including but not limited to group marketing and sales solutions and group business intelligence, we may not achieve our anticipated revenue from these customers, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, our business is sensitive to adverse trends in one or more event or hospitality industries, including declines or disruptions in the demand for events and meetings, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemic (such as the global
COVID-19
pandemic), and discretionary consumer and corporate spending. Our Hospitality Cloud business is affected by the length and number of hotel room bookings that our customers purchase to run their events. Any decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of events, as well as any restrictions on the hospitality industry to host events, has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating income would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See the discussion under the headings “—The effects of the global
COVID-19
pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain” and “—Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.”
Data published by third parties and internally generated data and assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. In particular, the estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.
The market for event marketing and management software is still evolving. We rely on data published by third parties and on internally generated data and assumptions to calculate the size of our target market, customer groups and verticals within customer groups. For example, we rely on a worldwide total addressable market, or TAM, and we make assumptions about the direction of the events industry, including with respect to the mix of
in-person,
virtual and hybrid events. If third-party or internally generated data prove to be inaccurate or we make errors in our assumptions based on that data, our future growth rate may be limited. In addition, these inaccuracies or errors may cause us to misallocate capital and other business resources, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks described herein. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market
 
15

depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our platform and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.
If the security of our or our customers’ confidential or personal information stored in our or our third-party service providers’ systems is breached or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, our business could be materially and adversely affected, our reputation may be severely harmed and we may be exposed to liability.
Our system stores personally identifiable information, proprietary email distribution lists, credit card information and other critical, private, confidential and personal data for our customers and our customers’ event participants. We believe that we take reasonable steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect, store and otherwise process, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent (for example, software bugs, computer viruses or other technical malfunctions, employee error or malfeasance, or other factors) or unauthorized disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. We have in the past experienced, and we or our third-party service providers may in the future experience, successful attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to our or our customers’ data despite our security measures. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently, and we and our third-party hosting facilities and service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques, implement adequate preventative measures or prevent, detect and stop such attacks, or react in a timely or effective manner. Any willful or accidental security breaches or other unauthorized access to our or our third-party service providers’ systems could expose us to substantial liability for the loss of such information, adverse regulatory actions or inquiries by international, federal, state or local governments, time-consuming and expensive investigations and litigation, extensive downtime of our systems and other possible liabilities.
If our or our third-party service providers’ security measures are breached because of third-party actions, including employee error, malfeasance, malicious code (such as malware, viruses, trojans, worms and ransomware), theft or fraud, state-sponsored organizations or otherwise, or if design flaws in our software are exposed and exploited, and, as a result, a third party obtains unauthorized access to any of our customers’ data, our relationships with our customers could be severely damaged, and we could incur significant liability. In addition, many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data, and our agreements with certain partners could require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach may lead to widespread negative publicity and may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, and we could lose customers or fail to acquire new customers. If we experience compromises to or interruptions or disruptions of our information technology systems as a result of security lapses, technical difficulties or otherwise that result in performance or availability problems of our cloud-based solutions, the complete shutdown of our cloud-based solutions, or the loss or unauthorized disclosure of confidential or personal information, our partners or customers may be harmed or lose trust and confidence in us, and decrease the use of our solution or stop using our solution in its entirety, and we could suffer reputational harm. We could also suffer financial harm as any such breach could cause us to issue refunds or service credits to customers for prepaid and unused subscription services or indemnify our customers for their losses. Any breach, loss or compromise of personal data may also subject us to severe civil fines and penalties, or claims for damages either under the General Data Protection Regulation, or the European General Data Protection Regulation (“
GDPR
”), and relevant member state law in the European Union (the “
E.U.
”), other foreign laws, and other relevant state and federal privacy laws, rules and regulations in the United States.
Due to the size and complexity of our technology platform and services, the amount of data that we store and the number of customers, employees and third-party service providers with access to personal data, we, our
 
16

third-party service providers and their subcontractors are potentially vulnerable to a variety of intentional and inadvertent cybersecurity attacks and other security-related incidents and threats, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any contractual protections we may have from our third-party service providers may not be sufficient to adequately protect us against such consequences, and we may be unable to enforce any such contractual protections. Due to applicable laws and regulations or contractual obligations, we may be held responsible for any information security failure or cybersecurity attack attributed to our third-party service providers as they relate to the information we share with them. A vulnerability in a third-party service provider’s software or systems, a failure of our third-party service providers’ safeguards, policies or procedures, or a breach of a third-party service provider’s software or systems could result in the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our systems or the data housed in our third-party solutions.
Our third-party service providers may also suspend or discontinue their relationships with us. For example, we work with third-party service providers to process credit card payments by our customers and are subject to payment card association operating rules. If our security measures fail to protect this information adequately or we fail to comply with the applicable operating rules, we could be liable to both our customers for their losses, as well as the third-party service providers under our agreements with them. We could also be subject to fines and higher transaction fees. Any of these effects could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have indemnity provisions under our contracts with our customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
In our agreements with customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties, we typically agree to indemnify them for losses related to claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation. Additionally, from time to time, customers require us to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality or violation of applicable law, among other things. Although we normally seek to contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, some of these agreements provide for extremely high liability caps and the existence of any dispute may have adverse effects on our customer relationships and reputation, and we may incur substantial liability related to them. In addition, provisions regarding limitation of liability in our agreements with customers, vendors or other third parties may not be enforceable in some circumstances or jurisdictions or may not protect us from claims and related liabilities and costs. We maintain insurance to protect against certain types of claims associated with the use of our products and services, but our insurance may not adequately cover any such claims and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If any such indemnification obligations are triggered, we could face substantial liabilities or be forced to make changes to our products and services, enter into license agreements, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or terminate our agreements with customers, vendors and other third parties and provide refunds. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditures of management’s time and other resources. Furthermore, any legal claims from customers and channel partners could result in reputational harm and the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and services.
We face significant competition from established and new companies offering event marketing and management software.
We operate in an intensely competitive market that is characterized by constant change and innovation. The market for event marketing and management software is evolving, highly competitive and significantly fragmented, and we expect competition to continue to increase in the future. With the increased demands for event marketing and management solutions as well as the potential influx of new entrants to the market, which have increased substantially with the significant increase of virtual events and virtual event providers, we expect competition to intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales and maintain our prices.
Our biggest competitor is existing manual, paper and spreadsheet-based systems event planners employ by themselves. Competition also arises from small and large event technology providers that compete with one or
 
17

some of the components of our platform, such as event marketing, consumer ticketing, registration management, onsite solutions, mobile event apps and venue sourcing and booking; providers that exclusively offer point solutions for hosting virtual events;
in-house
developed solutions that are difficult to maintain and do not integrate into marketing automation or customer relationship management, or CRM, systems; meeting and event management firms that offer their own custom-built event technology or leverage other commercial tools to run events for organizations of all sizes; venue searches and bookings processed by phone or email, and budget and expense through spreadsheets; online group sourcing and booking solutions, including group buying websites, consolidators and wholesalers of meeting products and services, and search websites; and hotel and venue direct websites and their call centers that provide direct sourcing and booking solutions. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following breadth and depth of feature set; pricing; user experience; global client support and implementation services; scalability and security; privacy and industry-specific compliance with regulations; integration into other enterprise software solutions; and terms and commissions for direct booking.
Our competitors vary with each challenge that our event marketing and management solutions address, and include, for example, providers of point solutions for event marketing, consumer ticking, registration management, onsite events, virtual events, ecommerce payments, budgeting, web surveys, web content management, scheduling, room and table assignments, name badging, mobile app development, social media, onsite event solutions, venue sourcing, and business intelligence for the hospitality and meetings and events industries. If individual point solutions become less expensive, we may face general pricing pressure or pressure to adjust our pricing model. For example, if mobile app development increases significantly and as a result developers reduce their fees, we may be forced to reduce the fees that we charge for our mobile event apps to remain competitive. We also compete against online group sourcing and booking solutions and search websites. Additionally, we compete against companies that provide niche, highly specialized software focused on a specific industry vertical that certain customers may prefer if they desire software specifically focused on their industry. Large enterprises may also decide to develop their own event marketing and management software
in-house,
which could lead such large enterprises to stop using our platform.
We expect to face additional competition with the continued development and expansion of the event marketing and management software market. We expect that custom development efforts, open source initiatives and new competitors, such as software vendors that have traditionally focused on other applications, may enter the event marketing and management market or hospitality marketing and business intelligence market with competing products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, competitors with point solutions today may develop a comprehensive event marketing and management software that is similar to our own.
Our current and potential competitors may: have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have; be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services; have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships; and have longer operating histories and greater name recognition. Some competitors have received, or may receive in the future, significant resources from private investors seeking growth, rather than profit; these competitors could be able to deploy significant resources without corresponding pressure to earn quarterly profits.
As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. In some cases, these vendors may also be able to offer event marketing and management solutions at little or no additional cost by bundling them with their existing applications. If we are unable to compete with such companies, the demand for our solutions could substantially decline. To the extent any of our competitors have existing relationships with potential customers, those customers may be unwilling to purchase our solutions because of those existing relationships with that competitor. To the extent that we consider acquiring one of our competitors, this heightened competition could increase the cost of an acquisition within our industry.
 
18

Moreover, current and future competitors may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with others. By doing so, these competitors may increase their ability to meet the needs of our customers or potential customers. In addition, our current or prospective indirect strategic partners may establish cooperative relationships with our current or future competitors. These developments could limit our ability to obtain revenue from existing and new customers. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed. Our competition is discussed further under the heading “
Business — Competition
.”
Disruption of our operations, infrastructure or systems, or disruption of the operations, infrastructure or systems of the third parties on which we rely, could damage our reputation and result in credits to customers or a loss of users, which would harm our business and operating results.
Our customers use our applications to manage important aspects of their businesses, and any disruption in our services or loss of data could damage our customers’ businesses and subject us to substantial liability, harm our reputation, result in costly litigation or regulatory investigations or inquiries and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If that occurs, our customers may delay or withhold payment to us, elect not to renew, or make contractual or other claims against us. The occurrence of any of these events could: result in an increase in our bad debt expense; result in an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable; require us to establish a warranty provision; or incur the expense or risk of litigation. Further, if we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments we have guaranteed to some our customers, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with credits for future service or refund customers for prepaid amounts with regard to unused services. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses that may result from claims arising from disruptions in our services. Such an event would also harm our reputation and we could lose future sales.
Disruptions may result from errors we make in delivering, configuring, or hosting our applications, or designing, maintaining or scaling our applications. In addition, our customers may use our services in ways that cause disruptions for other customers. We have experienced disruptions in our systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slowed down the performance of our websites and mobile applications and we may experience more significant interruptions in the future.
Disruptions in service can also result from circumstances that are outside of our control. We currently serve our customers primarily using equipment managed by us and
co-located
in data center facilities operated by third parties. These data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss and other events. They may also be subject to
break-ins,
sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct, equipment failure and adverse events caused by operator error. We cannot rapidly switch to a new data center in the event of an adverse event. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, problems at these centers could result in lengthy service disruption and data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We are also dependent on the maintenance and expansion of the infrastructure of the internet, over which we have no control. Any failure of the internet infrastructure we rely on, even for a short period of time, could result in service disruption. Similarly, we use third-party providers for internet and other telecommunication services, as well as other information technology services that are essential to our cloud-based event marketing and management solutions. Any errors, defects, interruptions or other performance problems with any of our third-party information technology providers could cause lengthy service disruption or data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our future growth depends on our ability to scale and adapt our applications, accommodate increasing traffic and storage demands, advance our technology, and meet expanding customer requirements. This may require us to change, upgrade, expand or replace our applications and infrastructure, often with advanced, complex, new and untested technologies. Scaling and adapting our systems is likely to be difficult, require
 
19

additional technical expertise and incur substantial costs, and we may not be successful in developing or implementing adequate solutions. Any difficulty or failure in performing necessary changes, upgrades, expansions or replacements could lead to lengthy service disruption or data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
There can be no assurance that our disaster preparedness will prevent significant disruption of our applications and operations. Our customers access substantial components of our platform from our primary data center. We maintain operationally equivalent server, network and storage infrastructure at our backup data center. However, our backup data center is not designed and operated to the same mechanical redundancy standards as our primary data center. A failure of systems at both sites may result in disruption of substantial components of our platform or the loss of data, including personal or confidential data. In particular, because our primary and backup data centers are both located in Virginia, a broad failure of the power grid could cause both sites to lose power, which would cause substantial components of our platform to be unavailable to all customers. Any difficulty or failure in maintaining business continuity could lead to lengthy service disruption or data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing customers and selling additional solutions to them. Any decline in—or failure to grow—our customer renewals or expansions would likely harm our future operating results.
Our business relies on a
land-and-expand
business model, in which customers grow their spend with us over time, and depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing customers and selling additional solutions to them. The impact of
non-renewals
or failure to grow our customer renewals is heightened for larger customers and where we are unable to recognize sufficient revenue to offset related customer acquisition costs prior to termination or cancellation of our customer agreements. See the discussion under the heading “
— We target large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen our penetration of our large customer base or the loss of large customers would have an adverse effect on our annual recurring revenue, business and operating results.
” Any decline in or failure to grow our customer renewals will adversely impact our annual recurring revenue, a key metric of our business. Additionally, any failure to renew our customers at higher annual values, or declines in upsells and cross-sales to existing customers, would adversely impact our net dollar retention rate. See the discussion under the heading “
— Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate
.”
We offer our Event Cloud solutions primarily through annual and multi-year subscription agreements and our Hospitality Cloud solutions primarily through a mix of single-year and multi-year agreements. In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our Event Cloud customers renew their existing subscription agreements and our Hospitality Cloud customers renew their advertising and software agreements with us when the initial term expires, as well as purchase additional solutions and advertising from us.
Our customers have no renewal obligation after their initial term expires, and we cannot be assured that we will be able to renew agreements with any of our customers at the same or higher contract value. Some agreements also contain a termination right for the customer if the customer is dissatisfied with our services because of substantial nonperformance that remains uncured by us, or if we are unable to comply with various regulations that apply to such customer’s highly-regulated industry. If our customers do not renew their agreement or renew on less favorable terms to us, our revenue may decline, and our operating results would likely be harmed. We typically bill customers for no longer than the upcoming contract year with payment due upfront regardless of the full length of the contract, although we incur most of our customer acquisition costs at the time of sale. These costs can be significant. If a customer does not renew or cancels its agreement with us, we may not recognize sufficient revenue from that customer prior to the termination or cancellation to offset the acquisition costs associated with that customer.
 
20

We target large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen our penetration of our large customer base or the loss of large customers would have an adverse effect on our annual recurring revenue, business and operating results.
One of our key sales initiatives is targeting sales to large enterprise customers. We focus on growing the number of customers that contribute more than $100,000 of annual recurring revenue (“
ARR
”) as a measure of our ability to scale with our existing customers and attract larger organizations to Cvent. Revenue from these customers represented 40.8% and 33.1% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and 32.9%, 32.6% and 30.5% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, we had 819 and 705 customers, respectively, that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR during the previous twelve-month period, and as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we had 666, 722 and 581 customers that contributed more than $100,000 of revenue in each of their respective years. The decrease in number of clients that contribute to more than $100,000 of ARR in 2020 was primarily due to the impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, and we expect this number to rise again once the impact of the pandemic on our business subsides. Sales to large customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller entities, such as longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements upfront sales costs, and less predictability in completing some of our sales.
For large enterprises, the customer’s decision to use our solution may be an enterprise-wide decision and require us to provide more education about the use and benefits of our software, as well as education regarding privacy and data protection laws, rules and regulations to prospective customers with international operations. In addition, larger customers may demand more complicated client
set-up,
integration services, features and more stringent contract terms. Further, these opportunities may require us to devote greater sales support and professional services resources to targeted customers. For example, enterprise customers typically spend more time negotiating contract terms. Accordingly, selling to enterprise customers will necessarily increase our costs of sales, lengthen our sales cycles and decrease our capability to predict our ability to close the sale. The increased costs may also decrease our gross margins. If a customer is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the type of services or solutions delivered, we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the profitability of that work might be impaired and the customer’s dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to obtain additional work from that customer. This risk is heightened in respect of large customers. See “
— The loss of one or more of our large enterprise customers could negatively affect our ability to market our platform
.”
Large enterprise customers comprise a significant portion of our customer base. Large customers may demand more configuration and integration services, which generally increases our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts—even for deployments that are handled primarily by one of our implementation partners—with no guarantee that these customers will increase the scope of their subscription in order to offset our greater upfront costs. As a result of these factors, we and our partners must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Additionally, our platform does not currently permit customers to modify our code. If prospective customers require customized features or functions that we do not offer and that would be difficult for them to deploy themselves, then the market for our platform will be more limited and our business could suffer as those enterprise customers decide to use another vendor or choose not to renew their subscription with us.
In addition, negative publicity related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, could harm our professional reputation and operating results. This risk is heightened in respect of large customers. See “
— The loss of one or more of our large enterprise customers could negatively affect our ability to market our platform
 
21

Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.
Our business model relies on not only acquiring new customers, but also on renewing and expanding relationships with existing customers over time. Our ability to expand sales within our existing customer base will depend on a number of factors, including their satisfaction with our solutions and support, competition and the extent to which our customers expand their Total Event Programs. We rely in part on upsells and cross-sales to existing customers to fuel our revenue and growth.
Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the growing level of our revenue base, the level of penetration within our customer base, expansion of products and features, our ability to retain our customers, our ability to upsell and cross-sell to our customers, business strength or weakness of our customers, customer usage, customer satisfaction with our products and platform capabilities and customer support, our prices, the capabilities and prices of competing products, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, consolidation of affiliates’ multiple paid business accounts into a single paid business account, the effects of global economic conditions, or reductions in our customers’ spending on information technology solutions or their spending levels generally. These factors may also be exacerbated if, consistent with our growth strategy, our customer base continues to grow to encompass larger enterprises, which may also require more sophisticated and costly sales efforts. If our customers do not purchase additional subscriptions and products from us or our customers fail to renew their subscriptions, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed. Additionally, we may calculate our net dollar retention rate differently than other companies, and our calculation of net dollar retention rate is not directly comparable to that of other companies.
Our business is substantially dependent upon the continued strength of the market for
on-demand
software solutions.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our
on-demand
solutions. As a result, continued widespread acceptance and use of the
on-demand
business model is critical to our future growth and success. Under the traditional perpetual or periodic license model for software procurement, users of the software would typically install and operate the applications on their hardware. Because many companies are generally predisposed to maintaining control of their information technology systems and infrastructure, there may be resistance to the concept of accessing software as a service provided by a third party. In addition, competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels to change as the market continues to mature and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their technology needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our products and may be unable to renew existing customer agreements or enter into new customer agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically. If the market for
on-demand
software solutions stops growing, grows more slowly than we currently anticipate or evolves and forces us to reduce the prices we charge for our products, our revenue, gross margin and other operating results could be materially adversely affected.
If we lose access to third-party licenses, our software product development and production may be delayed or we may incur additional expense to modify our products or products in development.
Some of our solutions contain software licensed from third parties. Third-party licensing arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:
 
   
undetected errors or unauthorized use of another person’s code in the third party’s software;
 
   
disagreement over the scope of the license and other key terms, such as royalties payable;
 
   
infringement, misappropriation or other actions brought by third-party licensees;
 
   
that third parties will create solutions that directly compete with our products; and
 
   
termination or expiration of the license.
 
22

Because of these risks, some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable to us or allow our products to remain competitive or at all. The loss of these licenses or the inability to maintain any of them on commercially acceptable terms could delay development of future products or impair the functionality or enhancement of existing products, leading to increased expense associated with licenses of third-party software or development of alternative software to provide comparable functionality for our existing products and modification of our existing products. Additionally, in the future, we may identify additional third-party intellectual property we may need to license in order to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new products or services, but such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. Further, if we lose or are unable to maintain or obtain any of these third-party licenses or are required to modify software obtained under third-party licenses, it could delay the release of new products, delay enhancements to our existing products or delay sales of our existing products. Any delays could result in loss of competitive position, loss of sales and loss of customer confidence, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.
We license certain intellectual property, including technologies, data, content and software, from third parties that is important to our business from third parties, and in the future we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property or technology. If we fail to comply with any of the obligations under our license agreements, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor would cause us to lose valuable rights, and could inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and services. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are generally complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have experienced rapid growth and significant organizational change in recent periods and expect continued future growth, both organically and by acquisitions. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.
Historically, our headcount and operations have grown rapidly, both domestically and internationally, since our inception. While our employee headcount for the year ended December 31, 2020 contracted primarily due to our management of the business during the global
COVID-19
pandemic, for the first nine months of 2021 we added 528
net-new
full-time positions. For the years ended December 2014 through 2019, our headcount grew 19.9%, on compound annual growth basis and our headcount has grown 14.7%
year-to-date
as of September 30, 2021. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate further growth will be required to address increases in our cloud offerings and continued geographical and product expansion. Our success will depend in part upon the ability of our management team to manage this growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to recruit, hire, train, manage, integrate and retain a significant number of qualified managers, technical personnel and employees in specialized roles within our company, including in technology, sales and marketing. If our new employees perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in recruiting, hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or retaining these or our existing employees, our business may suffer.
In addition, to manage the expected continued growth of our headcount, operations and geographic expansion, we will need to continue to improve our information technology infrastructure and operational,
 
23

financial and management systems and procedures. Our anticipated additional headcount and capital investments will increase our costs, which will make it more difficult for us to address any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. If we fail to successfully manage our growth, we will be unable to successfully execute our business plan, which could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Failure to adequately expand our sales force will impede our growth.
We will need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and our business. We plan to continue to expand our sales force both domestically and internationally to, among other reasons, take account of the growing need for virtual and hybrid events. We expect sales and marketing to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses as we address the TAM we believe exists. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months or longer before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Expanding our sales force also requires substantial investment in our recruiting, training and sales management functions. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our sales personnel do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.
In the past we have completed acquisitions and may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet our expectations, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.
We have acquired businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. We cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of these or any future acquisitions. The potential pursuit of additional acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses related to identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are completed.
If we acquire additional businesses, we may be unable to assimilate or integrate the acquired personnel, operations or technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. Our management may be distracted from operating our existing business. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to the following:
 
   
unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, including tax liabilities;
 
   
incurrence of acquisition-related costs, which would be recognized as a current period expense;
 
   
inability to generate sufficient revenue or profit to offset acquisition or investment costs, or failure to generate the revenue we had anticipated from the acquired business;
 
   
the inability to maintain and renew relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business;
 
   
the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology and rights into our platform and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our brand;
 
   
difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products;
 
   
delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty related to any acquisition;
 
   
the need to integrate or implement additional controls, procedures and policies;
 
   
challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences;
 
24

   
harm to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;
 
   
the potential loss of key employees;
 
   
use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business and diversion of management and employee resources;
 
   
the inability to recognize acquired revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies under
 
   
GAAP and the loss of acquired deferred revenue;
 
   
the use of substantial portions of our available cash or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition;
 
   
delays or errors in integrating
back-end
systems and departments, including but not limited to accounting and CRM systems; and
 
   
from time to time after acquiring a business, product, or technology, we may determine that it is necessary or appropriate to dispose of some or all of the acquired assets or business, and we may not be able to execute such disposition at a favorable time, or upon favorable terms.
Acquisitions may also increase the risk of unforeseen legal liability, including for potential violations of applicable law or industry rules and regulations, arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired businesses which are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition process. See “
— Legal and Regulatory Risks — We are subject to stringent U.S. and foreign data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and contractual obligations, and our failure to comply could subject us to fines and damages and could harm our reputation and business
” for more information. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Many of these risks are heightened by the fact that the companies we have acquired have been small and technologically early in their development. It is common for such companies to lack mature systems and processes. This has created challenges, including with respect to financial integration and accounting for acquired companies, and will create future challenges to the extent we acquire similar companies in the future. In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually or when other triggering events are identified. Also, contingent consideration related to acquisitions will be remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with any changes in the value recorded as income or expense. All of our recent acquisitions have included contingent consideration and/or other compensatory arrangements based on continued employment of certain key employees. If our acquisitions do not ultimately yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on our impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.
Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to operate offices located outside of the United States, including India.
A significant proportion of our operations and personnel are located outside of the United States and we intend to continue to expand and grow into international markets. We currently maintain offices in the United States, India, the United Kingdom, Canada, Singapore and the United Arab Emirates, and we are exploring opening additional international offices. In addition, we employ sales personnel in Australia, Spain, the Netherlands and Germany. Any international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful. Further, conducting more extensive international operations subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These risks include:
 
   
increased costs and unexpected errors in the localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and regulatory requirements;
 
25

   
challenges posed by different pricing environments and different forms of competition;
 
   
lack of familiarity and burdens of complying with foreign laws, legal standards, regulatory requirements (including privacy and data security requirements) and tariffs; the costs of compliance with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws; and the risks and costs of noncompliance with such laws;
 
   
changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;
 
   
difficulties in managing technology partners and differing technology standards;
 
   
difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;
 
   
difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;
 
   
differing labor laws and varying expectations as to employee standards;
 
   
difficulties in maintaining our company culture with a dispersed and distance workforce;
 
   
fluctuations in exchange rates that may increase the volatility of our foreign-based revenue and costs;
 
   
potentially adverse tax consequences, including those arising from the complexities of foreign value added tax (or other tax, including transfer pricing) systems, and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;
 
   
limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;
 
   
uncertain political and economic climates;
 
   
reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;
 
   
that we may decide that it is necessary or appropriate to establish one or more data centers outside of the United States, which could be costly; and
 
   
inability to deliver compelling marketing messages that resonate with a local audience.
These factors and other related issues may cause our costs of doing business in new geographies to exceed the existing costs of our comparable operations in the United States and India. Operating in new international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We have significant operations in India. As of September 30, 2021, 1,951 of our 4,127 employees were based in India. Operating in India requires substantial resources and management attention and subjects us to economic, political and operational risks that are different from those in the United States. For example, there have been armed conflicts between India and neighboring Pakistan. Also, extremist groups within India and neighboring Pakistan have from time to time targeted Western interests. Other risks specific to our operations in India include, but are not limited to, difficulty with responding to changes in economic conditions that may include inflation and fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates; problems that impair our business infrastructure, such as telephone system failure or an international disruption of our information technology systems by a third party; failure to act in accordance with corporate, social responsibility, labor, environmental, health and safety standards and regulations; and the need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to retain talent. We also face a risk that our employees outside of India may fail to coordinate with their Indian counterparts efficiently and productively. If any of these risks materialize, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.
Our business and financial performance are affected by the health of the worldwide meetings and events industry. Meetings and events are sensitive to business-related discretionary spending levels and tend to grow
 
26

more slowly or even decline during economic downturns. Decreased expenditures by planners and participants could also result in decreased demand for our event marketing and management solutions, thereby causing a reduction in our sales. In addition, sales of our marketing solutions to hotels and venues may suffer if fewer planners use our solutions. Although we are optimistic about the capabilities of our solutions to assist planners in maximizing return on investment when funds available to spend on events are limited, further economic weakness and uncertainty may nonetheless result in significantly decreased spending on our event marketing and management solutions, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
External factors beyond our control may adversely affect the meetings and events industry, with a corresponding negative impact on our business and operating results. Economic downturns, rising oil prices, natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tsunamis, earthquakes or volcanic eruptions, and other phenomena, such as pandemics and epidemics, including
COVID-19,
have previously disrupted normal travel patterns and levels, which has correspondingly disrupted the meetings and events industry. The
COVID-19
pandemic, particularly with respect to the Delta and Omicron variants, continues to disrupt the meetings and events industry. The meetings and events industry is also sensitive to other events beyond our control, such as political instability, regional hostilities, increases in fuel prices, the emergence and widespread adoption of more-effective teleconference and virtual meeting technologies, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel-related accidents and terrorist attacks, any of which could have an impact on our business and results of operations.
We are dependent in part upon our relationships with our strategic partners to sustain the flow of requests for proposals, or RFPs, through the Hospitality Cloud.
Partnerships and strategic relationships with industry groups, technology providers and event and travel management companies is a key component of our marketing lead generation and sales model. Our access to certain customers is facilitated in some cases by strategic partner relationships with third-party planners. If these strategic partners terminate or do not renew their relationships with us, it could have a negative effect on revenue for marketing packages sold to our hotel and venue customers. Because we rely heavily on our partners, the loss of several of these partnerships would have a material impact on the value of the Hospitality Cloud.
We rely on third-party mobile application platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to distribute our mobile applications. Our business will suffer if we are unable to maintain a good relationship with such platform providers, if their terms and conditions or pricing change to our detriment, if we violate, or if a platform provider believes that we have violated, the terms and conditions of its platform, or if any of these platforms are unavailable for a prolonged period of time.
We distribute our mobile event apps through third-party platforms, such as the Apple App and Google Play stores. We are subject to these platforms’ standard terms and conditions for application developers, which govern the promotion, distribution and operation of applications on their platforms. Additionally, if we violate, or if a platform provider believes that we have violated, these terms and conditions, the particular platform provider may discontinue or limit our access to that platform, which could prevent us from satisfying our contractual obligations to our customers. Our business could also be harmed if a platform provider modifies its current terms of service or other policies in a manner adverse to us. Both Apple and Google have broad discretion to make changes to their operating systems or payment services or change the manner in which their mobile operating systems function and their respective terms and conditions applicable to the distribution of our applications, including the amount of, and requirement to pay, certain fees associated with purchases required to be facilitated by Apple and Google through our applications, and to interpret their respective terms and conditions in ways that may limit, eliminate or otherwise interfere with our products and services, our ability to distribute our applications through their stores, our ability to update our applications, including to make bug fixes or other feature updates or upgrades, the features we provide, the manner in which we market our
in-app
products, our ability to access native functionality or other aspects of mobile devices, and our ability to access information about our users that they collect. To the extent either or both of Apple or Google do so, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
27

We also rely on the continued operation of these third-party platforms. In the past, some of these platforms have been unavailable for short periods of time. If this recurs on a prolonged or frequent basis, or other similar issues arise that impact users’ ability to download or use our mobile event apps, we may owe some of our customers rebates, which would increase our expenses and lower our gross margins. Our revenue, operating results, brand and reputation could also suffer harm. Furthermore, any material change or deterioration in our relationship with these platform providers could harm our business.
We have experienced losses in the first nine months of 2021, 2020 and in prior years, and we may not achieve profitability in the future.
As of September 30, 2021 our accumulated deficit is $830.1 million. We experienced a net loss of $64.5 million and $67.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to grow our business and acquire clients, develop our platform, develop new solutions and comply with the requirements of being a public company. These efforts may prove to be more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Many of our efforts to generate revenue from our business, particularly with respect to the Attendee Hub, are unproven over sustained periods, and any failure to increase our revenue or generate revenue from new solutions could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks and difficulties as we encounter them, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.
If we do not continue to innovate and provide solutions that are useful to our customers and event registrants and attendees, we may not remain competitive, and our revenue and operating results could suffer.
Our success depends on continued innovation to provide features and services that make our solutions, websites and mobile apps useful for planners, hotels and venues and event registrants and attendees. Our competitors are frequently developing innovations in services and features. Additionally, the rapid pace at which technology evolves generally requires us to find new ways to deliver our solutions to end users with better performance and functionality. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in order to continually improve the speed, accuracy and comprehensiveness of our solutions, websites and mobile apps. For example, our capitalized software development costs were $113.5 million as of September 30, 2021. We may introduce significant changes to our existing solutions or develop and introduce new solutions, such as our Attendee Hub, which enables organizations to deliver online event experiences in a virtual-only
use-case,
or use the same technology to extend an
in-person
event to a global, online audience. In addition, we may use technologies with which we have little or no prior development or operating experience. If we are unable to continue offering innovative solutions or if new or enhanced solutions fail to engage planners, hotels and venues or event registrants and attendees, we may be unable to attract additional customers or event registrants or retain our current customers or event registrants and attendees, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. We recognize that the pace of technological innovation is accelerating, and that we need to continue to innovate to maintain our product differentiation.
This risk is heightened by the competitive hiring market for technology professionals. In order to continue to innovate, we must hire and retain skilled technology professionals, as discussed below under the heading “
— We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including senior management and our sales and technology professionals; if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business would be harmed
.”
Our sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause our operating results to vary significantly.
Our sales cycle, which is the time between initial contact with a potential customer and the ultimate sale to that customer, is often lengthy and unpredictable. Potential customers typically spend significant time and resources evaluating event marketing and management and venue marketing solutions, which requires us to
 
28

expend substantial time, effort and money educating them about the value of our offerings. Accordingly, it is difficult for us to forecast when or if a sale will close or the size of any specific sales. In addition, customers may delay their purchases from one quarter to another as they (i) wait for us to develop new features, (ii) assess their budget constraints or (iii) forecast future business activity. In particular, factors affecting one of our key sales initiatives, targeting sales to large enterprise clients, which are discussed under the heading “
Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.
” typically increase our costs of sales, lengthen our sales cycles, and decrease our capability to predict our ability to close the sale. See “
— We target large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen our penetration of our large customer base or the loss of large our annual recurring revenue, business and operating results.
” Any delay in closing, or failure to close, sales in a particular quarter or year could significantly harm our projected growth rates and could cause our operating results to vary significantly.
We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including senior management and our sales and technology professionals; if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business would be harmed.
We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our senior management and our highly skilled team members, including our sales personnel and software engineers. Competition for well-qualified employees in all aspects of our business, including sales personnel and software engineers, is intense. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate existing employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business would be adversely affected. In addition, our efforts to compete for highly skilled and more experienced personnel may cause our average
cost-per-employee
to grow faster than the general economy, which could harm our operating results.
The loss of any of our senior management or key employees could adversely affect our ability to build on the efforts they have undertaken and to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees.
Our ability to introduce new products and features is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If we do not adequately fund our research and development efforts, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.
To remain competitive, we must continue to develop new product offerings, applications, features and enhancements to our existing offerings. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop our platform internally due to certain constraints, such as high employee turnover, lack of management ability or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Further, many of our competitors expend a considerable amount on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources or to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could materially adversely affect our business.
Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our revenue, sales, billings, cash flow, operating expenses and operating results.
We generally experience seasonality in our sales and billings due to the seasonality of the underlying budgets of our clients. Our clients have historically made more purchasing decisions in the fourth quarter of the calendar year, and in the past we invoiced these customers on December 31 for new contracts or contract
 
29

renewals that would begin on January 1. Accordingly, our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for new sales and renewals and the associated billings, and our first quarter has historically been the largest collections and operating cash flow quarter. The ongoing global
COVID-19
pandemic, including the spread of the Delta, Omicron or other variants, may disrupt the business activities of our customers and negatively affect their purchasing decisions during the Fourth Quarter 2021. See the discussion under the headings “
Risk Factors—The effects of the global
COVID-19
pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain
” and “
Risk Factors—Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.
” Additionally, we experience seasonality in our overall revenue and expenses due to the timing of our client conference, Cvent CONNECT, which is our annual marketing event that brings together planners, hoteliers and venues to connect, learn and engage about the changing meetings and events industry ecosystem. The timing of Cvent CONNECT affects both our marketing costs and the revenue that we earn from registrations, certifications and sponsorships. We expect that in the future, as we continue to grow Cvent CONNECT, our marketing expenses and revenue associated with the marketing event will increase in absolute dollars. As a result, we would expect that our expenses to be lower and our total revenue to be higher in the quarter in which the event is hosted, which will likely result in low or negative sequential revenue growth in the quarter following the event.
If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, our business and reputation would suffer.
Our customers rely on our customer support services. High-quality education and customer support is important for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions and for the renewal of our agreements with existing customers. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell new services to existing and new customers would suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers would be harmed.
Our business could be adversely affected if our users are not satisfied with the deployment, training and support services provided by us and our partners.
Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our customers and end users, both with respect to our application offerings and the professional services that are performed to help them use features and functions that address their business needs. High customer satisfaction requires that our customers undergo a successful implementation and be properly trained on our applications to effectively implement and increase their level of adoption of such applications. Incorrect or improper implementation or use of our applications could result in customer and user dissatisfaction and harm our business and operating results.
Professional services may be performed by our own staff, by a third party, or by a combination of the two. Our strategy is to work with third parties to increase the breadth of capability and depth of capacity for delivery of these services to our customers, and third parties provide a majority of deployment services for our customers. The work performed by us or these third parties that we rely on, including any work related to the onsite components of deployment services requested by a customer, might be adversely impacted directly or indirectly by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, including as a result of restrictions in accessing customer sites. Additionally, if our customers’ personnel are unable to participate in deployment activities as a direct or indirect result of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, this could result in delays in customer
go-live
dates for our applications. If customers are not satisfied with the quality and timing of work performed by us or a third party or with the type of professional services or applications delivered, or if we or a third party have not fully delivered on certain commitments made to our customers, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the revenue recognition of the contract could be impacted, and the dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to expand the applications subscribed to by our customers. We must also align our product development and professional services operations in order to ensure that customers’ evolving needs are met. Negative publicity
 
30

related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers both domestic and abroad.
Additionally, in order to maximize the value of our applications, we must continue to educate and train our customers and end users to develop the skills necessary to harness the power of our applications. If we are not able to effectively educate and train our users, they may choose not to renew their subscriptions, market perceptions of our company and our applications may be impaired, and our reputation and brand may suffer. Customers and other users also depend on our support organization to activate accounts and resolve technical issues relating to our applications. Some customers may depend on our support organization to provide services, for example, building registration websites, creating web graphics or other services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in demand for support services. We may also be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by our competitors. Increased demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. Failure to maintain high-quality technical support and training, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support or training, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to offer and sell our applications, our renewal rates, and our business and operating results.
The loss of one or more of our large enterprise customers could negatively affect our ability to market our platform.
We rely on our reputation and recommendations from our large enterprise customers in order to promote subscriptions to our platform. The loss of several large enterprise customers could have a significant impact on our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new customers. We may lose customers for a variety of reasons, including the decision of a business customer to commence bankruptcy proceedings, restructure itself, dissolve or otherwise cease operations. We believe the risk of such events has increased with the recent global
COVID-19
pandemic and further increase as the pandemic continues. In addition, acquisitions of our customers by unrelated third parties could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those customers or by the acquiring companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential customers.
Contractual disputes with our customers could be costly, time-consuming and harm our reputation.
Our business is contract intensive and we are party to contracts with our approximately 21,000 customers as of September 30, 2021 all over the world. Our contracts can contain a variety of terms, including service levels, security obligations, indemnification, renewal, termination and regulatory requirements. Contract terms may not always be standardized across our customers and can be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in disputes with our customers from time to time. If our customers notify us of a contract breach or otherwise dispute our contract, the resolution of such disputes in a manner adverse to our interests could negatively affect our operating results.
We derive a substantial portion of our revenue with hoteliers and venues from advertising and any significant reduction in spending by advertisers on our platforms could harm our business.
Our ability to grow advertising revenue with our existing or new partners is dependent in large part on our ability to provide value to them relative to other alternatives. Our ability to provide value to our partners depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:
 
   
Our ability to increase or maintain user engagement;
 
   
Our ability to drive planners to our sourcing networks;
 
   
Our ability to increase or maintain the quantity and quality of ads shown to consumers;
 
   
The effectiveness of our advertising and the extent to which it generates sales leads, customers, bookings or financial results on a cost-effective basis;
 
31

   
The competitiveness of our products, traffic quality, perception of our platform, and availability and accuracy of analytics and measurement solutions to demonstrate our value; and
 
   
Adverse government actions or legal developments relating to advertising, including limitations on our ability to deliver targeted advertising.
Any of these or other factors could result in a reduction in demand for our ads, which may reduce the prices we receive for our ads, or cause event organizers to stop advertising with us altogether, any of which would negatively affect our revenue and financial results. Additionally,
COVID-19
may do irreparable damage to some of our partners, which may have an impact on advertising long after the pandemic subsides and travel resumes.
Growth of our business will depend on a strong brand, and any failure to maintain, protect, defend and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of users, or our ability to maintain or increase their level of engagement with us.
We believe that a strong brand is necessary to continue to attract and retain event organizers and, in turn, the hotels and venues that choose to advertise on the Hospitality Cloud. We need to maintain, protect, defend and enhance our brand to expand our base of customers and users and increase their engagement with our solutions. This will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-value, quality, reliable, differentiated solutions and our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, which we may not be able to do effectively. We also believe that our reputation and brands may be harmed if we fail to maintain a consistently high level of customer service.
Our efforts to further promote our brand may require us to make substantial investments and may not be successful. Furthermore, negative publicity about our company, including our products, services content, technology, sales practices, personnel or customer service, could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our solutions, any of which could harm our operating results. If we are unable to maintain or enhance customer awareness of our brand cost-effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
We may experience delays in product and service development, including delays beyond our control, which could prevent us from achieving our growth objectives and hurt our business.
Many of the problems, delays and expenses we may encounter may be beyond our control. Such problems may include, but are not limited to, problems related to the technical development of our products and services, problems with the infrastructure for the distribution and delivery of online media, the competitive environment in which we operate, marketing problems, consumer acceptance and costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. Problems, delays or expenses in any of these areas could have a negative impact on our business, financial conditions or results of operations.
Delays in the timely design, development, deployment and commercial operation of our product and service offerings, and consequently the achievement of our revenue targets and positive cash flow, could result from a variety of causes, including many causes that are beyond our control. Such delays include, but are not limited to, delays in the integration of new offers into our existing offering, changes to our products and services made to correct or enhance their features, performance or marketability or in response to regulatory developments or otherwise, delays encountered in the development, integration or testing of our products and services and the infrastructure for the distribution and delivery of online media and other systems, unsuccessful commercial launches of new products and services, delays in our ability to obtain financing, insufficient or ineffective marketing efforts and slower-than-anticipated consumer acceptance of our products. Delays in any of these matters could hinder or prevent our achievement of our growth objectives and hurt our business.
Our onsite solutions present different risks than our cloud solutions.
We intend to expand our sales of onsite event solutions. These solutions include onsite registration and session
check-in
functionality, badge printing, lead capture, payment processing, mobile app integration and
 
32

attendee engagement and exhibitor analytics. Onsite event solutions clients can choose from three different product offerings: (1) cloud-based software only, (2) cloud-based software and equipment rental and (3) cloud-based software, equipment rental and the use of our professional services staff. The latter two offerings present different risks than our cloud solutions. For example, as we grow our onsite solutions business, we will increase our exposure to personal injury or property damage claims arising from our actions or inactions at events staffed by our personnel or by contractors we hire. In addition, if we fail to hire or train enough talented project managers and other personnel to staff client events, or if our personnel, equipment or software fail to perform to our clients’ expectations, clients could be disappointed by our performance, we could lose future sales, and our reputation could be damaged. Our onsite solutions business requires a different cost structure than our cloud solutions; if our expectations or assumptions about this business prove inaccurate, or if we fail to execute on our business plan, we could fail to achieve our expected revenue and income from this line of business. Our solutions involving onsite staff and equipment could also subject us to sales tax or other taxes in an increasing number of jurisdictions, both domestically and internationally. If any of these risks materialize, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.
If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our solutions with third-party applications that our customers use in their businesses, demand for our solutions could decline.
The functionality of our cloud-based platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate it with third-party applications and data management systems that our customers use and from which they obtain data. In addition, we rely on access to third-party application programming interfaces, or APIs, to provide our social media channel offerings through social media platforms. Third-party providers of these applications, data management systems and APIs may terminate their relationships with us, change the features of their applications and platforms, restrict our access to their applications and platforms or alter the terms governing use of their applications, data management systems and APIs and access to those applications and platforms in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and platforms with our cloud-based platform, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. Further, if we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications and platforms that our customers use, or to adapt to the data transfer requirements of such third-party applications and platforms, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our offerings and, as a result, could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Incorrect or difficulty with implementation of our software could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
Our customers require training and experience in the proper use of, and the benefits that can be derived from, our offerings in order to maximize their potential. If users of our offerings do not implement, use, or update them correctly or as intended, actual or perceived inadequate performance or security incidents may result. Because our customers rely on our software to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect implementation or use of, or our customers’ failure to update, our software, or our failure to train customers on how to use our software productively, may result in customer dissatisfaction and negative publicity, which may adversely affect our reputation and brand. Our failure to effectively provide training and implementation services to our customers could result in lost opportunities for
follow-on
sales to these customers and decrease subscriptions by new customers, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.
We rely on data provided by third parties, the loss of which could limit the functionality of our platform and disrupt our business.
Select functionality of our platform depends on our ability to deliver data, including hotel layout information and capabilities. Some of this data is provided to us pursuant to third-party data sharing policies and terms of use, under data sharing agreements by third-party providers or by customer consent. In the future, any of
 
33

these third parties could change its data sharing policies, including making them more restrictive, or alter its algorithms that determine the placement, display, and accessibility of search results and social media updates, any of which could result in the loss of, or significant impairment to, our ability to collect and provide useful data to our customers. These third parties could also interpret our or our third-party service providers’ data collection policies or practices as being inconsistent with their policies, which could result in the loss of our ability to collect this data for our customers. Any such changes could impair our ability to deliver data to our customers and could adversely impact select functionality of our platform, impairing the return on investment that our customers derive from using our solution, as well as adversely affecting our business and our ability to generate revenue.
Privacy concerns and end users’ acceptance of Internet behavior tracking may limit the applicability, use and adoption of our platform.
Privacy concerns may cause end users to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our platform effectively. We have implemented various features intended to enable our customers to better protect end user privacy, but these measures may not be sufficient and may not alleviate all potential privacy concerns and threats. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform, especially in certain industries that rely on sensitive personal information. Privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by these groups’ policies and actions may limit the use and adoption of our platform and reduce overall demand for it, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance or loss of any such action, dispute or litigation.
If Internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, our search engine optimization efforts are deficient or our search result page rankings decline for other reasons, participant engagement in our websites and online communities could decline.
We depend in part on various Internet search engines to direct a significant amount of traffic to our websites. Our ability to maintain the number of potential participants directed to our websites is not entirely within our control. Our competitors’ search engine optimization, or SEO, efforts may result in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours, or Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in an attempt to improve search results, which could adversely affect placement of our search result page rankings. If search engine companies revise their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to new participant growth on our websites or in ways that make it more difficult for organizers or participants to use our websites, or if competitors’ SEO efforts are more successful than ours, the overall growth in the numbers of organizers and participants using our websites could slow, participant engagement could decrease and we could lose existing participants and become less attractive to existing and prospective organizer customers. Our websites have experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of participants directed to our website would harm our business and operating results.
We rely on third-party data center hosting facilities to deliver our platform to our customers, and any disruption in service from such third-party data center hosting facilities or material change to our arrangement with such providers could adversely affect our business.
We rely upon third-party data center hosting facilities to operate certain aspects of our platform, and any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party data hosting facilities could impair our ability to deliver our platform to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business. We have architected our software and computer systems to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by third-party data center hosting facilities. Currently, most of our cloud-service infrastructure is run on a single third-party data center hosting facilities
 
34

provider. Given this, we cannot easily switch our operations to another cloud provider, so any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party data center hosting facilities would adversely affect our operations and potentially our business.
Our third-party data center hosting facilities provider provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until July 31, 2022. The provider may terminate the agreement for cause with 30 days’ prior written notice if there is any material default or breach of the agreement by us that we do not cure within the
30-day
period. Additionally, the provider has the right to terminate the agreement upon 90 days’ advance prior written notice and a
90-day
cure period in certain scenarios, such as if the provider believes that our or any end users’ use of its services poses a security risk or threat to the function of its service offerings or a security or liability risk to such provider. The provider may also terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice in order to comply with applicable law or requirements of governmental entities. The agreement requires the provider to provide us with their standard computing and storage capacity and related support in exchange for timely payment by us. If any of our arrangements with this provider were terminated, we could experience interruptions in our software as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.
We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities, located in various facilities around the world. Our operations depend, in part, on the provider’s abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, capacity constraints and similar events, many of which are beyond our control, and any of which could disrupt our services, prevent customers from accessing our products, destroy customer data, including personal data, or prevent us from being able to continuously back up and record data. Despite precautions taken at these data centers, the occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed, as any disruption of or interference with our use of third-party data center hosting facilities could impair our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers, resulting in legal liability, customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to significant liability and cause us to issue credits or cause customers to fail to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.
If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success, and our business may be harmed.
We believe that a critical component to our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. While we were a public company previously, as we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company after not being a public company for several years, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.
Economic and market conditions, particularly those affecting our customers, have harmed and may continue to harm our business.
In addition to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, other unfavorable changes in economic conditions, including recession, inflation, lack of access to capital, lack of consumer confidence or other changes have resulted and may continue to result in lower spending among our customers and target customers.
Further, we sell our products throughout the United States, as well as in several international countries to commercial,
non-profit
and government customers. Our business may be adversely affected by factors in the
 
35

United States and other countries such as disruptions in financial markets, reductions in government spending, or downturns in economic activity in specific countries or regions, or in the various industries in which we operate; social, political or labor conditions in specific countries or regions; or adverse changes in the availability and cost of capital, interest rates, tax rates, or regulations. These factors are beyond our control but may result in further decreases in spending among customers and softening demand for our products.
Further, challenging economic conditions also may impair the ability of our customers to pay for products and services they have purchased. As a result, our cash flow may be negatively impacted and our allowance for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase.
Legal and Regulatory Risks
We are subject to stringent U.S. and foreign data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and contractual obligations, and our failure to comply could subject us to fines and damages and would harm our reputation and business.
We are subject to a variety of data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies and industry standards adopted by federal, state, local and foreign legislatures and governmental agencies, as well as contractual privacy obligations. Data privacy and protection is highly regulated, and may become the subject of additional regulation in the future. Privacy laws restrict our collection, storage, use, processing, disclosure, transfer and protection of
non-public
personal information, including but not limited to credit card data, social security numbers, and passport numbers, provided to us by our event organizers and registrants. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and other legal and contractual obligations relating to privacy and data protection. However, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with federal, state, local or international laws, including laws, rules and regulations regulating privacy, payment card information, personal health information, data or consumer protection, could result in proceedings, litigation or actions against us by governmental entities or others, significant fines and penalties for noncompliance, regulatory inquiries or investigations, increases in compliance costs and reputational damage, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects.
The regulatory framework for privacy and data protection issues worldwide is evolving, and various government and consumer agencies and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices, including some directed at providers of mobile and online resources in particular. Our obligations with respect to privacy and data protection may become broader or more stringent. New laws, amendments to or reinterpretations of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations, and may require us to change how we use, collect, store, transfer or otherwise process certain types of personal data and to implement new processes to comply with those laws and our customers’ exercise of their rights thereunder. If we are required to change our business activities or revise or eliminate services, or to implement costly compliance measures, our business and results of operations could be harmed.
Internationally, many jurisdictions have established their own data security and privacy legal frameworks with which we may need to comply, and compliance with regulations that differ from country to country may impose substantial burdens on our business. For example, in 2016, the E.U. adopted a new regulation governing data privacy called the GDPR, which became effective in May 2018. The GDPR established numerous new requirements applicable to the handling of personal data, including more robust obligations on data processors and heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs. The GDPR requires data controllers to implement more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, transparent and expanded disclosure to data subjects (in a concise, intelligible and easily accessible form) about how their personal information is to be used, imposes limitations on retention of information, introduces mandatory data breach notification requirements, and sets higher standards for data
 
36

controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained valid consent for certain data processing activities. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Economic Area, or the EEA, including the United States.
The GDPR imposes penalties for
non-compliance
of the greater of €20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue. The GDPR also provides that E.U. member states may introduce further conditions, including limitations, and make their own laws and regulations further limiting the processing of ‘special categories of personal data,’ including personal data related to health, biometric data used for unique identification purposes and genetic information, which could limit our ability to collect, use and share E.U. data, and could cause our compliance costs to increase, ultimately having an adverse impact on our business, and harm our business and financial condition. Customers, particularly in the E.U., are seeking assurances from their suppliers, including us, that their processing of personal data of E.U. nationals is in accordance with GDPR. If we are unable to provide adequate assurances to such customers, demand for our applications could be adversely affected. In addition, we must continue to seek assurances from our subprocessors that they are handling personal data in accordance with GDPR requirements in order to meet our own obligations under GDPR.
In addition to GDPR, the European Commission has another draft regulation in the approval process that focuses on a person’s right to conduct a private life. The proposed legislation, known as the Regulation on Privacy and Electronic Communications, or the ePrivacy Regulation, would replace the current ePrivacy Directive. While the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development, a recent European court decision and regulators’ recent guidance are driving increased attention to cookies and tracking technologies. If regulators start to enforce the strict approach in recent guidance, this could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our margins, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities. Regulation of cookies and similar technologies may lead to broader restrictions on our marketing and personalization activities and may negatively impact our efforts to understand users.
Further, the United Kingdom, or the U.K., vote in favor of exiting the E.U., often referred to as Brexit, and ongoing developments in the U.K. have created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the U.K. As of January 1, 2021, following the expiry of transitional arrangements agreed to between the U.K. and the E.U., data processing in the U.K. is governed by both the GDPR and the Data Protection Act, effective in May 2018 and statutorily amended in 2019, that substantially implements GDPR and contains provisions, including U.K.-specific derogations, for how the GDPR is applied in the U.K. The Data Protection Act also imposes fines of up to the greater of £17 million or 4% of global turnover, in addition to the fines under the GDPR, subjecting us to two parallel regimes, each of which authorizes similar fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. The U.K. and the E.U. reached a Trade Cooperation Agreement in December 2020 that provides that the U.K. will be treated like an E.U member state in relation to transfers of personal data to the U.K. for a period of up to six months. Beyond that, transfers of data from the EEA to the U.K. will require use of a transfer mechanism, such as standard contractual clauses, or SCCs, absent an E.U. determination that U.K. data protection law is “adequate” under E.U. standards. Furthermore, following the expiration of this specified period, there will be increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the U.K. and EEA. Other countries have also passed or are considering passing laws requiring local data residency or restricting the international transfer of data.
In the United States, numerous states have enacted or are in the process of enacting state level data privacy laws and regulations governing the collection, use and other processing of personal information. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “
CCPA
”), which took effect on January 1, 2020, established a new privacy framework for covered businesses such as ours, and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur compliance related costs and expenses. The CCPA provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as affording California residents the right to access and delete their information and to opt out of certain sharing and sales of personal information. The law also prohibits covered businesses from discriminating against California residents (for example, by charging more for services) for
 
37

exercising any of their rights under the CCPA. The CCPA imposes severe civil penalties and statutory damages, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action is expected to increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. However, it remains unclear how various provisions of the CCPA will be interpreted and enforced. Furthermore, the California Privacy Rights Act, or the CPRA, which expands upon the CCPA, was passed in the California election in November 2020 and becomes effective in most material respects on January 1, 2023, with a “lookback” period to January 1, 2022. The CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding the CCPA to include additional data privacy compliance requirements that may impact our business. The CPRA also establishes a regulatory agency dedicated to enforcing the CCPA and the CPRA. As with the GDPR, customers and other users may seek similar assurances from suppliers regarding compliance with such laws. The effects of the CPRA, the CCPA, other similar state or federal laws and other future changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security, particularly any new or modified laws or regulations that require enhanced protection of certain types of data or new obligations with regard to data retention, transfer or disclosure, are significant and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and could greatly increase the cost of providing our offerings, require significant changes to our operations or even prevent us from providing certain offerings in certain jurisdictions in which we currently operate and in which we may operate in the future, and require us to incur potential liability in an effort to comply with such legislation.
The CCPA and the CPRA may lead other states to pass comparable legislation, with potentially greater penalties and more rigorous compliance requirements relevant to our business, and we cannot yet determine the impact that the CCPA, CPRA or other such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. For example, all 50 states and the District of Columbia have adopted data breach notification laws that impose, in varying degrees, an obligation to notify affected persons and state regulators, as applicable, in the event of a data breach or compromise, and we have in the past been, and may in the future be, required to make such notifications. There are also a number of other legislative proposals worldwide, including in the United States at both the federal and state level, that could impose additional and potentially conflicting obligations in areas affecting our business. For example, many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security, data breaches and the protection of sensitive and personal information. On March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, or the CDPA, a comprehensive privacy statute that shares similarities with the CCPA, CPRA, and legislation proposed in other states. The CDPA will require us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply with it before it becomes effective on January 1, 2023. The laws are not consistent, as certain state laws may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to sensitive and personal information than federal, international or other state laws, which may complicate compliance efforts.
The other bases on which we and our customers rely for the transfer of data, such as model contracts, continue to be subjected to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. In 2016, the E.U. and United States agreed to a transfer framework for data transferred from the EEA to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but in July 2020, the Court of Justice of the E.U. invalidated the Privacy Shield framework. While the same court upheld the use of SCCs, which we offer to our customers to enable data transfers, the decision has led to some uncertainty regarding the use of SCCs as the mechanism for data transfers to the United States and the court made clear that reliance on SCCs alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of SCCs must now be assessed on a
case-by-case
basis, taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country. In November 2020, the European Data Protection Board issued draft recommendations, which may impose higher burdens on the use of SCCs for cross-border data transfers, including transfers to cloud-service providers, and create challenging technical issues. To comply with these recommendations, we may need to implement additional contractual and technical safeguards for any personal data transferred out of the EEA, which could increase our compliance costs, expose us to further regulatory scrutiny and liability, and adversely affect our business. At the same time in November 2020, the European Commission released a draft of revised SCCs. If adopted, these could make aspects of contracting around cross-border transfers easier, particularly in relation to use of subprocessors. Ultimately, if we or our customers are unable to transfer data between and among countries
 
38

and regions in which we operate, it could decrease demand for our applications, require us to restrict our business operations, and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue.
We are also subject to the privacy and data protection-related obligations in our contracts with our customers and other third parties, including voluntary third-party trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practices or codes of conduct. We could be adversely affected by changes to these contracts, guidelines or codes in ways that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with the laws and regulations of the United States, foreign or international regulatory authorities. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless our customers from the costs or consequences of inadvertent or unauthorized disclosure of data, including personal information, that we store or handle as part of providing our services. Finally, we are also subject to contractual obligations and other legal restrictions with respect to our collection and use of data, and we may be liable to third parties in the event we are deemed to have wrongfully used or gathered data.
Any failure by us or a third-party contractor providing services to us to comply with applicable privacy and data protection laws, rules, regulations, self-regulatory requirements or industry guidelines, our contractual privacy obligations or our own privacy policies, may result in significant fines, statutory or contractual damages, litigation or governmental enforcement actions, investigations or inquiries. These proceedings or violations could force us to spend significant amounts in defense or settlement of these proceedings, result in the imposition of monetary liability, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our solutions.
Federal, state and foreign laws impose certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, which could minimize the effectiveness of our event marketing and management email solutions, limit our ability to market to prospective customers and impose financial penalties for noncompliance.
The U.S.’
CAN-SPAM
Act (formally known as the Controlling the Assault of
Non-Solicited
Pornography And Marketing Act of 2003) (the “
CAN-SPAM
Act
”) establishes certain requirements for commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to source or content. The
CAN-SPAM
Act, among other things, obligates the sender of commercial emails to provide recipients with the ability to opt out of receiving future emails from the sender. In addition, some states and foreign jurisdictions, including Canada, Germany and Australia, have passed laws regulating commercial email practices, some of which are significantly more punitive and difficult to comply with than the
CAN-SPAM
Act. The ability of recipients of emails from our customers using our event marketing and management solutions to opt out of receiving commercial emails may minimize the effectiveness of our solutions for our customers. Also, the ability of event organizers to opt out of receiving future emails from us may minimize our ability to expand our event organizer network. The
CAN-SPAM
Act and other communications laws, rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations by courts and governmental authorities and often require subjective interpretation, making it difficult to predict their application and therefore making compliance efforts more challenging. In addition, noncompliance with the
CAN-SPAM
Act or similar international regulations carries significant litigation, regulatory investigation and related risks. If we were found to be in violation of the
CAN-SPAM
Act or similar state, foreign or international laws regulating the distribution of commercial email, whether as a result of violations by our customers or if we were deemed to be directly subject to and in violation of these requirements, we could incur substantial fines and penalties, and significant litigation and investigation-related expenses, and any inquiries might impact the deliverability of our commercial email regardless of outcome. This would adversely affect our operating results and financial condition and significantly harm our business, and our reputation would suffer. We also may be required to change one or more aspects of the way we operate our business, which could impair our ability to attract and retain customers or could increase our operating costs.
There can be no assurance that any limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also
 
39

cannot provide assurances that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors and omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or
co-insurance
requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, such as Visa, MasterCard and American Express, and if we fail to adhere to their rules and regulations, we would be in breach of our contractual obligations to payment processors and merchant banks, which could subject us to damages and liability and could eventually prevent us from processing or accepting credit card payments.
The payment card networks, such as Visa, MasterCard and American Express, have adopted rules and regulations that apply to all merchants who process and accept credit cards for payment of goods and services. We are obligated to comply with these rules and regulations as part of the contracts we enter into with payment processors and merchant banks. The rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or the PCI DSS. Under the PCI DSS, we are required to adopt and implement internal controls over the use, storage and security of payment card data to help prevent fraud. If we fail to comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, including the PCI DSS, we could be in breach of our contractual obligations to payment processors and merchant banks. Such failure to comply may subject us to fines, penalties, damages and civil liability, and could eventually prevent us from processing or accepting debit and credit cards or could lead to a loss of payment processor partners. Further, there is no guarantee that even if we comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, we will be able to maintain our compliance. For example, we have acquired businesses in the past that were not immediately compliant with PCI DSS at the time of our acquisition. Until or unless those businesses are fully integrated with our own systems, sunsetted, or divested, we may be unable to comply with PCI DSS standards for those acquired businesses without substantial additional costs. We also cannot guarantee that such compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payments systems or the theft, loss or misuse of the debit or credit card data of customers or participants or regulatory or criminal investigations. Our removal from networks’ lists of PCI DSS compliant service providers could mean that existing merchants, customers, sales partners or other third parties may cease using or referring our services. Also, prospective merchants, customers, sales partners or other third parties may choose to terminate negotiations with us, or delay or choose not to consider us for their processing needs. In addition, the card networks could refuse to allow us to process through their networks. Any such event would harm our reputation and may result in a loss of service for our customers, which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
In addition, our payment-processing solution for customers to collect event fees is subject to risks that may harm our business. Cvent Payment Services, or CPS, our internal payment processing platform, uses a combination of multiple external vendors to provide a single, seamless payments option for creators and attendees. As a complex, multi-vendor system with proprietary technology added, CPS relies on banks and third-party payment processors to process transactions and access various payment card networks to allow customers to manage payments in an easy and efficient manner. If CPS does not perform adequately, determine certain types of transactions as prohibitive for any reason or fail to identify fraud, customers may find our platform more difficult to use and the ability of customers using our platform to collect event fees could be adversely affected.
Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any failure to adequately obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights in the United States or abroad could harm our business and operating results.
Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including software, databases, confidential information,
know-how
and other intellectual property, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our
 
40

business. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of trademark, patent, domain name, trade secret, and copyright law in the United States and internationally, as well as technological measures and contractual restrictions, to establish and protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology, content and brand and maintain our competitive position. We have sought and continue to seek patent protection for certain of our technologies and, as of September 30, 2021, we own four issued U.S. patents, two issued
non-U.S.
patent, eight pending U.S. patent applications and six pending
non-U.S.
patent applications. There can be no assurance that a patent will ultimately be issued from any of our pending patent applications. We have also registered key domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and we cannot be certain that any currently pending or future applications will actually result in issued patents, or that, even if patents are issued, they will be of sufficient scope or strength to provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. There is also a risk that we do not establish an unbroken chain of title from the inventors of a patented invention to us. An inventorship or ownership dispute could arise that may permit one or more third parties to practice or enforce our intellectual property rights, including possible efforts to enforce rights against us. Additionally, errors in inventorship or ownership can sometimes also impact priority claims, and if we were to lose our ability to claim priority for certain patent filings, intervening art or other events may preclude us from receiving issued patents. We also have pursued and will continue to pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. However, despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, various factors outside our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights.
Effective trademark, trade secret, patent, copyright and domain name protection is time-consuming, expensive and difficult to develop and maintain, and the costs of applying, registering, defending and enforcing our rights may be significant. We may not be able to obtain protection for our technology and, even if we are successful in obtaining such protection, the intellectual property rights we obtain may not be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage, and may be successfully challenged, invalidated, narrowed in scope, determined unenforceable, circumvented, infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated. For example, in the past, competitors and other third parties in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions have infringed or misappropriated our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property, and we have incurred varying levels of costs to respond to such infringement or misappropriation. We are currently involved in an offensive copyright infringement lawsuit, and other infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property rights may occur again in the future. Over time, we may increase our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional trademark, patent and other intellectual property filings that could be expensive and time-consuming. Some aspects of our business and services also rely on technologies, software and content developed by or licensed from third parties, and we may not be able to maintain our relationships with such third parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all.
There can be no assurance our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products or services that are substantially similar to ours and competing with our business or that unauthorized parties will not attempt to copy aspects of our technology and use information that we consider proprietary. For example, it is possible that third parties, including our competitors, may obtain patents relating to technologies that overlap or compete with our technology. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to such technologies, they may assert, and have in the past asserted, that our technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the use of our technology.
We may also be required to protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a process that is potentially expensive and may not be successful, or which we may not pursue in every jurisdiction. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country, and the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies, which may compromise our ability to enforce our trade secrets and
 
41

intellectual property rights. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated or held unenforceable through administrative process or litigation in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage.
We attempt to further protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology and content by requiring our employees, contractors, consultants, corporate collaborators, advisors and other third parties who develop intellectual property on our behalf to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, and third parties with whom we share information to enter into nondisclosure agreements. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party who has developed intellectual property on our behalf and each party that has or may have had access to our confidential information,
know-how
and trade secrets. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. Moreover, these agreements may not provide an adequate remedy for breaches or in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or technology, or infringement of our intellectual property. We have in the past and may in the future initiate litigation regarding trade secret misappropriation, but enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret or
know-how
is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, trade secrets and
know-how
can be difficult to protect, and some courts inside and outside the U.S. are unwilling to protect trade secrets and
know-how.
If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us, and our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products and services by copying functionality. Additionally, individuals not subject to invention assignment agreements may make adverse ownership claims to our current and future intellectual property, and, to the extent that our employees, independent contractors or other third parties with whom we do business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting
know-how
and inventions. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website features, software and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider confidential or proprietary.
Litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the United States and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trademarks, trade secrets, patentable technology, copyrights and domain names; and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights and we will not be able to protect our intellectual property rights if we are unable to enforce our rights or if we do not detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights. We may also be involved in disputes relating to the rights to, and ownership of, the intellectual property developed by our employees, consultants and others. Our efforts to enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, as well as the invalidation or narrowing of the scope of our intellectual property, any of which could harm our business and operating results. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Attempting to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties could also expose us to counterclaims, countersuits and other defenses from such third parties which may attack the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights.
We have in the past been and may in the future be subject to claims by third parties that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights, which could result in significant costs and have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our products and services without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to
 
42

resolve claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The software industry generally is characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation. Although we believe we were an early pioneer of event marketing and management solutions, a field which continues to rapidly evolve, many participants that own, or claim to own, intellectual property related to elements of our business historically have aggressively asserted their rights. From time to time, we have been and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and claims that we, our customers, our licensees or indemnitees are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others. The risk of such proceedings and claims may increase as we expand the complexity, scope and public profile of our business. For example, we may be subject to claims that we are infringing the patent, trademark or copyright rights of third parties, or that our employees have misappropriated or divulged their former employers’ trade secrets or confidential information. The third-party service providers who provide us with technology that we incorporate in our product offerings also could become subject to various infringement claims. We cannot guarantee that our internally developed or acquired technologies and content do not or will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others.
It may therefore be necessary to defend against future claims by, for example, determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights or asserting and defining our intellectual property or proprietary rights. Some claimants may have substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether they have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:
 
   
adversely affect our relationships with our current or future customers;
 
   
cause delays or stoppages in providing our software solutions;
 
   
divert management’s attention and resources;
 
   
require technology changes or work-arounds to our platform that would cause us to incur substantial cost;
 
   
subject us to significant liabilities or damages;
 
   
necessitate incurring significant legal, settlement, royalty or licensing fees;
 
   
require us to satisfy indemnification obligations; and
 
   
require us to cease some or all of our activities or impose other unfavorable terms.
In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may be tripled and may include attorneys’ fees, or, in some circumstances, damages against our customers, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our event marketing and management solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be
non-exclusive,
thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us.
Some of our applications utilize open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.
Some of our applications include software covered by open source licenses, which may include, by way of example, GNU General Public License and the Apache License. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our applications. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our applications and to make our applications available under open source licenses, if we combine or distribute our applications with open source software in a
 
43

certain manner. Any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and could help third parties, including our competitors, develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours. Use of open source software in a manner that would require us to disclose our proprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Additionally, we could face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license.
These claims could result in litigation, and in the event that portions of our applications are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code,
re-engineer
all, or a portion of, those applications or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our applications, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and services. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. There is typically no support available for open source software, and we cannot ensure that the authors of such open source software will implement or push updates to address security risks or will not abandon further development and maintenance. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software, such as the lack of warranties or assurances of title or performance, cannot be eliminated, and, if not properly addressed, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our products, and could have a negative impact on our business.
The future success of our business depends in part upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or international government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our products in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations have begun to impose taxes, fees or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for Internet-based applications such as ours. The adoption of any laws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the Internet could limit the market for event marketing and management solutions generally and limit the demand for our products.
We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, including in the United States, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.
As a multinational organization that operates in numerous jurisdictions in the United States and around the world, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of which can be uncertain. The authorities in these jurisdictions, including state and local taxing authorities in the United States, could successfully assert that we are obligated to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties. In addition, the amount of taxes we pay could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and operating results. The authorities could also claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our subsidiaries, any of which could have a material impact on us and the results of our operations.
 
44

Our business may be adversely affected by third-party claims, including by governmental bodies, regarding the content and advertising distributed by our customers through our service.
We rely on our customers to secure the rights to redistribute content over the internet or through mobile event apps, and we do not screen the content that they distribute using our solutions. There is no assurance that our customers have licensed all rights necessary for distribution, including internet or mobile app distribution. Other parties may claim certain rights in the content of our customers. In the event that our customers do not have the necessary distribution rights related to content, we may be required to cease distributing such content, or we may be subject to lawsuits and claims of damages for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of such rights. If these claims arise with frequency, the likelihood of our business being adversely affected would rise significantly.
Economic conditions and regulatory changes resulting from the United Kingdom’s exit from the E.U. could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In June 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which voters approved Brexit. The U.K. exited the E.U. on January 31, 2020, consistent with the terms of the
E.U.-U.K.
Withdrawal Agreement, with a transition period that ended on December 31, 2020. On January 1, 2021, the U.K. left the E.U. Single Market and Customs Union as well as all E.U. policies and international agreements. As a result, the free movement of persons, goods, services and capital between the U.K. and the E.U. ended, and the E.U. and the U.K. formed two separate markets and two distinct regulatory and legal spaces. On December 24, 2020, the European Commission reached a trade agreement with the U.K. on the terms of its future cooperation with the E.U. The trade agreement offers U.K. and E.U. companies preferential access to each other’s markets, ensuring imported goods will be free of tariffs and quotas (subject to rules of origin requirements). Uncertainty exists regarding the ultimate impact of this trade agreement, as well as the extent of possible financial, trade, regulatory and legal implications of Brexit. Brexit also contributes to global political and economic uncertainty, which may cause, among other consequences, volatility in exchange rates and interest rates, and changes in regulations. These effects of Brexit, among others, could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
We are subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years. Our business activities are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, regulations, or rules of other countries in which we operate, including the U.K. Bribery Act. These laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies, their employees, and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, either directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. The FCPA also requires public companies to maintain accurate books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. While only anticipated to represent a de minimis proportion of our total revenue, we may count among our customers a number of government entities. For example, in Dubai, customers include government-supported companies, while in the US and UK, customers include government-funded public universities, though such sales represent no more than 3% of total revenue. Particularly as we continue to increase our international sales efforts, we may engage with partners and third-party intermediaries to market our services and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. Our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect dealings with those deemed by anti-corruption laws to be government officials, which also include interactions in countries known to experience public corruption, including Mexico, India, Thailand, and Brazil. Activities in such countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants, partners, or third-party intermediaries that could be in violation of various anti-corruption laws. We have policies and controls intended to prevent these practices—e.g., a standalone Anti-Corruption Policy, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, mandatory training on anti-corruption topics, financial controls, and a whistleblowing hotline, among others. While there is no certainty that all of our employees, consultants, partners, or third-party intermediaries will comply with all applicable laws and regulations,
 
45

particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws, our policies and controls aim to satisfy its obligation to comply with them. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, and liability for the actions of corrupt or other illegal activities of such third-party intermediaries, their employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.
Finance and Financial Reporting Risks
Because we generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.
We offer our Event Cloud primarily through a mix of single-year and multi-year subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period. We offer our Hospitality Cloud primarily through a mix of single-year and multi-year agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related advertising period. As a result, much of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of value relating to agreements entered into during prior quarters or years. For multiple-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year. Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. The timing and ultimate recognition of the remaining performance obligations depends on whether we complete outstanding contractual tasks, and the amount of remaining performance obligations at any date should not be considered indicative of revenues for any succeeding periods. Further, unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts may change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions or marketing solutions agreements in any one quarter is not likely to be reflected immediately in our revenue results for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue and deferred revenue balances in future periods, and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solutions, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription and advertising model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue and deferred revenue balance through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is generally recognized over the applicable subscription or advertising term.
Our reported results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our audited reported results of operations and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change. For example, on January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update
No. 2014-09,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)
, utilizing the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of Topic 606 changed the timing and manner in which we report our sales commissions. See Note 2,
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for more information. It is also difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies.
 
46

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.
As of December 31, 2020, we had deferred tax assets related to U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $94.4 million and $26.5 million, respectively. Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under Section 382 of the Code. The limitations apply if we experience an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in the ownership of our equity by certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit the use of our state net operating loss carryforwards. Future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an ownership change and, consequently, the limitations under Section 382 of the Code. As a result, our ability to use our
pre-change
net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.
In addition, our ability to use our federal and state net operating losses to offset potential future taxable income and related income taxes that would otherwise be due is dependent upon our generation of future taxable income before the expiration dates of the net operating losses, and we cannot predict with certainty when, or whether, we will generate sufficient taxable income to use all of our net operating losses. Federal net operating losses generated prior to 2018 will continue to be governed by the net operating loss carryforward rules as they existed prior to the adoption of the Tax Act, which means that generally they will expire 20 years after they were generated if not used prior thereto. Many states have similar laws, in addition to laws that suspend, reduce or eliminate the ability to carry losses forward. Accordingly, our federal and state net operating losses could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the Tax Act as modified by the CARES Act, the federal net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five tax years preceding such loss, and net operating losses arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back. Moreover, federal net operating losses generated in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses may be limited to 80% of current year taxable income for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020. Refer to Note 9,
Income Taxes
, to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2020.
We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.
We face exposure to movements in currency exchange rates, which may cause our revenue and operating results to differ materially from expectations. Our operating results could be negatively affected depending on the amount of expense denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Indian rupee. As exchange rates vary, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and other operating results, when remeasured, may differ materially from expectations. For example, we experienced a loss of $0.8 million as a result of foreign currency transactions in 2020. In addition, our operating results are subject to fluctuation if our mix of U.S. and foreign currency denominated transactions and expenses changes in the future. Although we may apply certain strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Additionally, as we anticipate growing our business further outside of the U.S., the effects of movements in currency exchange rates will increase as our transaction volume outside of the U.S. increase.
Failure of our customers to pay the amounts owed to us, or to pay such amounts in a timely manner, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
If a large number of our customers (as a portion of revenue) have insufficient liquidity, we could encounter significant delays or defaults in payments owed to us by such customers, and we may need to extend our payment terms or restructure the receivables owed to us, which could have a significant adverse effect on our
 
47

financial condition, including impacting the timing of revenue recognition. Any deterioration in the financial condition of our customers will increase the risk of uncollectible receivables. Global economic uncertainty, such as the economic instability and market volatility caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, could also affect our customers’ ability to pay our receivables in a timely manner or at all or result in customers going into bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings, which could also affect our ability to collect our receivables. For example, for the three months ended September 30, 2021, we recorded $4.1 million of higher bad debt expense primarily associated with an increase in the
un-collectability
of certain accounts receivable due to the effect of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on our customers’ operations.
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets would result in a decrease in earnings.
We have in the past and may in the future acquire intangible assets. Current accounting rules require that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. These rules also require that intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered in determining whether the carrying value of amortizable intangible assets and goodwill may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to, significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, significant impacts to the economy (such as
COVID-19),
or a significant decline in our stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time. To the extent such evaluation indicates that the useful lives of intangible assets are different than originally estimated, the amortization period is reduced or extended and the quarterly amortization expense is increased or decreased. Any impairment charges or changes to estimated amortization periods could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.
Risks Related to Our Indebtedness
Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.
As of September 30, 2021, we had total current and long-term indebtedness outstanding of $766.1 million, including (i) $765.7 million outstanding under our Term Loan Facility (as defined below) (including $0.4 million in outstanding letters of credit) and (ii) $0.4 million outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) related to a letter of credit. As of September 30, 2021, we had $39.6 million in available borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility. Net proceeds from the Business Combination after deducting fees and expenses were approximately $523.0 million, $500.0 million of which was used to repay the outstanding principal indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility requires that Unrestricted Cash (as defined in the credit agreement for the Credit Facilities, or the “Credit Agreement”) plus availability under the Revolving Credit Facility equal no less than $25.0 million as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, starting with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021. The Revolving Credit Facility also requires that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) as of, and for the four fiscal quarter period ending on, the last day of any fiscal quarter (other than any such day on which no more than 35% of the availability under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding certain letters of credit) shall be outstanding) be no less than 1.50 to 1.00. All obligations under the Credit Facilities are secured by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor of the Credit Facilities, each as defined in the Credit Agreement, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
 
48

Our indebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in our Credit Facilities have important consequences, including:
 
   
limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;
 
   
limiting our ability to incur additional indebtedness;
 
   
limiting our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities;
 
   
making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and
 
   
making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.
Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations. Further, our Credit Facilities contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations that could impose operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business. Our Credit Facilities are also subject to mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances and require a prepayment of a certain percentage of our excess net cash proceeds, and this excess cash flow payment, and future required prepayments, would reduce our cash available for investment in our business. For a discussion of those restrictions, see other risk factors in this “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness.”
We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.
Despite current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness or make certain restricted payments, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.
We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness and liens incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.
The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities permit us to incur certain additional indebtedness, including liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in the financing documents. We may also consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions, which may increase our indebtedness. In addition, financing documents governing our Credit Facilities do not restrict our Principal Shareholder from creating new holding companies that may be able to incur indebtedness without regard to the restrictions set forth in the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities. If new debt is added to our currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we face could intensify.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive
 
49

conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities including certain restrictions on our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales for general corporate purposes. We may not be able to consummate these asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair and any proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.
The terms of the financing documents governing our Term Loan Facility restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The financing documents governing our Term Loan Facility contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:
 
   
incur additional indebtedness;
 
   
pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or repurchase or redeem capital stock;
 
   
prepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness;
 
   
make loans and investments;
 
   
sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;
 
   
incur liens;
 
   
enter into transactions with affiliates;
 
   
enter into agreements restricting the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends; and
 
   
consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.
The restrictive covenants in the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests to the extent applicable. Our ability to meet those ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.
A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities could result in an event of default under such documents. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
 
   
in how we conduct our business;
 
50

   
unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or
 
   
unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.
These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.
We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.
We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.
Our debt currently has a
non-investment
grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.
Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:
 
   
develop and enhance our products;
 
   
continue to expand our product development, sales and marketing organizations;
 
   
hire, train and retain employees;
 
   
respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or
 
   
pursue acquisition opportunities.
In addition, our Term Loan Facility also limits our ability to incur additional debt and therefore we likely would have to amend our Term Loan Facility or issue additional equity to raise capital. If we issue additional equity, your interest in us will be diluted.
Corporate Governance Risks
Vista controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or yours in the future.
Investment funds associated with Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC (“
Vista
” and such funds, the “
Vista Investors
”) beneficially own approximately 82.7% of our Common Stock, which means that Vista controls the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our Board, or shareholders, which will enable it to control
 
51

the election of the members of our Board and all other corporate decisions. Even when Vista ceases to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Vista continues to own a significant portion of our stock, Vista will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.
In addition, in connection with the Business Combination, we entered into an investor rights agreement with certain of the Vista Investors (among other investors) (the “
Investor Rights Agreement
”) that provides, among other things, that: (i) our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, (ii) the Vista Investors party thereto have the right to nominate a number of designees equal to the product of (x) the Total Number of directors multiplied by (y) the Vista Ownership Percentage, rounded
 up
 to the nearest whole number (as such terms are defined in the Investor Rights Agreement), subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, (iii) we will use our reasonable best efforts to ensure that prior to the date that the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, each Vista Director (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) will be included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders for director elections of such class, and each Vista Director to a particular class of directors will be included in the proxy statement in connection with soliciting proxies for meetings of stockholders, (iv) until such time as the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, there shall be a number of Vista Directors on each committee of the board not less than the nearest whole number greater than the product obtained by multiplying the Vista Ownership Percentage by the number of positions, including any vacancies, on the applicable committee, and (v) (A) certain investors party thereto (other than the Sponsor and the investors party thereto who held Class B ordinary shares of Dragoneer that converted into common stock of Dragoneer), including the Vista Investors party thereto, will agree to not transfer any shares of our Common Stock for 180 days following the Closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, including a potential early release of 33% of such shares upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after Closing (but no such release may occur prior to the 90th day after Closing) and (B) the Sponsor and the Other Class B Holders agreed to not transfer any of our Common Stock for one year after the closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, including a potential early release upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after 120 days.
The Vista Investors and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the information and business services industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Vista Investors and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. The Vista Investors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Vista Investors may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
An active, liquid trading market for our Common Stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.
Prior to the closing of the Business Combination, there was no public market for Legacy Cvent’s common stock. Although our Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT,” an active trading market for our shares may not develop or be sustained following the Business Combination. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop following the Business Combination and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our Common Stock. The market price of our Common Stock may decline below the price at which you purchased it,
 
52

and you may not be able to sell your shares of our Common Stock at or above such price, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.
Risks Relating to Ownership of our Common Stock
The price of Our Common Stock may be volatile.
The price of our Common Stock may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:
 
   
variations in its operating performance and the performance of its competitors in general;
 
   
material and adverse impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic on our business, the markets and the broader global economy;
 
   
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
 
   
publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;
 
   
the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
 
   
our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;
 
   
additions and departures of key personnel;
 
   
changes in laws and regulations affecting its business;
 
   
commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
 
   
changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
 
   
the volume of shares of Common Stock available for public sale; and
 
   
general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, foreign currency fluctuations, international tariffs, social, political and economic risks and acts of war or terrorism.
These market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our Common Stock regardless of our operating performance.
We may issue additional Common Stock or other equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may depress the market price of our common stock.
Our issuance of additional Common Stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the following effects:
 
   
our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest will decrease;
 
   
the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends in the future, may decrease;
 
   
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding share of Common Stock may be diminished; and
 
   
the market price of our Common Stock may decline.
Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Delaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Common Stock and could entrench management.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions to limit the ability of others to acquire control of the Company or cause us to engage in
change-of-control
transactions, including, among other things:
 
   
the ability of the Board to issue shares of Preferred Stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a hostile acquirer;
 
53

   
the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our directors and officers;
 
   
the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only by a majority of the entire Board, which could delay the ability of stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or to take action, including the removal of directors;
 
   
controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of Board and stockholder meetings;
 
   
the ability of the Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow the Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
 
   
advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Board, and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.
These provisions could have the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our business in a tender offer or similar transaction. With our staggered Board, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will generally be required in order to effect a change in a majority of our directors. Our staggered Board can discourage proxy contests for the election of directors and purchases of substantial blocks of our shares by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to gain control of our board of directors in a relatively short period of time.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Cvent, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of Cvent to Cvent or Cvent’s stockholders, or any claim for aiding or abetting such an alleged breach, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against Cvent governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The foregoing provisions will not apply to any claims arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act and, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any action asserting a claim arising under the Securities Act.
Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations thereunder. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such Securities Act claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the forum provision with respect to claims under the federal securities laws.
This choice of forum provision in our Certificate of Incorporation may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company or any of its directors, officers,
 
54

or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.
As a privately held company, Legacy Cvent was not been required to comply with many corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, the Company will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that Legacy Cvent was not required to incur in the recent past. In addition, new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure for public companies, including the Dodd-Frank Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, regulations related thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, have increased the costs and the time that must be devoted to compliance matters. We expect these rules and regulations will increase the Company’s legal and financial costs and lead to a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities.
As a public reporting company, we are subject to rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and Nasdaq regarding our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, or report them in a timely manner.
We are a public reporting company subject to the rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and Nasdaq. These rules and regulations require, among other things, that we establish and periodically evaluate procedures with respect to our internal control over financial reporting. Public company reporting obligations place a considerable burden on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel.
In addition, as a public company we will be required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by the time our second annual report is filed with the SEC and thereafter, which will require us to document and make significant changes to our internal control over financial reporting.
We expect to incur costs related to our internal control over financial reporting in the upcoming years to further improve our internal control environment. If we identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting or if we are unable to comply with the requirements applicable to us as a public company, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in a timely manner, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by the SEC. If this occurs, we also could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or express an adverse opinion, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be adversely affected.
 
55

The Company’s ability to meet expectations and projections in any research or reports published by securities or industry analysts, or a lack of coverage by securities or industry analysts, could result in a depressed market price and limited liquidity for its Common Stock.
The trading market for the Company’s Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about it, its business, its market, or its competitors. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the Company, its stock price would likely be less than that which would be obtained if it had such coverage and the liquidity, or trading volume of its Common Stock may be limited, making it more difficult for a stockholder to sell shares at an acceptable price or amount. If any analysts do cover the Company, their projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results it actually achieves. The Company’s share price may decline if its actual results do not match the projections of research analysts covering it. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on the Company downgrades its stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about its business, its share price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Company or fails to publish reports on it regularly, its share price or trading volume could decline.
Future sales of Company Common Stock issued to Vista may reduce the market price of Common Stock that you might otherwise obtain.
In connection with the consummation of the Business Combination, Vista received approximately 397.7 million shares of Company Common Stock. The Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with Vista and certain other stockholders, pursuant to which it granted certain registration right to Vista and the other stockholders party thereto. Following the expiration of any lockup period applicable to shares of Company Common Stock held by Vista, it or its affiliates may sell large amounts of Company Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The registration and availability of such a significant number of shares of common stock for trading in the public market may increase the volatility in the Company’s stock price or put significant downward pressure on the price of its stock. In addition, the Company may use shares of its Common Stock as consideration for future acquisitions, which could further dilute its stockholders.
The Company is a “controlled company” under Nasdaq rules, which exempts the Company from certain obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.
As of December 8, 2021, Vista owned approximately 82.7% of our outstanding Common Stock Accordingly, the Company is a “controlled company” for purposes of the Nasdaq listing requirements. As such, the Company is exempt from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that a majority of its board of directors consists of independent directors, and that it has nominating and compensation committees that are each composed entirely of independent directors. These exemptions do not modify the requirement for a fully independent audit committee. If the Company ceases to be a “controlled company,” it must comply with the independent board committee requirements as they relate to the nominating and compensation committees, subject to certain
“phase-in”
periods.
 
56

USE OF PROCEEDS
All of the Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Stockholders for their respective accounts. We will not receive any of the proceeds from these sales.
The Selling Stockholders will pay any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses incurred by such Selling Stockholders in disposing of their Common Stock, and we will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the Common Stock covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.
We will receive the proceeds from the exercise of the Options, but not from the sale of the Common Stock issuable upon such exercise.
 
57

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE
Our Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT.” The actual offering price by the Selling Stockholders of the shares of Common Stock covered by this prospectus will be determined by prevailing market prices at the time of sale, by private transactions negotiated by the Selling Stockholders or as otherwise described in the section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”
 
58

MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS
Market Price of Our Common Stock
Our Common Stock is currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT.”
On December 22, 2021, the closing price of our Common Stock was $8.06 per share. As of December 17, 2021, we had 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock outstanding held by approximately 140 holders of record. The number of record holders of our Common Stock does not include DTC participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. It is presently intended that we will retain our earnings for use in business operations and, accordingly, it is not anticipated that our board of directors will declare dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our credit facilities include restrictions on our ability to issue dividends. See “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Overview
” for a discussion of our credit facilities’ restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other payments to us.
 
59

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation
S-X,
as amended by the final rule, Release
33-10786
“Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” and presents the combination of the financial information of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 combines the historical balance sheets of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions had been consummated on September 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 combine the historical statements of operations of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer for such periods on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented.
The information should be read together with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, audited and unaudited financial statements of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.
Description of the Business Combination
On December 8, 2021, Dragoneer, Merger Sub I, Merger Sub II and Legacy Cvent consummated the Business Combination as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, which provides for, among other things, the following transactions:
 
  (a)
in connection with the Domestication, (i) each issued and outstanding Class A ordinary share, and each issued and outstanding Class B ordinary share, of Dragoneer was converted into one share of Common Stock; (ii) the governing documents of Dragoneer were amended and restated and became the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of the Company filed a notice of deregistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which Dragoneer was domesticated and continues as a Delaware corporation and (iii) Dragoneer changed its name to “Cvent Holding Corp.”
 
  (b)
Legacy Cvent consummated the merger transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, whereby (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into Legacy Cvent, and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub I ceased and Legacy Cvent became the surviving corporation and (ii) promptly following the First Effective Time, Legacy Cvent merged with and into Merger Sub II, with Merger Sub II as the surviving company in the Second Merger after giving effect to the Mergers, Merger Sub II will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dragoneer. In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the First Effective Time, each share and equity award of Legacy Cvent outstanding as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time was exchanged for shares of Common Stock or comparable equity awards that were settled or were exercisable for shares of Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Legacy Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959. Legacy Cvent’s existing stockholders prior to the First Effective Time received approximately 416,483,028 shares of Common Stock and Legacy Cvent’s existing optionholders prior to the First Effective Time received approximately 51,649,748 options to purchase Common Stock, subject to the same vesting terms as the corresponding Legacy Cvent options.
 
60

Related Transactions in Connection with the Business Combination
Other related transactions that took place or are contemplated to take place in connection with the Business Combination are as follows:
 
   
the issuance and sale of 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock to the PIPE Investors at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of $475.0 million pursuant to the Subscription Agreements;
 
   
the issuance and sale of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares to Dragoneer Funding II LLC at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of $50.0 million pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement;
 
   
the conversion of the $2.0 million promissory note made from the Sponsor into 200,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares at a price of $10.00 per share upon the consummation of the Business Combination; and
 
   
the repayment of $500.0 million of existing Legacy Cvent debt.
Accounting for the Business Combination
Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, the Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Legacy Cvent will be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Legacy Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Legacy Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Legacy Cvent.
Legacy Cvent was determined to be the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination based on an evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:
 
   
Legacy Cvent’s existing stockholders have a majority of the voting power in the Company;
 
   
Legacy Cvent has the ability to nominate a majority of the initial members of our Board;
 
   
Legacy Cvent’s senior management is the senior management of the Company;
 
   
Legacy Cvent’s operations prior to the Business Combination comprise the ongoing operations of the Company;
 
   
Legacy Cvent is the larger entity based on historical operating activity and has the larger employee base; and
 
   
The post-combination company assumed a Legacy Cvent branded name: “Cvent Holding Corp.”
Basis of Pro Forma Presentation
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation
S-X.
The adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide relevant information necessary for an illustrative understanding of the Company upon consummation of the Business Combination and related transactions in accordance with GAAP.
Assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments set forth in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position and results of operations that would have been achieved had the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on the dates indicated. Further, the unaudited pro forma
 
61

condensed combined financial information may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the post-combination company. The actual financial position and results of operations may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors. The unaudited pro forma adjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and is subject to change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed.
The following summarizes the pro forma capitalization of the Company immediately after the Business Combination:
 
    
Pro Forma Combined
 
    
Number of
Shares
    
%
 
Legacy Cvent Stockholders (1)
     416,483,028        86.6
Dragoneer’s public stockholders
     4,286,667        0.9
Sponsor (2)
     7,852,000        1.6
PIPE Investors (3)
     52,500,000        10.9
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Pro Forma Common Stock
  
 
481,121,695
 
  
 
100.0
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
(1)
Excludes 51,649,748 Legacy Cvent options.
(2)
Includes 6,900,000 shares held by the Initial Shareholders, 752,000 shares held by the Sponsor from conversion of its private placement shares in the Domestication and 200,000 shares received by the Sponsor from the conversion of the promissory note upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
(3)
Includes 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the PIPE Investors in the PIPE Financing and 5,000,000 shares purchased by Dragoneer Funding II LLC pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement.
 
62

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(in thousands)
 
    
As of September 30, 2021
    
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
         
As of
September 30,
2021
 
    
Legacy
Cvent
    
Dragoneer
         
Pro Forma
 
    
(Historical)
    
(Historical)
    
(Note 3)
         
Combined
 
Assets
            
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 115,406      $ 1,171      $ 276,014       (a   $ 138,222  
           (9,660     (b  
           (36,557     (c  
           475,000       (d  
           50,000       (e  
           (233,152     (g  
           (500,000     (l  
Restricted cash
     103        —          —           103  
Short-term investments
     2,696        —          —           2,696  
Accounts receivable, net
     82,651        —          —           82,651  
Capitalized commissions, net
     22,142        —          —           22,142  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
     15,934        729        (2,366     (c     14,297  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total current assets
  
 
238,932
 
  
 
1,900
 
  
 
19,279
 
   
 
260,111
 
Investment held in Trust Account
     —          276,014        (276,014     (a     —    
Property and equipment, net
     16,024        —          —           16,024  
Capitalized software development costs, net
     113,519        —          —           113,519  
Intangible assets, net
     234,160        —          —           234,160  
Goodwill
     1,617,936        —          —           1,617,936  
Operating lease
right-of-use
assets
     29,031        —          —           29,031  
Capitalized commissions, net,
non-current
     19,275        —          —           19,275  
Deferred tax assets,
non-current
     1,999        —          —           1,999  
Other assets,
non-current,
net
     3,997        —          (479     (l     3,518  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total assets
  
 
2,274,873
 
  
 
277,914
 
  
 
(257,214
   
 
2,295,573
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
Liabilities
            
Current portion of long-term debt
     4,546        —          —           4,546  
Accounts payable
     2,316        —          —           2,316  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
     69,865        2,690       
(2,412
(2,016
 
   
(c
(c

    68,127  
Convertible note
     —          2,000        (2,000     (h     —    
Fees payable to customers
     30,750        —          —           30,750  
Operating lease liabilities, current
     11,459        —          —           11,459  
Deferred revenue
     226,307        —          —           226,307  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
  
 
345,243
 
  
 
4,690
 
  
 
(6,428
   
 
343,505
 
Deferred tax liabilities,
non-current
     18,226        —          —           18,226  
Deferred underwriting fee payable
     —          9,660        (9,660     (b     —    
Long-term debt, net
     750,540        —          (495,235     (l     255,305  
Operating lease liabilities,
non-current
     32,036        —          —           32,036  
Other liabilities,
non-current
     7,651        —          —           7,651  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total liabilities
  
 
1,153,696
 
  
 
14,350
 
  
 
(511,323
   
 
656,723
 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
63

                
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
         
As of
 
    
As of September 30, 2021
         
September 30,
2021
 
    
Legacy
Cvent
   
Dragoneer
         
Pro Forma
 
    
(Historical)
   
(Historical)
   
(Note 3)
         
Combined
 
Commitments and contingencies
          
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption
     —         276,000       (276,000     (f     —    
Stockholders’ equity
          
Preference shares
     —         —         —           —    
Dragoneer Ordinary shares
          
Class A
     —         —         1       (e     —    
         3       (f  
         (3     (g  
         —         (h  
         (1     (i  
Class B
     —         1       (1     (i     —    
Legacy Cvent Common stock
     1         (1     (j     —    
Common stock
     —         —         5       (d     49  
         2       (i  
         42       (j  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     1,953,654       —         (30,348     (c     2,476,523  
         474,995       (d  
         49,999       (e  
         275,997       (f  
         (233,149     (g  
         2,000       (h  
         (41     (j  
         (16,584     (k  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (2,415     —         —           (2,415
Accumulated deficit
     (830,063     (12,437     (4,147     (c     (835,307
         16,584       (k  
         (5,244     (l  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
  
 
1,121,177
 
 
 
(12,436
 
 
530,109
 
   
 
1,638,850
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  
$
2,274,873
 
 
$
277,914
 
 
$
(257,214
   
$
2,295,573
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
64

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2021
   
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
         
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
 
    
Legacy
Cvent
   
Dragoneer
         
Pro Forma
 
    
(Historical)
   
(Historical)
   
(Note 3)
         
Combined
 
Revenue
   $ 374,159     $ —       $ —         $ 374,159  
Cost of revenue
     140,479       —         —           140,479  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Gross profit
     233,680       —         —           233,680  
Operating expenses:
          
Sales and marketing
     99,069       —         —           99,069  
Research and development
     72,016       —         —           72,016  
General and administrative
     63,711       4,044       —           67,755  
Intangible asset amortization, excluding cost of revenue
     38,721       —         —           38,721  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
  
 
273,517
 
 
 
4,044
 
 
 
—  
 
   
 
277,561
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Loss from operations
  
 
(39,837
 
 
(4,044
 
 
—  
 
   
 
(43,881
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Other income (expense):
          
Interest expense
     (22,717     —         15,923       (bb     (6,794
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account
     —         14       (14     (aa     —    
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     (2,823     —         —           (2,823
Other income, net
     6,135       —         —           6,135  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total other income (expense)
     (19,405     14       15,909         (3,482
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (59,242     (4,030     15,909         (47,363
Provision for income taxes
     5,294       —         3,977       (dd     9,271  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Net loss
  
$
(64,536
 
$
(4,030
 
$
11,932
 
   
$
(56,634
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
     917,641             481,121,695  
Basic and diluted net loss per share
   $ (70.33         $ (0.12
 
65

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
    
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
   
For the
period

from
September 25,
2020
(inception)
through
December 31,
2020
   
Transaction
Accounting
Adjustments
         
For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
 
    
Legacy
Cvent
   
Dragoneer
         
Pro Forma
 
    
(Historical)
   
(Historical)
   
(Note 3)
         
Combined
 
Revenue
   $ 498,700     $ —       $ —         $ 498,700  
Cost of revenue
     176,250       —         —           176,250  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Gross profit
     322,450       —         —           322,450  
Operating expenses:
          
Sales and marketing
     128,388       —         —           128,388  
Research and development
     87,866       —         —           87,866  
General and administrative
     80,564       98       —           80,662  
Intangible asset amortization, excluding cost of revenue
     53,844       —         —           53,844  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
  
 
350,662
 
 
 
98
 
 
 
—  
 
   
 
350,760
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Loss from operations
  
 
(28,212
 
 
(98
 
 
—  
 
   
 
(28,310
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Other income (expense):
          
Interest expense
     (35,557     —         21,249       (bb     (14,308
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     (3,798     —         —           (3,798
Gain/(loss) on divestitures, net
     (9,634     —         —           (9,634
Loss on repayment of debt
     —         —         (5,244     (cc     (5,244
Other income, net
     1,333       —         —           1,333  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Total other income (expense)
     (47,656     —         16,005         (31,651
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (75,868     (98     16,005         (59,961
Provision for income taxes
     7,865         4,001       (dd     11,866  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Net loss
  
$
(83,733
 
$
(98
 
$
12,004
 
   
$
(71,827
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
     
 
 
 
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
     917,109             481,121,695  
Basic and diluted net loss per share
   $ (91.30         $ (0.15
 
66
NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Basis of Presentation
The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Legacy Cvent will be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Legacy Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Legacy Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Legacy Cvent.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had been consummated on September 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transaction as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2020.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:
 
   
Legacy Cvent’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
 
   
Dragoneer’s unaudited condensed balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:
 
   
Legacy Cvent’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
 
   
Dragoneer’s unaudited condensed statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:
 
   
Legacy Cvent’s audited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus; and
 
   
Dragoneer’s audited statement of operations for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination and related transactions.
The pro forma adjustments reflecting the completion of the Business Combination and related transactions are based on currently available information and assumptions and methodologies that management believes are
 
67

reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. Management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination and related transactions based on information available to management at the current time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the post-combination company. They should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer.
2. Accounting Policies
Upon consummation of the Business Combination, management will perform a comprehensive review of Legacy Cvent’s and Dragoneer’s accounting policies. As a result of the review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the post-combination company. Based on its initial analysis, management did not identify any differences that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
3. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information
The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation
S-X,
as amended by the final rule, Release
33-10786
“Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and related transactions and has been prepared for informational purposes only. Release
No. 33-10786
permits entities to present other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). The Company has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and has only presented Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.
The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had the post-combination company filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented.
The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share amounts presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated statement of operations are based upon the number of the Company’s shares outstanding, assuming the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on January 1, 2020.
Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet
The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:
 
  (a)
Reflects the liquidation and reclassification of investment held in the trust account that became available following the Business Combination.
 
  (b)
Reflects the settlement of $9.7 million in deferred underwriting fee payable.
 
  (c)
Represents estimated transaction costs incurred by Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer of approximately $30.35 million and $6.56 million, respectively, for legal, financial advisory and other professional fees. The Dragoneer estimated transaction costs exclude the deferred underwriting fee payable as described in Note 3(b) above.
 
68

Legacy Cvent’s transaction costs represent equity issuance costs and were capitalized and offset against the proceeds from the Business Combination and PIPE Financing and reflected as a decrease in additional
paid-in
capital. Of Legacy Cvent’s transaction costs:
 
   
Approximately $2.02 million was deferred in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and accrued in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of September 30, 2021; and
 
   
Approximately $0.35 million was deferred in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and paid as of September 30, 2021.
For Dragoneer’s transaction costs:
 
   
Approximately $2.41 million were accrued by Dragoneer in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and recognized as expense as of September 30, 2021; and
 
   
Approximately $4.15 million were reflected as an adjustment to accumulated deficit, which represents the total estimated Dragoneer transaction costs less $2.41 million previously recognized as expense as of September 30, 2021. These costs reflected as an adjustment to accumulated deficit have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.
 
  (d)
Reflects proceeds of $475.0 million from the issuance and sale of 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, at $10.00 per share in the PIPE Financing pursuant to the Subscription Agreements.
 
  (e)
Reflects proceeds of $50.0 million from the issuance and sale of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, to Dragoneer Funding II LLC at $10.00 per share pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement.
 
  (f)
Reflects the reclassification of $276.0 million of Dragoneer Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, subject to possible redemption to permanent equity.
 
  (g)
Represents redemptions of 23,313,333 Class A ordinary shares for $233.2 million allocated to common stock and additional
paid-in
capital using par value of $0.0001 per share and at a redemption price of approximately $10.00 per share.
 
  (h)
Represents the conversion of the promissory note made from the Sponsor into 200,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, at a price of $10.00 per share upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
 
  (i)
Reflects the conversion of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, on a
one-for
one basis, into shares of Common Stock in the Domestication.
 
  (j)
Reflects the recapitalization of Legacy Cvent equity of 917,761 common shares into 416,483,028 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.
 
  (k)
Reflects the elimination of Dragoneer’s historical accumulated deficit after recording the transaction costs to be incurred by Dragoneer as described in Note 3(c) above.
 
  (l)
Represents the repayment of approximately $500.0 million of Legacy Cvent’s existing debt in connection with the Business Combination. The difference between the cash proceeds and the carrying value of Legacy Cvent’s debt, including deferred financing costs recorded within Other assets,
non-current,
net, is recorded as a loss on repayment of debt and recorded as a decrease to Accumulated deficit. The loss on repayment of debt recorded through Accumulated deficit is included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 as discussed in Note 3(cc) below.
 
69

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations
The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:
 
  (aa)
Represents pro forma adjustment to eliminate interest earned on marketable securities held in the trust account.
 
  (bb)
Reflects the elimination of interest expense related to a portion of Legacy Cvent’s existing debt, which will be repaid as described in Note 3(l) above.
 
  (cc)
Represents the pro forma adjustment to recognize the loss on repayment of debt related to the repayment of Legacy Cvent’s existing debt as discussed in Note 3(l) above. The loss is reflected as if incurred on January 1, 2020, the date the Business Combination occurred for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. These costs will not affect the Company’s income statement beyond 12 months after the acquisition date.
 
  (dd)
Reflects the adjustment to income tax expense as a result of the tax impact on the pro forma adjustments at the estimated combined statutory tax rate of 25.0%.
4. Loss per Share
Represents the net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination and related transactions, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination and related transactions have been outstanding for the entire periods presented.
 
    
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
    
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 
Pro forma net loss (in thousands)
   $ (56,634    $ (71,827
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted
     481,121,695        481,121,695  
Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)
   $ (0.12    $ (0.15
Weighted average shares calculation, basic and diluted
     
Dragoneer’s public stockholders
     4,286,667        4,286,667  
Sponsor (2)
     7,852,000        7,852,000  
PIPE Investors (3)
     52,500,000        52,500,000  
Legacy Cvent Stockholders
     416,483,028        416,483,028  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
     481,121,695        481,121,695  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
(1)
The pro forma basic and diluted shares exclude 51,649,748 Legacy Cvent options because including them would be antidilutive.
(2)
Includes 6,900,000 shares held by the Initial Shareholders, 752,000 shares held by the Sponsor from conversion of its private placement shares in the Domestication and 200,000 shares received by the Sponsor from the conversion of the promissory note upon the consummation of the Business Combination.
(3)
Includes 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the PIPE Investors in the PIPE Financing and 5,000,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares purchased by Dragoneer Funding II LLC pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement.
 
70

BUSINESS
Our Mission
Our mission is to transform the meetings and events industry through technology that delivers live engagement across virtual,
in-person
and hybrid events.
Overview
Cvent is a leading cloud-based platform of enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. We power the marketing and management of meetings and events through our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. Our Event Cloud consists of tools to enable event organizers to manage the entire event lifecycle and deliver engaging experiences across every type of event and all event delivery models:
in-person,
virtual and hybrid. Event Cloud serves as the system of record for event and engagement data collected across an organization’s total event program, which comprises every internal and external event an organization hosts or attends (“
Total Event Program
”). Our Hospitality Cloud offers a marketplace that connects event organizers looking for the appropriate event space for their
in-person
and hybrid events with hoteliers and venue operators through a vertical search engine built on our proprietary database of detailed event space information. In addition, our Hospitality Cloud provides marketing and software solutions that hotels and venues leverage to digitally showcase their event space to attract valuable leads and grow their businesses. This combination of the Cvent Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud results in a cohesive platform that we believe generates powerful network effects and attracts more event organizers and hotels and venues.
Meetings and events are prevalent in organizations of almost every size, industry vertical and geography. The meetings and events space encompasses a broad spectrum of external marketing events, such as customer events, conferences, trade shows and prospect meetings; and internal events, such as sales kick-offs, training seminars, board meetings and companywide gatherings. Enterprises spend an average of 1% to 3% of their revenue on meetings and events, according to 2014 data from BTN Group. Collectively, organizations spent $1 trillion on meetings and events globally in 2018, according to the Industry and Events Council. According to Frost & Sullivan, the TAM for our platform is $29.7 billion, across our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. See “
Business—Our Market Opportunity
” for a discussion of what is included in our TAM.
Meetings and events are regarded as some of the most effective marketing channels for building engagement with customers, employees and members. External events, whether conducted
in-person
or virtually, are critical to marketing efforts, as they represent opportunities for enterprises to directly engage with their most important external audiences. Events offer a highly effective way for organizations to maximize engagement throughout the customer journey, helping them to generate and qualify leads, deepen relationships with customers and build brand loyalty and advocacy. According to Forrester, 74% of respondents considered events to be their most important demand generation tactic. Forrester also estimates that events in total comprise approximately 24% of the average organization’s
business-to-business,
or B2B, marketing program budget. In addition, internal events aid in employee retention and development, as they offer critical opportunities for HR, training professionals and executive leadership to inspire and motivate their employees through engaging experiences.
In 2020, the meetings and events industry was transformed by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which forced events into virtual environments and accelerated the ongoing digital transformation of the events industry. For virtual events, the event technology is the event venue, video is the primary method of content delivery and virtual attendees create a digital footprint of all of their event engagement that can be captured, analyzed and leveraged to both deliver better event experiences and inform subsequent sales and marketing efforts. Even as the pandemic subsides, we believe virtual events will remain prominent due to their ability to attract and engage vast audiences across the globe.
 
71

However, we believe in the post-pandemic world, the fundamental and innate desire to meet
in-person
will mean that organizations’ Total Event Programs will feature a combination of virtual events,
in-person
events and hybrid events that offer the benefits of both. The hybrid event model enables organizations to harness the advantages of both
in-person
and virtual meetings at the same time by reaching both a broader audience and achieving greater levels of engagement across far more attendees, thereby unlocking the potential for maximum return on their events investment.
With three event types now available to organizations, we believe enterprises will host more events, more frequently and with far more registrants, and that they will also significantly expand their event technology spend given the increased complexity of their Total Event Program. For event professionals, planning, marketing and executing an event is a highly complex endeavor that can become inefficient and time-consuming when managed using traditional manual processes, homegrown solutions or disparate point software solutions. This complexity will be further exacerbated by the proliferation of hybrid events which essentially require planners to simultaneously execute two events that are consistent across distinct event delivery models. With events throughout the customer journey now being held across various event types and multiple event delivery models, organizations increasingly need a single system of record to collect and analyze these interrelated account and attendee engagement data points and act on this data, as well as manage the associated meetings spend, enabling them to measure the impact of, and return on, their events investment.
We address these challenges faced by event organizers with our
end-to-end
Event Cloud platform with solutions to drive live engagement and manage all event types and processes within an organization’s Total Event Program. Prior to an event, event organizers use our platform to identify the appropriate venue within our marketplace, secure competitive proposals from venues, configure an event diagram, evaluate and secure speakers to design an impactful agenda, build an event website with tailored registration and
pre-event
content, market the event by sending segmented invitations and
follow-up
reminders, conduct
pre-event
surveys, manage
in-person
and hybrid event logistics such as travel and lodging, manage budgets and fee collections and produce broadcast-quality video content that can engage attendees before an event occurs. During the course of an event, our platform enables event marketers and planners to process registrations,
check-in
attendees, conduct virtual and
in-person
sessions, broadcast
pre-recorded
or live sessions for online audiences, facilitate online or
in-person
appointments and lead capture and manage
on-going
communication with attendees via an event-specific mobile app. Following an event, exhibitors and sponsors can act on leads collected via our platform, while event organizers can leverage our platform to analyze registration, attendance, attendee engagement, session data and survey responses to measure attendee engagement, content effectiveness and overall event success, as well as provide registrants with web or mobile app access to
on-demand
video content to keep attendees engaged after an event concludes.
Our platform leverages this proprietary data to generate an engagement score for each attendee. When this data is integrated with an organization’s customer relationship management, or CRM, and marketing automation system, it can boost existing lead scores and inform the optimal action including sending leads to sales, putting engaged attendees into marketing nurture streams and improving future events. Cross-event analysis also enables organizations to measure the effectiveness of the entirety of their Total Event Program. The ability of our platform to provide organizations with insights into buyer interests across the customer journey across all events has made the event program even more strategic and has positioned event technology as a critical component of an organization’s marketing technology stack.
Group business is a critical component of revenue and income for the hospitality industry. The groups, meetings and event market accounted for approximately 15% of total U.S. hotel room revenue, or approximately $30 billion, in 2017 according to a study by Kalibri, and, among full-service hotels characterized by higher published room rates, group business accounts for 30% to 35% of room nights. Beyond room night revenue, according to that same report, hotels generated another $110 billion from food and beverage, event space, audiovisual support, equipment rental, transportation and other services. We believe that as the hospitality industry seeks to recover from the significant impact of the pandemic, hoteliers and venues will actively seek to drive group meeting business and will turn to digital marketing tools and supporting software solutions to reach buyers globally at scale, to market and sell their event space, services and sleeping rooms.
 
72

Our Hospitality Cloud solution offers vertical online marketplaces that connect event organizers seeking event space to hotels and venues. Our platform helps hotels find event organizers and win group business by enabling them to advertise and digitally showcase their event space, and also provides event organizers with tools to search, diligence, negotiate and contract with hotels for that event space. The largest of these marketplaces is CSN, which connects over 86,000 meeting and event organizers with approximately 285,000 hotels and venues featured in our proprietary global database as of September 30, 2021. We believe that CSN contains one of the world’s most extensive and accurate repositories of detailed meeting venue information, empowering event organizers to search for, and qualify, potential event sites. We also believe that our marketplace generates significant network effects that simultaneously increase the volume of RFPs, submitted from event organizers and increase the number of hospitality professionals using our system to respond to RFPs.
Our Hospitality Cloud also offers software solutions to hotels and venues that improve the group sales process and streamline collaboration between hoteliers and event organizers to design, manage, and execute events. Our software solutions include, but are not limited to, lead scoring to prioritize group RFPs, three-dimensional hotel tours, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal and safe event layouts and viewing three-dimensional renderings, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions that simplify how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics.
We sell our platform primarily through a direct inside sales team. For our Event Cloud, our customers enter into annual and multi-year subscriptions to utilize our cloud-based event marketing and management solutions. The amount of these
sum-certain
contracts is based on a committed annual number of registrants and events across an organization’s Total Event Program. As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers, including companies such as Deere & Company, Morningstar, Inc., and Zoom Video Communications, Inc. For our Hospitality Cloud, hotels and venues enter into annual and multi-year contracts for group business marketing solutions and software. As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 10,000 Hospitality Cloud customers, including brands such as Accor S.A., Best Western International, Inc., and Marriott, International Inc.
The structure of our platform allows us to employ a
land-and-expand
business model, where customers grow their spend with us over time. As our Event Cloud customers grow their Total Event Program by launching new types of events, running more events and attracting additional registrants to their events, their contracts are typically renewed at higher annual values. Additionally, customers purchasing our platform to replace certain homegrown or multiple disparate point solutions may initially purchase only one or a few of our solutions. As those customers recognize the value of an integrated platform, they typically expand their footprint over time. As of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 our net dollar retention rate was 89.2%, 108.4% and 109.9%, respectively, with the decline in 2020 resulting from the global
COVID-19
pandemic. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, our net dollar retention rate was 90.0% and 97.7%, respectively, with the decline in 2021 resulting from the global
COVID-19
pandemic. See “
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics
” for additional information regarding our net dollar retention rate.
For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our revenue was $134.1 million and $374.2 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year increase and decline of 13.1% and (2.4)%, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2020, our revenue was $498.7 million, representing a year-over-year decline of (12.1)%. The declines were driven primarily by the impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on both the meetings and events industry and our business. As a result, total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 declined by $9.1 million, or 2.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our revenue was $567.6 million, representing a year-over-year increase of 18.2%, driven primarily by strong demand for our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud products from new and existing customers. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our net loss
 
73

was $(26.1) million and $(64.5) million, respectively, compared to $(14.4) million and $(67.1) million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 our net loss was $(83.7) million, $(91.8) million and $(54.0) million, respectively. Our net loss margin, defined as net loss divided by revenue, was (19.5)% and (17.2)% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively, compared to (12.1)% and (17.5)% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our net loss margin was (16.8)%, (16.2)% and (11.3)%, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.4 million and $70.9 million, respectively, compared to $36.2 million and $98.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our Adjusted EBITDA was $129.2 million, $108.1 million and $108.9 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin was 17.5% and 18.9% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively, compared to 30.5% and 25.7% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our Adjusted EBITDA margin was 25.9%, 19.0% and 22.7%, respectively. See “
Non-GAAP
Financial Measures
” for additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA margin to net loss margin.
Industry Trends and Opportunities
Event Cloud
Increased Importance of Meetings and Events to Chief Marketing Officers During and After the Pandemic.
Meetings and events offer opportunities for enterprises to engage directly with their customers for extended periods of time, and as a result, can represent some of the most effective and highest value touchpoints along the entire customer journey. With the growth in virtual and hybrid events, the opportunities to use events to directly engage with a larger audience has grown significantly. Marquee events such as user conferences and tradeshows present companies with significant marketing and sales opportunities, providing a forum to engage with hundreds or thousands of their prospects, customers and partners in attendance. As a result, meetings and events can represent one of the enterprise’s most influential marketing channels. According to Forrester, 74% of respondents considered events to be their most important demand generation tactic.
Due to their importance to the customer journey, meetings and events can be a significant component of the marketing efforts for any organization. Forrester also estimates that events in total comprise approximately 24% of the average organization’s
business-to-business,
or B2B, marketing program budget. Given the significance of the associated spend, the ability of events to generate engagement to showcase buyer interests, and event’s expected direct impact on sales pipeline, we believe that chief marketing officers and other
C-suite
executives will have a heightened interest in their success and effectiveness.
Increased Importance of Internal Meetings and Events to Engage Employees.
In a world characterized by increasingly distributed workforces, organizations will rely more than ever on events, whether
in-person,
virtual or hybrid, to engage and retain employees who will now have fewer daily
in-person
interactions. With the option to host virtual and hybrid events, we believe employers will host events more frequently to enhance employee engagement, facilitate networking opportunities, help establish and maintain company culture, attract and recruit new employees, offer immersive opportunities for career development and lower attrition. As companies look to provide differentiated workplace experiences to attract and retain top talent, we believe internal events will become even more important to HR and other
C-suite
executives.
Fundamental Shift to Virtual and Hybrid Event Environments.
Prior to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, the meetings and events industry was principally dominated by
in-person
events, including customer events, user conferences, industry trade shows and group meetings. Virtual events were typically characterized by limited scope, small audiences and undifferentiated content. Existing solutions for hosting these virtual events were generally built for
one-way
interactions, offered limited engagement opportunities and often were not integrated into a company’s broader marketing technology stack.
 
74

However, the global
COVID-19
pandemic necessitated the complete reimagining of virtual events, as event organizers swiftly moved their historically
in-person
cornerstone events to entirely virtual environments. This virtual event environment, whereby the technology itself is the event venue, has fundamentally increased the role and mission-criticality of event marketing and management solutions. Enterprise scale events cannot be held virtually without a software platform designed to enable enterprises to build immersive, interactive and seamlessly branded experiences, run multiple simultaneous live or
on-demand
sessions, facilitate attendee interaction, capture attendee, exhibitor and sponsor data and maximize engagement throughout the entirety of the event. When event technology is the venue, virtual platforms must be secure, scalable and stable or risk an entire event being compromised, delayed or cancelled.
When the impact of the pandemic subsides, we expect that
in-person
events will return as a critical component of the events landscape, due to their unmatched ability to drive
face-to-face
engagement, networking, loyalty and overall business impact. However, following the success of the virtual events held throughout the pandemic, we believe many of these
in-person
events will become hybrid events that prominently feature virtual components to enable event organizers to maximize audience reach and engagement. We believe that while companies will continue to host standalone
in-person
and virtual events, the hybrid event model will become the industry standard, enabling event organizers to experience the benefits of both from a single event and maximize the return on their events investment. We also believe that the increased value proposition of a larger Total Event Program led by hybrid events will drive event organizers to host more events, more frequently, attracting more attendees, and thus increasing their total event technology spend.
Accelerated Adoption of Event Technology to Automate Highly Complex Planning Process.
Organizing and executing a meeting, event, or conference is a highly complex process, involving a multitude of discrete tasks that are often tedious, manual and very costly. For example, in order to research and secure venues prior to its start, manage logistics during the event and analyze interaction data and facilitate attendee
follow-up
after the event, event organizers have often used an inefficient and disparate combination of tools, including general internet search engines, event magazines, telephone calls, spreadsheets, emails and internally developed systems. In addition, event organizers must coordinate with various internal stakeholders, including individuals in marketing, sales, travel, human resources, training and development and operations, as well as a broad range of external stakeholders, including the event venue operator, service providers, registrants and attendees, speakers, exhibitors and sponsors. The various stakeholders each require different information and communication strategies.
While many enterprises have embraced digital transformation by investing in enterprise software to automate workflows, streamline business processes and enable data collection and analysis for several departments, including finance, sales, marketing, expense management and human resources, organizations have generally not made similar investments in event technology to manage and automate the activities of event organizers and their Total Event Program.
The transition to virtual events during the global
COVID-19
pandemic, and the need to effectively manage a combination of
in-person,
virtual and hybrid events, has resulted in new complexities in managing a Total Event Program. While hybrid events offer significant flexibility to attendees, they add incredible complexity to the organizer, as they require the delivery of two different, but consistent experiences over one event for all parts of the event lifecycle. We believe that this increased complexity has resulted in an inflection point that will accelerate the digital transformation of the event management space.
Some event organizers have attempted to address these challenges with external point solutions or internally developed tools that we believe do not give them direct control over the attendee experience, are not built to deliver engaging experiences and do not provide access to real-time, actionable data. Moreover, these tools and point solutions do not address the entire event lifecycle or the full range of event delivery models. As a result, these organizations may struggle to effectively plan, manage, measure and improve their events, which may reduce or eliminate the associated sales and marketing benefits. We believe these challenges will lead organizations to embrace and expand their use of event technology to harness the full potential of their Total Event Program.
 
75

Challenge of Managing All Event Delivery Models to Unlock Actionable Insights Across a Total Event Program.
With the emergence of virtual and hybrid events, event organizers must now manage a Total Event Program consisting of multiple events across all event delivery models. Over the course of a customer’s journey from initial awareness to closing of a sale, an enterprise may interact with that customer through an
in-person
industry trade show, a virtual webinar, an
in-person
seminar, a hybrid roadshow, an
in-person
prospect development event, a hybrid user conference and a virtual customer event, among other interactions. For any given event, interaction and engagement data helps to provide a more accurate view into that customer’s interests and intent.
LOGO
When combined across all of the events in a Total Event Program, this engagement data can deliver actionable insights into the optimal action in that customer’s journey, helping organizations identify leads and advance sales opportunities. Some event organizers may attempt to manage their Total Event Program and attendee data with an array of disparate point solutions designed for a specific event delivery model, like virtual only or
in-person
only, or designed only for a specific portion of the event lifecycle, such as registration, a mobile app or onsite
check-in.
However, these point solutions leave attendee engagement data isolated in silos and typically lack the functionality for executing events across event delivery models, as well as the integration and data sharing capabilities to create a single system of record for the Total Event Program. We believe the inability to put together a full and clear picture of interest will lead organizations to use one event technology platform that can show prospect and customer intent across the Total Event Program.
Broad Range of Channels to Engage with Attendees throughout the Event Lifecycle.
Communication with attendees throughout the event lifecycle is critical and event organizers utilize a wide variety of mediums to reach their intended audience, including email, online advertising, text messaging, virtual chat messaging, social media platforms and video content. Event organizers also engage with attendees through mobile event apps and, for virtual events, through the virtual event venue. Event organizers leverage these channels to market their event prior to its start, increase engagement through gamification, share event-related information in real-time, establish interactive online attendee networks and communities during the event and connect with attendees following the event to continue attendee engagement and solicit valuable feedback essential to future event planning and sales
follow-up.
However, we believe many event organizers struggle to maintain consistent messaging and branding across the numerous channels through which they are interacting with attendees. Marketers and planners require a comprehensive cross-channel platform to help them interact with attendees throughout the event lifecycle across the customer’s entire journey in one consistent voice.
 
76

Events to Provide Long-term
On-Demand
Content that Will Extend the Life of Events and Greatly Impact the Buyer’s Journey
. Events provide the opportunity for organizations to engage with their attendees before an event and extend engagement with attendees after an event concludes, through
on-demand
video and content marketing incorporated into their virtual elements. During the pandemic, organizations utilized virtual events to drive audiences to digital video content that could be easily accessed before the event, during the event and
on-demand
after the event. The combination of events and content on video platforms gives organizers the ability to create an environment where events are no longer constrained by specific event dates, creating opportunities for engagement before, during, and after an event concludes.
Need for Greater Visibility into Meeting and Event Spend and Return on Investment.
Enterprises have increasingly adopted software platforms to provide visibility into areas of spend throughout the organization. However, companies have historically lacked a cloud-based solution to centrally monitor and manage the spend associated with their meetings and events. As event planning and execution is often not limited to one department or one specific role and, in our experience, planners are typically not required to seek advance approval for event, meeting and conference expenses, organizations have very limited visibility into and control over the level and allocation of event spend. With an accurate picture of spend, planners are able to calculate the return on their meetings and events investments.
As meetings and events budgets have grown, enterprises are adopting event marketing and management software to help them assess the aggregate spend, make the event process more efficient and leverage spend data in vendor negotiations. With an accurate picture of spend, event organizers are able to calculate the return on their meetings and events investments. This analysis can in turn be used to justify additional events spend, particularly as event organizers seek to expand their Total Event Program with hybrid and virtual events. Event spend management can also ensure that events are effectively designed, organized and managed to meet targeted objectives. For example, certain event organizers in more regulated environments, such as pharmaceutical sales, face comprehensive regulatory requirements, like reporting on spend per Health Care Professional, that are not easily manageable with manual processes.
Hospitality Cloud
Fiercely Competitive Hospitality Landscape Exacerbated by Pandemic.
In normal operating environments, hotels generate revenue from three primary types of business: leisure travel, business travel and event and group business. Meetings also drive hotel revenue from food and beverage, event space, audiovisual support, equipment rental, transportation and other services. According to a 2017 study by Kalibri, hotels generated approximately $30 billion in room revenue from group business plus another $110 billion from food and beverage, audiovisual support, ground transportation and other services. Additionally, event attendees are typically hotel guests that may utilize the hotel’s restaurants, shops, spas and other paid amenities. Given the highly profitable nature of events and group meetings, competition to attract and win this business has increased significantly among hotels. With the global
COVID-19
pandemic temporarily reducing the overall demand for hotel business and creating excess supply, hoteliers looking to recover from the pandemic have further increased competition between hotels to attract this highly coveted events and group meetings business.
Underinvestment in Group Meetings Business.
Event organizers can be found across a broad range of departments, including marketing, sales, travel, human resources, training and development and operations, and have a wide variety of titles. Due to this decentralized and
non-standard
nature of event planning within enterprises, hoteliers often find it challenging to identify highly qualified leads and accurately market to the professionals responsible for planning meetings and events within most organizations. As a result of this challenge and the typically heavy manual effort involved, hotels generally underinvest in sales and marketing efforts to solicit and generate this group meetings business, despite its critical importance to drive revenue. Without an effective way to conduct outbound marketing, hotels must rely on less targeted marketing tactics or on inbound leads to solicit interest and generate events and group meetings business. We believe that hotels and venues that leverage scalable technology solutions, such as ours, that are built for their target audience are better positioned to attract more business and increase their return on marketing spend.
 
77

Need to Digitize and Automate Highly Manual RFP and Group Business Processes.
In searching for a venue, event organizers often submit inquiries and bids to hotels in a variety of formats, including emails, phone calls and PDF, Word or Excel files. In responding to these requests, many hoteliers and venue operators rely on a variety of generic business tools including word processing applications, spreadsheets and scanned documents. This
non-standard
process results in increased time and cost associated with an RFP for both parties. In managing confirmed group meetings business, hoteliers and event organizers also typically leverage these generic tools to gather guest data, book rooms and organize room reservations. In our experience, these tools increase the time and cost burden of the process, often increase the chance of data entry error and could heighten the risk of data privacy issues. As hotels look to streamline efforts and ensure compliance, additional technology solutions will be required.
Need to Showcase Meeting and Event Space in a Virtual Environment
.
Traditionally, hoteliers and venue operators have showcased their properties to event organizers with
in-person
site visits. However, even before the pandemic, hoteliers had begun to utilize virtual tools to showcase a property and visualize different floorplan layouts as organizations looked to reduce spend and streamline the event planning process. The pandemic has further accelerated the trend of online and virtual sourcing, to the extent that many event organizers now expect online site tours and interactive floorplans and event diagrams to be a standard offering.
Need for Group Business Intelligence to Compete More Effectively
. Given the highly profitable nature of group meetings business, the competition to attract and win this business has increased significantly among hotels. In order to uncover new areas of opportunity and generate leads, hotels and venue operators need to leverage data to evaluate their performance in this segment. Business intelligence can provide insights into RFP trends, response activities, win ratios, pace against expected demand, and other key performance metrics. Business intelligence also enables hotels and venue operators to evaluate their group performance relative to their competition and to identify opportunities for improvement.
Key Benefits of Our Solution
Event Cloud.
We provide event organizers with a comprehensive platform to drive live engagement and manage the entire lifecycle of meetings and events across their Total Event Program, which includes virtual,
in-person,
and hybrid events. Our cloud-based platform delivers event organizers the following benefits:
•    Increase Efficiency by Automating Key Processes throughout the Event Lifecycle.
Our event marketing and management solutions enable enterprises to automate workflows and streamline labor-intensive business processes associated with organizing, marketing and executing meetings and events. For venue selection, our CSN venue-sourcing tool enables event organizers to quickly search for suitable venues, send RFPs, and compare the resulting bids
side-by-side,
allowing them to more rapidly identify, contact and negotiate with potential venues. Our solution also enables event organizers to produce highly sophisticated and fully customized event websites and virtual event experiences without any professional
web-design
or
back-end
coding needed. We offer a sophisticated site builder featuring a simple
drag-and-drop
interface, automated validation for best practices, logic checks and link checks, version history control and responsive design. Once built, these websites can be cloned and lightly edited to create new events in minutes. In addition to these processes, our solution also automates a number of traditionally manual processes throughout the event lifecycle, including processing online registrations and payments, collecting attendee information and preferences, creating custom schedules for attendees and automatically updating attendees of schedule changes via an event-specific mobile application. In the wake of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, event organizers are able to deliver safer
in-person
events with our diagram check tools that provide accurate spacing of event floorplans and via contactless event and session
check-in
and lead capture products. Our platform automates many of the daily tasks of an event organizers, leaving them with more time to focus on other core valuable activities.
 
 
78

•    Increase Meeting and Event Attendance.
Our event marketing and management solutions allow organizations to maximize registration and attendance at events across their Total Event Program. Our integrated event marketing solution empowers event organizers to develop sophisticated, multi-channel marketing campaigns to efficiently and effectively reach a large audience with their event promotions. The campaigns can be tailored to reference personal event attendance history and can be differentiated per each audience segment. Our robust contact management functionality enables event organizers to simplify and automate the process of collecting and maintaining accurate contact information by integrating with an organization’s existing marketing and CRM databases, while also allowing prospective attendees to seamlessly provide their most
up-to-date
contact information during the event registration process. Once organizers attract prospective attendees to their event website, our advanced registration features such as early bird discounts, coupon codes and dynamic registration paths, permit organizers to customize offerings based on their separate attendee segments and event goals. By offering integrated solutions for marketing and event registration across all event delivery models, we believe we help event organizers maximize the overall attendance and impact of their events.
•    Enhance the Attendee, Sponsor, Exhibitor and Host or Venue Experience
. We believe our platform enables event organizers to deliver a better overall event experience for all those who attend or support the event including general attendees, sponsors and exhibitors, as well as the host venue. Whether an event is
in-person,
virtual or hybrid, our platform helps to create an experience that is more engaging, interactive and impactful. For example, in a virtual environment, attendees can network and engage with their peers through live chat, engage session speakers through live polling and Q&A and view presentations live or
on-demand
based on a catalog of recommended sessions aligned to their preferences. For an
in-person
experience, sponsors and exhibitors can derive more value from the event through gamification and reminders to schedule
one-on-one
appointments via a mobile event app.
Pre-
and post-event surveys allow all stakeholders to share insights that can be used to improve future events. For all delivery models, we believe our technology enhances the overall stakeholder experience and drives deep engagement, which leads to higher attendee satisfaction and increased attendance at future events, resulting in more business for the organizer.
•    Create, Measure and Act on Attendee Engagement to Increase Sales Pipeline.
We believe our solutions enable event organizers to create events that maximize engagement points across the event lifecycle and collect and analyze this data across their Total Event Program. Engagement data includes: event attendance; session attendance, including time spent in virtual sessions; product and trade show booth visits; appointments attended; survey responses; polls taken; questions submitted via Q&A; and participation in chat, among others. Our platform synthesizes all of these attendee actions into a single attendee engagement score. Virtual and hybrid events enable organizations to track millions of attendee interaction points, including
in-person
activity that hadn’t historically been digitized, and virtual attendee activity. When our attendee engagement scores are correlated with data from marketing automation and CRM systems, event organizers receive the clearest, most complete picture of customers and prospects that can be used to determine the next-best actions in the customer journey.
•    Track, Manage and Measure Event Expenditure to Measure ROI of Events.
As event planning and execution is often not limited to one department or one specific role and, in our experience, event organizers are typically not required to seek advance approval for associated expenses, organizations have very limited visibility into and control over the level and allocation of event spend. Our solution streamlines, automates and enhances event planning processes to provide
end-to-end
visibility into all corporate meetings and events. Our software enables the tracking of all meeting processes and data by compiling sourcing data from CSN, attendance data from our event marketing and management solutions, budget data from event organizers, actual expenditures from credit card platforms and expense data from platforms such as Concur. Our software acts as the system of record for all event processes, spend, engagement data and data privacy and security program compliance to provide visibility into budgeting, saving users time,
de-risking
spend and enabling the measurement of event ROI.
 
 
79

Hospitality Cloud.
We provide hotels and venues solutions to market their event space to attract event organizers and gain RFPs, manage leads through the sales process and measure performance against internal and external metrics. Our marketplace and software deliver hoteliers and venue operators the following benefits:
•    Market to Event Organizers to Increase Events and Group Meetings Business Revenue.
Hoteliers and venue operators leverage our online marketing solutions to target event organizers looking for event space. Due to the tens of thousands of event organizers that we drive to our sourcing networks, our solutions make it easier for hoteliers and venue operators to market to relevant,
hard-to-identify
event organizer personnel within organizations, which we believe results in an increased number of sales leads and converted event and group meetings bookings. We believe that compared to other marketing channels, this represents an extremely scalable, cost-efficient way to win event business and increase revenue.
•    Enhance Productivity and Efficiency Through Automation.
We enable hoteliers and venues to automate and standardize the process by which they receive and respond to RFPs from event organizers. We provide a standardized framework that enables hotels and venues to
pre-populate
many responses, so their employees can respond to RFPs quickly and accurately. With hoteliers and venue operators having reduced workforces in response to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, our solution empowers them to automate marketing and sales processes to drive efficiency with fewer resources. In addition, hoteliers and venue operators leverage our software solutions to automate the entire group lifecycle beyond the sourcing process. For example, hotels utilize Lead Scoring to prioritize and assign RFPs and Passkey to manage group room blocks and process room reservations more efficiently and securely.
•    Strengthen Collaboration Between Hoteliers and Event Organizers.
Our solution enables hoteliers and venue operators to showcase their event spaces virtually in three dimensions and collaboratively design safe event layouts in real-time with event organizers, helping to streamline processes that were often manual, time consuming and
ad-hoc.
•    Better Analyze Operational Results through CSN Business Intelligence.
Hoteliers and venue operators can closely monitor the volume of prospected and closed business received through CSN, as well as our other sourcing platforms, enabling them to more effectively measure their return on marketing investments. Managers can also improve the performance and productivity of their sales representatives by monitoring responsiveness to RFPs, tracking successful bids and benchmarking their performance against internal and targeted competitive metrics. Our CSN Business Intelligence is also available to chains, brands and hotel management companies to help them measure, evaluate and improve the performance of the properties in their portfolios.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths provide us with sustainable competitive differentiation relative to our competitors:
One Platform to Drive Live Engagement and Take Action Across the Total Event Program.
Our platform enables organizations to manage and execute internal and external events of all sizes, complexities and delivery models. For external customer-facing events, we power events that a company hosts, as well as conferences and trade shows that a company attends as an exhibitor or sponsor. Our platform serves as a single system of record for the Total Event Program, enabling event organizers to maximize, collect and take action on attendee registration and engagement data before, during and after events. This centralized repository of data collected from attendee interactions across multiple events throughout the customer journey delivers actionable intelligence on the interests and preferences of an organization’s customers and prospects. We believe that our ability to offer an integrated platform that maximizes live engagement across a full suite of event marketing and management solutions for
in-person,
virtual and hybrid events is a key competitive differentiator when compared to competitors offering point solutions for specific processes or event delivery models.
 
80
Management of the Entire Event Lifecycle.
We offer an integrated,
end-to-end,
cloud-based platform that addresses the entire lifecycle of meetings and events of every type and delivery model. Our platform offers solutions for every aspect of an event from event inception to post-event
follow-up.
Companies using point solutions are required to cobble together disparate products and data silos from across the event lifecycle to manage a single event. Importing and exporting data into and out of multiple systems creates data integrity concerns and potential risk as it relates to privacy laws. Our platform approach enables organizations to streamline the workflow for managing all elements of an event, and results in a more fluid, branded, secure and engaging experience for attendees.
Large Online Marketplace.
We believe that CSN is a valuable resource for both components of the meetings and events ecosystem — marketers and event planners and hoteliers and venues — due to its:
•    Depth and Breadth of Venue Profiles
.
Our proprietary network includes detailed event space profile information on approximately 285,000 hotels and other venues. CSN enables planners to conduct searches and filter results based on over 200 characteristics and criteria per hotel profile. For example, planners can narrow their search based on a variety of factors, including the number of hotel sleeping rooms or meeting rooms, meeting room size or ceiling heights, meeting room capacity based on customized layouts, hotel amenities, available promotions and distance from the airport. Once an event space is identified, CSN enables planners to visit some venues virtually via three-dimensional models. A portion of the underlying event data is submitted by the hotels and venues and a portion is researched by our expert team, which has created an extensive data set with an exceptional level of detail and granularity. Our team of customer-facing staff maintain relationships and work with the venues to keep their information up to date and enhance the data richness of CSN. The size and accuracy of our database is of critical importance to planners and sets CSN apart.
•    Billions in RFP Value.
During 2019, planners sourced approximately $18.1 billion in RFP value through our sourcing tools, including CSN. Even as the global
COVID-19
pandemic forced the cancellation of
in-person
events, planners sourced approximately $8.8 billion in RFP value during 2020. This network effect also helps us continue to increase our brand awareness, leading to increased sales of our event marketing and management solutions. For hotels that manage the largest number of properties, we believe that by offering a global marketplace for both sides of the events ecosystem, CSN is a critical external lead generation channel for event and group meetings business.
•    Integration with Hotels.
As of September 30, 2021, we are directly integrated with the
back-end
sales and catering and IT systems of more than 39,000 hotels, reducing manual data entry by hoteliers and enabling a more efficient RFP response process. We believe this level of adoption and
back-end
IT system integration from our hotel partners is further evidence of the value hoteliers and venues derive from CSN.
Powerful Network Effects Across the Events Ecosystem.
By connecting both sides of the meetings and events ecosystem, CSN generates significant network effects. As more hoteliers and venue operators list and market their properties on the CSN, it becomes more valuable to event planners and marketers sourcing venues for their events. Increased usage by event planners increases the volume of RFPs delivered to hotels and venues, thereby increasing the value we deliver to hoteliers and venue operators and causing more hotels and venues to list their properties on the network.
•    Efficiency for Planners.
Planners use CSN, generally at no cost, to search for venues, request price quotes and proposals from hotels and venues and compare proposals to identify the venue that best meets the specialized needs and requirements of their event. The vertical nature of CSN makes it a highly relevant and effective tool for planners in identifying an appropriate venue. CSN also provides substantial time savings benefits, as planners can quickly evaluate an extensive network of potential hotels and venues and receive rapid responses from a selected shortlist.
•    Lead Sourcing for Hoteliers and Venue Operators.
Hotel and venue operators list their event spaces, generally at no cost, on CSN in order to receive and respond to event proposal requests from planners. Our ability
 
81

to connect hoteliers and venue operators with high quality leads makes us an essential resource for hoteliers and venue operators and has resulted in a significant volume of RFPs processed. In part due to the extensive scope of our marketplace, many hotels have integrated CSN into their core
back-end
IT systems.
Relationships with Meeting and Event Planners.
Unlike personnel in traditional, clearly defined departments, planners can often be based within a wide range of corporate departments, such as marketing, sales, travel, human resources, training and development and operations. Professionals ranging from marketing managers to sales representatives to executive assistants are tasked with organizing and executing meetings and events. Given the periodic nature of events, in many cases event planning falls outside of the scope of their
day-to-day
responsibilities and these professionals dedicate only a portion of their time to event planning. Through our more than two decades supporting the events industry, we have developed a substantial, internal, proprietary database of professionals who we believe are involved in meeting and event planning activities within their organizations. Given our industry prominence and the millions of events we have powered throughout our history, we have deep domain expertise on how to maximize event success, and we create thought leadership content that we promote to our database and through digital marketing. Each year, we engage with an increasing number of industry professionals, allowing us to build new relationships and continue to grow our prominence in the industry.
Recurring Revenue Model.
Our business model is highly recurring with annual or multi-year subscriptions under
sum-certain
contracts. Given the number of multi-year contracts, we have strong visibility into and predictability of future revenue, as well as resiliency, as evidenced by our performance during the early stages of the pandemic. Contracts for our Event Cloud solution range from one to five years in length. These contracts generally include subscription fees for licensed modules, which are based on volume commitments aligned with the registrations and events anticipated across the customer’s Total Event Program. Our Event Cloud contracts typically include overage fees for usage beyond the specified registrant and event amounts. We also sell our Hospitality Cloud solutions to hoteliers and venue operators through annual or multi-year contracts, which typically range from one to three years. These contracts typically include subscription fees for our marketing placements and licensed software modules. The predictability of future revenue allows us to more confidently invest in R&D so we stay on the forefront of technology innovation.
Investment in Product Innovation.
We have a team of approximately 1,300 in Client Services as of September 30, 2021 that actively collect daily feedback and enhancement requests from our wide and varied user base. We also host an online Cvent Community where thousands of users go to ask questions, network with peers and provide suggestions and feedback on future product direction. Our team of approximately 1,100 employees as of September 30, 2021 working in product development operate in an agile development environment and are able to release new feature capabilities and modules on a weekly basis that we believe address the rapidly evolving needs of the industry. Additionally, we place high value on and invest significantly in information and cloud platform security. We believe that relative to our competitors, we have a faster pace of innovation, deeper dedication to security, compliance and data privacy and larger investment in
next-gen
technology that will further strengthen our solutions, especially for virtual and hybrid events.
Global Scale of Operations.
With over 4,100 employees around the world, and offices in eight countries, we are positioned to both support our growing global user base and enter into new markets. By hiring regional experts, we are able to strategically expand our market presence by tapping into the characteristics of the local marketplace, which in turns helps us build stronger relationships and rapport with those customers. To further support our global scale, we also maintain extensive operations in India, with over 1,950 employees based in our Indian office as of September 30, 2021. Every department within the organization has employees in India. Our Indian operations enable us to achieve important business objectives including: (i) near-continuous research and development and customer service operations; (ii) expanded international sales and marketing reach worldwide; and (iii) development and maintenance of our proprietary databases of venues and hotels. In addition, the majority of our marketing personnel for the Asia-Pacific, Europe, Middle East and Africa regions are based in our India location. Finally, we leverage our India-based personnel to expand and maintain our massive repository
 
82

of detailed and
in-depth
venue information, consisting of over 432 million square feet of event space across approximately 285,000 venues as of September 30, 2021. Our Indian operations enable us to benefit from the labor and infrastructure cost advantages of the region and to accomplish many critical business tasks in an efficient and cost-effective manner. We established our India operations initially for cost savings, have expanded our presence in India due to its value proposition, and we continue to invest in India for innovation.
Our Market Opportunity
Meetings and events represent one of the most effective ways for organizations to engage, educate and motivate their target audiences. This value proposition is why meetings and events are often regarded as some of the most effective and best funded marketing strategies, and why they are critical to effective internal employee engagement.
While meetings and events have always been important, the accelerated digital transformation of the events industry driven by the global
COVID-19
pandemic has given rise to a new events landscape where a combination of virtual,
in-person
and hybrid events will proliferate in the marketplace. In this new landscape, organizations are able to reach larger audiences, engage with greater frequency and deliver differentiated experiences. Event technology will be critical to engaging with event attendees and managing all processes needed to plan, promote and execute events across a Total Event Program and to providing a single system of record for all event data.
Our platform delivers a single system of record for organizations to manage their Total Event Program, regardless of
venue—in-person,
virtual or hybrid—and regardless of audience—internal or external. Our platform enables customers to not only drive engagement, increase efficiency and scale their Total Event Programs, but also to integrate these solutions into their broader engagement and marketing strategy. According to Frost & Sullivan, the TAM for our platform is $29.7 billion, across our Event Cloud and Hospitality cloud solutions.
Cvent Event Cloud.
According to Frost & Sullivan, the annual TAM for the Event Cloud is $25.6 billion worldwide. The TAM was calculated by first estimating the total number of organizations that our platform and products address, segmented by size of employee base and organization type, including corporate and
non-corporate,
based on the 2017 Statistics of U.S. Businesses and 2020 U.S. Census Data. Addressability assumptions were then applied by segment and band based on our experience in the market. An estimated annual value was then applied to each band of organizations based on survey responses related to spend on event technology. The total number of companies within each band was then multiplied by the calculated annual value for that band. The aggregate calculated value represents the current annual estimated market opportunity of $14.1 billion and $11.5 billion in the United States and Rest of World, respectively.
Cvent Hospitality Cloud.
According to Frost & Sullivan, the annual TAM for the Hospitality Cloud is $4.1 billion. The TAM is calculated by first estimating the total number of hotels with meeting space, segmented by geography, market tier, and banded by total square footage of meeting space. Addressability assumptions were then applied by segment and product based on our experience in the market. An estimated annual spend was then applied to each band of hotels and venues based on survey responses related to spend on group marketing in digital channels. The total number of hotels and venues within each band was then multiplied by the calculated annual value for that band. The aggregate calculated value represents the current global annual estimated market opportunity of $4.1 billion.
Our Growth Strategy
Key elements of our growth strategy include:
Expand Our Customer Base by Adding New Marketers, Planners, Hotels and Venues.
We believe that with the emergence of virtual and hybrid meetings, and the accelerated digital transformation of the events
 
83

industry, organizations will host more events, with more attendees, and will have a greater need for event technology. Organizations will require a single platform capable of driving live engagement and managing all of their events, which will further increase the demand for our solutions. We believe a significant portion of organizations that have had to embrace virtual events during the pandemic have seen the promise of event digitalization and will no longer rely on homegrown tools and manual processes to manage events.
We also believe there is a significant opportunity to increase our penetration into hotels and venues. As the pandemic abates and
in-person
events return, group meetings business will again represent a significant component of hotel revenue. We believe that hoteliers seeking to recover their group meetings revenue will increasingly seek out technology solutions to market their venues and generate incremental business. With hoteliers and venue operators operating with reduced workforces in response to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, our solution enables them to automate marketing and sales processes to drive efficiency with fewer resources.
Facilitate Upsell and Cross-Sell Activity Within Our Event Cloud Customers.
Our Event Cloud consists of multiple solutions for marketing and managing enterprise meetings and events. As of September 30, 2021, 49.0% of our Event Cloud customers have subscriptions to more than one of our solutions. We believe there is a significant opportunity to cross-sell additional solutions such as our Attendee Hub, mobile event app, Onsite Solutions and
add-on
functionality within our existing base of approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers as of September 30, 2021. As the meetings and events ecosystem shifts toward a combination of
in-person,
virtual and hybrid events, we believe that organizations will derive even greater value from a platform that drives engagement and enables the seamless management of their Total Event Program. We also believe that the expanded reach and effectiveness of virtual and hybrid events will drive growth in both the number of events and the number of registrants, and that these customers will expand their usage of the Event Cloud over time. As a result, we believe that our renewing Event Cloud customers are likely to increase their overall contract value through both larger Total Event Programs and the adoption of additional solutions. Additionally, we believe that we can cross-sell new subscriptions or additional functionality to over 77,000 planners that have access to the CSN free of charge, some of whom also have paid subscriptions to our other Event Cloud solutions.
Facilitate Upsell and Cross-Sell Activity Within Our Hospitality Cloud Customers.
Our Hospitality Cloud solution not only connects hotels and venues with tens of thousands of planners, but also provides a suite of products to market their venues and manage sales and operations of their group business. We continue to expand our inventory of marketing placements and add specialized tiers for hotels and venues to purchase. As we add these new capabilities, we believe that hoteliers and venue operators will leverage our marketplace offerings to reach buyers at scale and expand the use of our platform to manage the marketing, sales and operations of their group meetings business more efficiently and profitably.
Expand Our Marketing Lead Generation and Direct Salesforce.
We intend to continue investing in sales and marketing to expand our direct salesforce and increase our reach in the marketplace. We believe these investments will drive leads, expand our sales coverage and improve the efficiency and efficacy of our sales efforts. We are also investing in our partnerships, where we have strategic relationships with industry groups, technology providers and event and travel management companies. We will continue to develop other strategic relationships that both complement our existing sales reach and enhance the value proposition we provide to our customers.
Expand Our International Footprint.
We believe there is significant opportunity to expand globally and increase our
non-North
American revenue, which accounted for 13.6% and 12.2%, respectively, of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In our experience, the adoption rate of technology outside North America has typically lagged North American adoption. For example, with respect to the Hospitality Cloud, while our
non-North
American hotel and venue listings represent approximately 62% of the total venues in CSN, only a small percentage of our RFPs are sent to these international hotels and venues. If the volume of international meeting RFPs on the CSN increases, we expect our international revenue to expand. We opened our first European sales office in London in May 2013 to support our international expansion, and we now have sales offices in eight countries across North America, Europe, APAC and the Middle East.
 
84

Extend Our Product Leadership and Introduce Additional Solutions to Our Platform
. We have invested significantly in research and development to build and improve our platform over time. The strength of our platform and solutions has helped to solidify our position as a leading cloud-based platform for enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. We have added additional products and features over time and regularly implement updates and improvements to our platform in order to improve our competitive position relative to competitors, meet the needs of our customers and to improve the event experience for all stakeholders in the event ecosystem. We also intend to opportunistically acquire companies that we believe have solutions that extend the capabilities of our platform and can readily be put through our existing sales and marketing distribution channel.
Our Platform
We offer a
software-as-a-service
platform focused on the event and hospitality industry. Our platform is comprised of two parts: the Event Cloud and the Hospitality Cloud. Our platform drives live engagement across the Total Event Program for corporations of all sizes, as well as for associations, universities,
non-profits,
governmental entities and others. Additionally, our platform enables marketers and event planners to organize all types of events that comprise a Total Event Program, whether virtual,
in-person
or hybrid, with solutions for the entire lifecycle of each individual event. Our platform also provides a comprehensive marketplace that connects planners with hotels and venues.
Event Cloud
The Event Cloud is a portfolio of event marketing and management solutions that enables marketers and planners to maximize engagement and ROI from their virtual,
in-person
or hybrid events, while automating and simplifying the management of each stage of the event lifecycle. Our solutions can be deployed independently or together as a cohesive and fully integrated platform.
For marketers, we offer a single platform to maximize live engagement across the event channel, with powerful tools to reach, engage and convert their virtual,
in-person
and hybrid attendees into customer leads and sales. Our platform provides marketers with a robust set of automated and personalized audience generation tools to help them attract more virtual and
in-person
audiences to their events. Before, during, and after the event experience, our platform offers engagement features that allow marketers to capture attendee interest across numerous individual engagement points. Our platform captures deep signals of expressed interest throughout the entire event lifecycle. Firmographic, demographic, and interest data is gathered during the registration process before an event, and session registration, attendance, poll and live Q&A responses, chat,
one-on-one
appointments, and booth visits are gathered during the event. After an event concludes, event content can be promoted and viewed
on-demand
and survey results can be compiled on attendee feedback, interests, and preferences. Our platform scores, consolidates and shares attendee engagement data through integrations with CRM and marketing automation tools to help marketers enhance buyer profiles, obtain a clearer picture of attendee interest, and follow up more quickly and accurately with attendees, bolstering sales pipeline and aiding in client retention.
Internal events offer a critical opportunity for human resources, training professionals and executive leadership to inspire and engage their employees. As a result of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, organizations have a more distributed workforce, and we expect that trend to continue in the post-pandemic world. Organizations will be relying on companywide meetings, sales kickoffs, town halls and trainings more than ever in order to engage and retain employees who will now have fewer daily in-person interactions. We expect that internal meetings that remain virtual will be enhanced from
non-specialized
video chat software to something more branded, stylized, engaging and interactive, or organizations will solve the distributed workforce dilemma by opting to hold more
in-person
events. In either scenario, we believe there is an increased need for our Event Cloud solutions, which we believe offer increased attendee engagement and branded experience.
Whether for external events or internal meetings, we offer event and meeting organizers technology and services to help organizations execute and scale their event programs in a more cost- and resource-effective manner. In planning an event, our software helps planners manage the hundreds of manual, often repetitive, tasks that need to work in concert for a successful event, including event approvals and budgeting, venue sourcing and management, event marketing, attendee management and speaker, exhibitor management and video content creation.
 
85

During an event, our solutions enable planners to deliver elevated
in-person
and exhibitor experiences, including onsite
check-in,
badging, attendance tracking, appointments, mobile event apps and lead capture.
For virtual audiences, we enable planners to deliver an integrated, interactive virtual event experience that allows online audiences to connect with content, other attendees, exhibitors and sponsors. After events, our platform offers analytics and insights that allow planners to measure the impact of their events and improve future events. For many organizations, a Total Event Program may consist of hundreds or even thousands of meetings annually. Our Event Cloud provides the full picture of attendee interest, assembled from engagement interactions across all events, irrespective of format, with a single system of record utilizing standardized processes to manage each stage in the event lifecycle.
Event Marketing and Management Solutions
Our platform offers management of the
end-to-end
event lifecycle:
LOGO
Planning
Strategic Meetings Management
We offer our Strategic Meetings Management, or SMM, solution for customers with large, complex event programs. Our SMM solution is intended to help organizations manage their internal and external meetings program more efficiently, control spend and capture previously untracked meeting expenditures.
Our SMM solution enables organizations to centrally collect meeting requests, route and track approvals, and manage budgets, housing and travel and reporting in a single system, consolidating all elements associated with their event and travel programs. This information is critical to providing planners and procurement teams with better visibility into and control of event spend. Centralizing meeting, event and attendee data also allows enterprises to lower the risk of the
in-person
portions of their programs. By providing rapid access to critical event program data, organizations can more quickly respond to unforeseen disruptions and safeguard their attendees, employees and revenue.
Venue Sourcing
We offer multiple venue sourcing networks that allow planners to find the right event space.
The largest of our networks is CSN, which is a comprehensive and searchable global marketplace connecting planners to approximately 285,000 hotels and venues. Planners can access CSN generally at no cost
 
86

and can quickly search for venues based on meeting space-specific search criteria, including health, safety and floorplan information. Planners can send a single electronic RFP to multiple properties at once and receive standardized proposals in return, vastly simplifying the sourcing process and providing visibility into total meeting and event spend in order to negotiate the most competitive rates.
We believe that CSN is the world’s largest network dedicated to hotels and venues that host meetings and events. The total unique RFP meeting value submitted through our sourcing networks in 2020 and 2019 was $8.8 billion and $18.1 billion, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, the total unique RFP meeting value submitted through our sourcing networks is approximately $6.6 billion. We believe the decrease in RFP value sourced in 2020 was a direct result of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, as the value of RFPs sent through our networks has increased year-over-year every other year in our history.
 
LOGO
Venue Diagramming
Venue Diagramming is a collaborative venue diagramming and seating solution, providing planners with three-dimensional venue diagrams and interactive floor plans to design event layouts that optimize attendee health, safety and networking. Planners can also use our solution prior to the event and during the registration process to easily manage attendee seating to help execute a smooth and successful onsite event experience.
Speaker Management
Our Speaker Management solution offers advanced content management capabilities that help marketers and planners source, review, select and manage the right content and speakers for their events. Marketers solicit submissions via web and email, customize a review process, accept or reject submissions and publish accepted content to an agenda, website, virtual experience and mobile event app.
Promotion
Event Marketing
Our Event Marketing solution provides event organizers with tools to plan and promote their events, attract prospective audiences and increase event attendance at their virtual,
in-person
and hybrid events. We offer promotion tools that allow marketers and planners to execute targeted and personalized email campaigns that engage the right audience, boost response rates and drive attendees to virtual,
in-person
and hybrid events. Our solution includes automated invites, reminders, and confirmations to drive both increased registration and attendance rates. Our solution also includes extensive creative controls to design seamlessly branded email campaigns, widgets and other digital assets.
 
87

Exhibitor Management
Our Exhibitor Management solution helps sponsors and exhibitors promote their presence and connect with attendees at hybrid, virtual and
in-person
events, while also enabling planners to coordinate and manage sponsors and exhibitors at their events. Our solutions allow event organizers to create tasks and automate emails to drive behavior that will increase an exhibitor’s value at their event. Through a self-serve portal, exhibitors can register their booth staff, manage their organization’s profile and add product videos, sales collateral and content. Using our solution, exhibitors can purchase Lead Capture licenses for booth staff and request meetings with qualified buyers using Appointments. Our solution provides real-time reporting on leads gathered during and after the event, which exhibitors can export into their CRM and Marketing Automation system for post-event activation.
Registration
Our Event Registration solution enables customers to easily build professional, branded event websites that convert visitors into registrants. An intuitive, drag and drop interface allows individuals to develop robust event websites without requiring HTML expertise or IT involvement. Event websites built with our solutions are fully responsive, enabling invitees to register easily from any device.
Our newly redesigned online Event Registration solution allows for a high degree of customization over the registration workflow, allowing for a differentiated experience for each distinct attendee type, including customers, prospects, partners, VIPs, members,
non-members,
exhibitors and students. Event organizers can configure the registration experience to include
pre-populated
contact information fields,
pre-
and post-event survey questions, a group registration option, session selection, housing and travel requests or bookings and event registration fee payment processing.
Below is an example created by Cvent of a customer event registration page.
 
LOGO
 
88

Day of Event
Virtual and Hybrid Experience
Attendee Hub
Attendee Hub, our virtual and hybrid solution, allows marketers and planners to deliver interactive and engaging virtual and hybrid event experiences. Our Attendee Hub solution enables organizations to deliver compelling online event experiences in a virtual-only
use-case,
or use the same technology to create hybrid events that extend
in-person
events to a global, online audience. Our solution enables organizations to showcase a consistent, fully branded experience and create and broadcast compelling video content from the invitation to the event website, and into the virtual experience itself.
By harnessing the most rewarding aspects of
face-to-face
gatherings and reproducing them for online audiences, the Attendee Hub delivers what we believe is constant engagement for attendees, exhibitors and sponsors. These capabilities include:
 
   
A branded “virtual event lobby” that provides easy access to key event details, live and upcoming sessions and surveys;
 
   
Immersive and interactive virtual sessions with enterprise-grade live or
pre-recorded
video, including
on-demand
offerings;
 
   
A video production solution to help event professionals easily capture and produce broadcast-quality video content, whether live or
pre-recorded,
for online audiences, which permit event planners to easily capture and produce great-looking video content for more engaging webinars, and virtual events;
 
   
Video conferencing capabilities to support collaborative sessions, virtual appointments and virtual meeting rooms;
 
   
Powerful interactivity features including polling, live session Q&A, and chat;
 
   
Gamification to encourage attendees to stay engaged by awarding them points for taking actions, such as joining a session, submitting feedback or visiting a virtual booth;
 
   
Virtual roundtable discussions that connect attendees and enable them to network with one another; and
 
   
Collected real-time feedback via session surveys.
The Attendee Hub addresses a significant limitation in the virtual event space by offering powerful brand awareness and lead generation tools to exhibitors and sponsors who are often key sources of event revenue. The tools include virtual booths with embedded video conferencing to allow exhibitors to share relevant company and product information (allowing an attendee to self-schedule virtual meetings with exhibitors and instantly share their contact information), lead generation functionality and the ability to sponsor sessions.
The Attendee Hub also captures and stores virtual event and attendee data in a single location, allowing marketers and planners to analyze the extensive volume of data that comes from virtual engagement to better understand attendee interests. Our solution features powerful web analytics, survey capabilities and engagement scoring that provides sales and marketing teams a single, simple and actionable view of attendee activity.
 
 
89

We also offer virtual event services to help organizations project manage the setup and configuration of their virtual event, provide production and video editing services to deliver dynamic and professional-grade content and provide webcast and speaker support to ensure virtual speakers are prepared and supported. Below is a reproduction of our Attendee Hub solution from the attendee perspective.
 
LOGO
 
LOGO
Onsite Solutions
OnArrival, the core of our Onsite Solutions offering, includes
check-in
and badging that allow organizations to quickly
check-in
attendees, individually or as groups, collect signatures and process outstanding payments. We offer both planner-administered
check-in
and kiosk-based
self-check-in
processes, including the option for fully contactless
check-in
and badge printing to meet increased attendee expectations for health and safety.
 
90

We offer tools that allow onsite staff to quickly and easily check attendees in to sessions by scanning badges in order to capture attendance, monitor room capacity, control or limit access and track continuing education credits. This same attendance data is fed into our reporting system, allowing marketers and planners to digitize the physical footprint of an
in-person
attendee and to gain valuable insights into event and attendee-level content preferences.
For larger or more complex events, we offer OnArrival 360, a service providing
end-to-end
onsite project management support to ensure event success. Through this service, specialists assist onsite staff with badges, floor plan set up for attendee
check-in,
setup and configuration of onsite
check-in
hardware, and oversight of the organizer’s onsite registration staff.
Mobile Event App
Our solution enables event organizer to offer a native event app to all attendees, which can be accessed via the Apple App Store, Google Play Store or the web. From the mobile event app, attendees are able to access the agenda and speaker roster, manage their personal schedule, watch streamed content, engage through polls and questions, network with others via chat and appointments, and engage with sponsors and exhibitors, among other activities. Additionally, the app can be leveraged for
in-person,
virtual or hybrid events. In a hybrid event experience,
in-person
attendees leveraging the app onsite would enjoy the same features and capabilities that a virtual attendee would experience from a desktop environment.
Appointments
Our Appointments solution facilitates meetings between attendees, employees, sponsors, and exhibitors, allowing them to make more connections, effectively network and foster deeper relationships. Planners can set rules and parameters around who can meet with whom, when, and where. Appointments also has a powerful recommendation engine that leverages attendee profile data to surface like-minded attendees to help make finding new connections seamless. Our solution integrates directly with attendees’ calendar clients such as Microsoft Outlook or Gmail to ensure calendars are always in sync and
up-to-date.
Lead Capture
Our Lead Capture solution provides organizations with a single lead retrieval tool across all of their events, including those they host and those they attend. Our solution enables organizations to significantly increase event-related lead volume and conversion through standardization, more widespread staff adoption and improved qualification as compared to manual or disparate solutions. For events an organization hosts, Lead Capture allows exhibitors and sponsors to quickly and easily capture, qualify and rate leads for fast follow up and increased ROI, making those partners more likely renew their investment in future events. For events an organization attends, the same solution used across events and tradeshows enables faster and consistent collection of leads, and timelier and more informed sales
follow-up.
Post-Event
Lead Conversion
Our Lead Conversion capabilities calculate an engagement score for each attendee that tracks all engagement points throughout the event lifecycle, providing event marketers with one ranked set of attendees across both virtual and
in-person
channels. Sales and marketing teams can leverage the attendee engagement scores to quickly assess interest, send targeted
follow-up
and prioritize leads. Our solution features integrations with CRM and marketing automation platforms to seamlessly share event and attendee data to recommend the optimal actions. Our solution includes native integrations with Salesforce, Marketo, Oracle Eloqua, HubSpot, and Microsoft Dynamics, and is also capable of connecting to any
web-based
program through APIs and webhooks. Our solution’s Salesforce integration is different from our competitors’ offerings in that it empowers sales teams to drive event attendance by inviting or registering their customers and prospects directly from within Salesforce, mitigating the need for marketing teams to interface with sales to coordinate invite lists, promotions, and discounts.
 
91

Event Insights
Our Event Insights solution captures and analyzes event and engagement data across virtual,
in-person
and hybrid events, enabling organizations to assess success and follow up on attendee interests quickly and effectively. Our platform includes more than 100
built-in
reports that offer marketers and planners deep insight into the performance of their individual events. These insights enable planners to continually improve performance and provide marketing and sales teams a clear, complete picture of attendee interest. Our solution enables organizations to collect feedback on attendee and exhibitor satisfaction with tools for registration surveys, session polling, live Q&A, live chat and post-event surveys. In addition to delivering actionable insights from a single event, our solution provides organizations with a single source of data across their entire Total Event Program. Cross-event reporting and analytics compare results by region, business purpose, seasonality, venue type and other metrics, in order to provide insight into which events are most effective in meeting event goals.
Hospitality Cloud
Our Hospitality Cloud provides hotels, venues and destinations, which we refer to collectively as Suppliers, with robust online marketing solutions for marketing their events business to planners and software solutions that automate the events sales cycle and improving collaboration with planners to design and manage events.
Hospitality Cloud Online Marketing Solutions
Our platform enables Suppliers to advertise and market on our venue sourcing networks to reach and engage tens of thousands of meeting and event planners who are researching destinations and venues for their
in-person
and hybrid events. Our venue sourcing networks include CSN, Cvent SpeedRFP and Cvent Wedding Spot.
CSN Advertising
CSN, the largest of our venue sourcing platforms, allows planners to filter, search and research a database of approximately 285,000 individual hotel and venue profiles to determine which venues to send an event RFP. CSN features comprehensive venue coverage and content, strong search functionality,
side-by-side
venue comparison tools and RFP management capabilities. With over 86,000 active planners that have access, we believe CSN aggregates the largest planner audience looking for meeting venues with billions of dollars in meeting and event demand.
Our large planner audience makes CSN a compelling “point of purchase” marketing channel for Suppliers, who can engage planners to drive awareness, consideration and selection of their venues for meetings and events. Hotel properties, chains and brands, as well as venues and destinations, purchase search advertising, display advertising, custom-branded microsites and other marketing opportunities to increase their visibility on CSN and influence planner venue selection.
Cvent SpeedRFP Advertising
Our SpeedRFP.com venue sourcing network helps event professionals and occasional planners to source venues for business and social events. We enable hotels and other Suppliers to advertise and market to these event buyers on SpeedRFP.com.
Cvent Wedding Spot Advertising
Our Wedding-Spot.com website allows couples and wedding planners to source venues for weddings. Hotels and other event venues advertise and market to these couples and planners on our website in order to grow their wedding business.
 
92

Whitelabel
Suppliers also market to event organizers via their own websites by using our Whitelabel Sourcing Solutions. These solutions include Whitelabel Search and RFP and Interactive Floorplans.
Whitelabel Search and RFP
Our Whitelabel Search and RFP solutions enable hotels and venues to provide the same sourcing experience as our venue sourcing networks on their own websites. These Whitelabel Search and RFP solutions can power websites of the largest corporate hotel brands as well as websites run by individual hotels
.
By participating on our venue sourcing networks and using Whitelabel Search and RFP products, our platform enables hotels and venues to aggregate and respond to RFPs received via our venue sourcing network and their own website.
Interactive Floorplans
Our Interactive Floorplans solution enables a venue to present interactive floorplans on their own website that provides planners visibility into details of event space, including how meetings rooms are connected, room capacity, and available layouts.
Hospitality Cloud Software Solutions
Our Hospitality Cloud also offers hotels, destinations and venues software solutions to automate and improve how they sell and execute events.
Cvent Lead Scoring
Our Cvent Lead Scoring solution enables hotel sales staff to evaluate and prioritize event RFPs. With our solution, hotel sales management can make smart decisions about the attractiveness of a potential event and the appropriate level of investment to compete for that business.
CSN Business Intelligence
Our CSN Business Intelligence solution enables hotel sales teams to better understand their metrics and performance against internal benchmarks, goals and competing venues. Our solution can help management assess the performance of a given property or portfolio of properties by providing a view of how competitive properties or venues are performing in attracting and responding to RFPs and winning business in the same general event business climate.
Cvent Event Diagramming
Our Cvent Event Diagramming solution enables hotels to offer three-dimensional digital site tours and work collaboratively online with planners using diagramming tools to experiment with room layouts, and ensure desired seating arrangements and required safety protocols are taken into account. Our solution allows Suppliers to virtually show how its space can accommodate the particular needs of the planner for that event and enables Suppliers and planners to work together to make adjustments and optimize the space.
Cvent Passkey
Our Cvent Passkey solution allows hotels and planners to work in concert to manage guest room reservations and room blocks for events. Our solution offers greater efficiency, better personal data security and management, real-time updates of room block data in hotel systems, enhanced online room booking experiences for hotel guests and opportunities for the hotel to sell additional amenities to guests online during room selection.
 
93

While the solution is primarily used by hoteliers, we also directly offer Cvent Passkey to event organizers that are either managing city-wide events that require complex room block management across multiple hotels or looking to offer a more seamless and autonomous process for their attendees to book rooms against the contracted room block.
Cvent Business Transient
Our Cvent Business Transient solution enables Suppliers to manage and respond to the transient RFPs corporate travel buyers issue through the platform. Our solution includes business intelligence tools to help hotels determine which RFPs to pursue and how to optimize their bid, as well as rate and content management tools to manage their participation in corporate hotel programs. While this solution is primarily used by hoteliers, we also offer Cvent Business Transient to corporate travel managers to source, negotiate, benchmark and audit corporate hotel rates with preferred hotel partners to better manage and optimize their corporate travel programs.
The Network Effect
We believe one of our differentiators in the marketplace is our ability to not only drive live engagement and be a system of record for an organization’s Total Event Program as outlined above, but also to power an entire meetings and events ecosystem through our sourcing networks. Market-leading enterprise software platforms that drive standardized processes have proven to be very “sticky” because organizations learn how to routinely automate complex processes that were previously chaotic to manage. However, networks that compound in value as more participants are added to the network, have proven to be even stickier. The consistent growth of CSN for sourcing event space sets us apart in the industry, and we believe the expected growth in RFP volume, planners sourcing on the network and the numbers of venues on CSN itself
post-COVID-19
pandemic, will only continue to drive adoption of the Cvent platform and our sourcing networks within the meetings and events world.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our platform primarily through direct sales, which comprises field sales representatives and inside sales personnel, organized by customer account size (enterprise and
mid-market
organizations) and customer geography across North America, Europe and APAC.
Sales Team Model
We sell our platform globally through a direct sales model, which is comprised of field and inside sales personnel. In the Event Cloud, we have dedicated teams that focus on different segments of the market: Enterprise,
Mid-Market
Corporate,
Mid-Market
Government, Association,
Non-Profit,
Education, or GANE, and Third-Party Partners. Within each team, there are four tiers that guide our representatives’ seniority, size of territory, and annual quota. In the Hospitality Cloud, we have the following distinct teams: Strategic Accounts, Territory and Unique Venues. The sales model for both Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud is the same. Direct Sales Representatives, or DSRs, serve as hunters and bring in new business. Sales Development Representatives, or SDRs, work alongside the DSRs and set appointments for qualified buyers. We also have a team of Solutions Consultants that assist both the DSRs and account managers in sharing more technical aspects of our platform with buyers. After new business is closed, it is passed over to Account Managers, or AMs, who serve as farmers and are responsible for renewal, account retention and upselling and cross-selling additional volume and solutions. We believe we still have massive remaining wallet share to capture within our installed base of customers. Our sales team is dispersed across North America, with the majority located in the Washington, DC area and additional sales teams in the United Kingdom, Singapore, and the United Arab Emirates. In addition, we employ sales personnel in Australia, Spain, the Netherlands and Germany. Our sales team predominantly generates business through inbound leads generated by our marketing team, complemented by proactive outbound efforts into top accounts. We are rigorous regarding tracking our sales activity and our sales process with both prospects and clients. Every step of the sales process is accounted for within our accounts and opportunities in our CRM and configure, price and quote applications.
 
94

Our Marketing Approach
We have been continually evolving our approach to marketing for more than two decades, with a focus on building brand awareness and generating high quality sales leads. We combine our rigorous grassroots marketing approach built on a finely-tuned event and email marketing program with a strong digital marketing program built around thought leadership and content distribution to maximize engagement and interest in our solutions. In addition to these foundational elements of our marketing approach, our program includes:
 
   
sponsoring and participating in user conferences, trade shows and industry events;
 
   
customer advocacy marketing;
 
   
public relations efforts; and
 
   
social media marketing.
We host our marquee event technology conference, Cvent CONNECT, each year in the United States and in Europe. With thousands of attendees, compelling keynote speakers from across the industry, numerous networking sessions, and an industry tradeshow, we believe these events set the agenda in the event technology space. Cvent CONNECT helps us excite prospects, deepen relationships with customers and grow the Cvent brand. Starting in 2021, we began hosting our Cvent CONNECT conferences as hybrid events, and our Cvent CONNECT program will continue to play a critical role in our sales and marketing efforts.
Our inbound/outbound marketing approach scales globally and is designed to engage our audience, share customer best practices, build increasing interest in our solutions, and ultimately create a marketing qualified lead that is then sent to our sales teams for qualification. We track and measure our marketing costs and results closely across all channels in order to maximize our efforts and build our sales pipeline.
Partnerships and Industry Associations
Our
go-to-market
objectives include building our brand by expanding the Cvent ecosystem through a network of partnerships and driving growth through channel partners. We have established partnerships across three primary areas:
Meetings, Travel, Conference and Event Management Companies
We have established partnerships with the largest event, meeting and travel management companies, including American Express Business Travel, BCD Meetings & Events, HelmsBriscoe, ConferenceDirect and Maritz Travel. Additionally, we signed a strategic partnership with Encore, a global leader for white-glove event production services. These organizations use us as part of their services to their customers, including event management, sourcing, housing and virtual solutions, and have long-term agreements with us to promote our solutions to their customers. We also have approximately 1,400 smaller agencies and management companies globally that use and promote us as their primary event marketing and management, and sourcing solution, such as Balboa Travel, Meetings & Incentives and AdTrav Travel Management. These partnerships help expand our footprint globally to reach more customers and expand the utilization of our technology.
Technology Providers
We have built partnerships with leading industry technology providers such as Salesforce, Concur, American Express and MasterCard that complement, enhance, and extend our solutions. These partnerships include joint integrations and referral agreements. These strategic relationships help our customers maximize the value from their meeting and event programs through a seamless integration with our platform.
 
95

Leading Industry Associations
We also partner with many leading associations in both the meetings and hospitality industries, including Meeting Professionals International, Global Business Travel Association and American Marketing Association. We work with these influential industry organizations by providing them access to our technology, including complimentary training and certification to their members, in exchange for
co-marketing
benefits to our target buyers. These marketing benefits include attending and speaking at their industry events, distributing our content to their member base and hosting thought leadership sessions for their members. Since these industry partners and their smaller chapters are our customers, we believe that aligning ourselves with these organizations gives us strong market and brand credibility in addition to showcasing our solutions to a potential audience of tens of thousands of event, meeting and travel professionals.
Our Technology
We deliver our solutions using an internally developed cloud-based
software-as-a-service
model. Our cloud-based delivery model limits involvement from our clients’ technical teams and reduces implementation time and costs. We have developed a multi-tenant architecture and a secure, scalable and highly available technology platform that provides a high degree of flexibility to allow each customer to configure the business process workflow, branding and user interface to best meet their needs.
The architecture, design, deployment and management of our cloud-based platform are focused on the following:
Multi-Tenant Architecture
. Our multi-tenant architecture enables all customers to be on the same version of our solutions. When we improve existing functionality, all customers receive the benefit of the new version at the same time.
Secure, Scalable and Highly Available Cloud Technology Platform.
Our customers often rely on our solutions for their most important and largest meetings and events whether virtual,
in-person,
or both. To meet their demanding expectations, we designed an enterprise-grade, cloud-based technology platform that is secure, scalable and highly available. We regularly review the key facets of our platform and make improvements and enhancements to keep pace with growth, technology evolution and the evolving needs of our customers.
Scalability
. We designed our software and systems to handle substantial growth in users and data without requiring significant
re-engineering.
For example, our event marketing and management solutions processed over three times as many registrations in 2020 as compared to 2013.
Security
. Our security program is designed to strengthen the trust of our customers, employees and investors. A compliance mindset underpins our technology foundation, and we believe we are a leader in the meetings and events industry in terms of certifications. We maintain compliance with Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“
PCI DSS
”), and certifications with the International Information Security Standard (“
ISO
”) 27001, the Service Organization Control (“
SOC
”) 1 and SOC 2. Furthermore, our security program continually invests in training its engineers on secure coding practices. In addition, regular penetration tests are conducted to identify and remediate any potential vulnerabilities along with a bounty program to identify areas for further improvements.
Availability and Redundancy
. We have two hosting regions architected to offer scaling, redundancy and disaster/recovery as a part of our standard offering. In 2020, we achieved an uptime of greater than 99.9% across all regions and products. North America is the largest region with 74% operating on a single cloud-service platform, and the remainder in our colocation facilities in Ashburn, Virginia and Portland, Oregon. Europe is hosted 100% from a cloud-service platform in Ireland and Germany. We maintain 24 hours per day, seven days per week, operations with automated instrumentation and alerting, and a global workforce to accommodate any potential business continuity concerns.
 
96

Data Privacy
. The changing regulatory environment regarding protecting the personal data of our customers and their event stakeholders is increasingly becoming a key focus point for our business. Our platform includes features and options designed to support compliance with the GDPR, the CCPA and other United States and international privacy laws, and provides options and features to enable customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align with their needs and relevant legal requirements. For example, our platform enables customers to implement tailored notice,
opt-out
and consent language and customize registration forms to help customers remain compliant with applicable privacy laws. Additionally, our platform has
built-in
solutions to facilitate compliance with data subject requests. These solutions allow us to obtain and maintain certifications with the ISO 27701 and the APEC Cross-Border Privacy Rules and Privacy Recognition for Processors.
Customers
Our Event Cloud Customers
Meetings and events are prevalent in organizations of almost every size, industry vertical and geography. Our Event Cloud customers include corporations of all sizes, associations, universities,
non-profits,
governmental entities and others, along with third-party planners. External events represent opportunities for enterprises to directly engage with their most important external audiences – i.e., for corporations, their prospects and customers; for associations, their members and exhibitors; for
non-profits,
their donors and sponsors and for universities, their students and alumni. From an employee engagement perspective, internal events provide a critical opportunity for HR, training professionals, and executive leadership to teach, inspire and motivate their employees.
As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers, including 50% of the Fortune 500. As a group, revenue from the Event Cloud customers who are in the Fortune 500 represented 11.9%, 12.7% and 10.8% of our total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021, the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. In the Event Cloud, we define a customer as a party who has entered into an active separate subscription contract with us. The majority of customers represent individual organizations. In certain cases, business units of a customer that have entered into separate subscription agreements with us are considered separate customers.
We also have over 86,000 active user meeting and event organizers with access to CSN, some of which also have a paid subscription to our other solutions. We consider a user to be active if such user accessed their account within 12 months preceding the date of measurement.
Our customers come from a wide variety of vertical markets in the corporate sector including consumer products, financial services, healthcare, insurance, pharmaceutical, retail, technology, telecommunications, travel and leisure. We also have customers across the GANE sector. In each of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, no Event Cloud customer represented 1.0% or more of our revenue for that year. A representative list of customers is set forth below:
 
Technology
  
Financial Services
  
Life Sciences
Cisco
Okta
Pendo
TeraData
Zoom
  
Lincoln Financial Group
Mastercard
Metlife
MorningStar
World Bank
  
BioHorizons
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Mednet
PENTAX Medical
Sonova USA, Inc.
CPG & Manufacturing
  
Professional Services
  
Education
Deere & Co.
Olympus
The Coca Cola Company
TruGreen
W.L.Gore
  
Cengage Learning
Deloitte & Touche
InXpress
KPMG
ServiceMaster Company
  
Duke University
Georgetown University
Penn State University
Univ. of Southern California
Yale University Central
IT Department
 
97

Association
  
Non-Profit
  
Government
American Association of Community
Colleges
American Diabetes Association
Association of American Medical
Colleges
California Teachers Association
National Education Association
  
Anti-Defamation League
Children’s Defense Fund
NAACP
The National Geographic Society
YMCA of the U.S.A.
  
California Public Employees
Retirement System
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)
NASA Research & Education Support Services
National Institute of Health
U.S. Dept. Of State
Our Hospitality Cloud Customers
As of September 30, 2021, more than 10,000 hotels, venues and destinations purchased products from our Hospitality Cloud through annual or multi-year contracts. In the Hospitality Cloud, we define a customer as an entity with an active account with us, where the customer pays for the account or the account is paid for by the customer’s parent company. For example, a corporate brand’s individual hotel properties whose accounts are paid for by that property’s corporate brand would be considered separate customers.
In each of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, no Hospitality Cloud customer represented more than approximately 0.9% of our revenue for that year. A representative list of our customers follows below:
 
Hotels
  
Convention & Visitor Bureaus
Accor
Best Western Hotels & Resorts
Marriott International Radisson Hotel Group
Taj Hotels, Palaces & Resorts
  
Visit Dallas
Visit Anaheim
New Orleans & Company
Department of Culture and Tourism Abu Dhabi
Hong Kong Tourism Board
In addition to the paid relationships with hotels, venues and destinations, we have direct integrations with the
back-end
sales and catering and IT systems of over 39,000 individual hotel properties, including many major hotel chains and brands.
Below is a breakdown of our total Event Cloud, Hospitality Cloud, and aggregate customers. Customers are not unique to a cloud, and thus some customers appear in the counts of both the Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud:
 
Customer Count
  
12/31/2018
    
12/31/2019
    
9/30/2020
    
12/31/2020
    
9/30/2021
 
Event Cloud
     11,051        13,006        12,519        12,018        10,743  
Hospitality Cloud
     11,044        14,102        14,285        13,883        10,333  
Overall
  
 
21,944
 
  
 
26,725
 
  
 
26,415
 
  
 
25,532
 
  
 
20,680
 
Competition
We operate in an intensely competitive market that is characterized by constant change and innovation. Our biggest competitor is existing manual, paper and spreadsheet-based systems organizations utilize by themselves in a fragmented manner. We believe the digitization of the industry and the need for driving and capturing engagement to understand attendee interests provides the greatest opportunity to grow our business. Other competition arises from:
 
   
small and large event technology providers that compete with one or some of the components of our platform, such as event marketing, consumer ticketing, registration management, onsite solutions, mobile event apps and venue sourcing and booking;
 
98

   
providers that exclusively offer point solutions for hosting events;
 
   
in-house developed solutions that are difficult to maintain and do not integrate into marketing automation or CRM systems;
 
   
meeting and event management firms that offer their own custom-built event technology or leverage other commercial tools to run events for organizations of all sizes;
 
   
venue searches and bookings processed by phone or email, and budget and expense through spreadsheets;
 
   
online group sourcing and booking solutions, including group buying websites, consolidators and wholesalers of meeting products and services, and search websites; and
 
   
hotel and venue direct websites and their call centers that provide direct sourcing and booking solutions.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:
 
   
breadth and depth of feature set;
 
   
pricing;
 
   
user experience;
 
   
financial viability;
 
   
industry expertise;
 
   
proven customer references;
 
   
global client support and implementation services;
 
   
scalability and security;
 
   
privacy and industry-specific compliance with regulations;
 
   
integration into other enterprise software solutions; and
 
   
terms and commissions for direct booking.
We believe that we generally compete favorably with our competitors because of the comprehensive platform we have built specifically for marketers and planners (our Event Cloud) and hoteliers and venues (our Hospitality Cloud). Our cloud-based platform provides both broad and deep capabilities enabling organizations to use one overall solution instead of relying on multiple point products that may not integrate well together.
Client Services
We believe that our award-winning client services solidify our reputation as an industry leader. Our client services are essential to onboarding new customers and a primary reason why customers renew their contracts. With staff and infrastructure already established in several countries and offering a mix of service levels and premium services offerings, our Client Services function is well positioned to provide scalable and global customer services for
in-person,
virtual and hybrid events.
Our global Client Services organization is comprised of four groups—Customer Support, Client Success, Professional Services and Customer Training—that together help ensure our customers derive maximum value from their use of our solutions. As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 1,300 employees in our Client Services organization working from locations in the United States, Canada, UK, Australia and India.
Our Customer Support organization supports
in-person,
virtual and hybrid events, is available to our event, mobile and conference management subscription customers 24 hours per day, 7 days per week and can be
 
99

contacted via telephone, online chat and web form during the subscription period. Our Client Success teams work closely with our clients to ensure successful onboarding and help drive maximum platform adoption. Our Professional Services teams provide paid support for clients across a number of areas critical to successful events including advanced production for virtual events, web site creation, graphic design, mobile application creation, implementation services and onsite support for
in-person
and hybrid events. Our Customer Training team designs and facilitates online and
in-person
training sessions to help with platform adoption.
As a complement to our people-based services, we have created an online community available to all of our customers, called the Cvent Community. The primary function of the Cvent Community is to provide an online ecosystem for our customers to discuss best practices for using our platform, ask questions and share ideas with other customers and our support team. The Cvent Community includes a multitude of industry trainings to assist in educating our customer base. Additionally, by actively supporting and soliciting input from customers using the Cvent Community, we believe we have created a valuable feedback loop through which our application development teams gain insights about potential new features and functions that guide our future development efforts. In addition, through our established customer advisory boards, our customers can gain deeper insight into our application roadmap. We further actively support the sharing of best practices and information across our community by providing collaboration and communication tools such as a shared library of development tools and templates, discussion forums and blogs written by our application and customer service experts. With all of the Community’s resources and conversations focused on a single version of our software, any enhancements developed can benefit the entire community.
Research and Product Development
Our Research and Development effort is focused both on developing new software and on improving our existing products to transform the meetings and events industry and deliver live engagement. Our product development team closely monitors market needs and works closely with customers to identify their current and future requirements. The release of Attendee Hub, which was built and launched in five months, has since become the fastest-growing product in our history by sales. As of September 30, 2021, approximately 1,100 employees work on our research and development team, which represents 26.5% of our employee base.
We believe that constant innovation and timely development of new features and products is essential to meeting the needs of our customers and improving our competitive position through platform expansion and differentiation. We supplement our own research and development effort with technologies and products that we license from third parties. We test our products thoroughly to certify and ensure interoperability with third-party hardware and software products. Our U.S. and India personnel develop our products on a nearly continual basis all year long.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, our research and development expenses totaled $72.0 million and $69.0 million, representing 19.2% and 18.0% of Cvent’s gross revenue for the same periods. We plan to continue to significantly invest resources for our research and development efforts, especially to accelerate our event marketing and management solutions for virtual and hybrid events.
Intellectual Property
Our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our intellectual property, including our technology, is and will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We primarily protect our intellectual property through trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks and contractual restrictions. However, these legal and contractual protections may provide only limited protection. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property incorporated into our software solutions. We are not materially dependent upon these third-party providers.
 
100

As of September 30, 2021, we owned 39 registered U.S. trademarks, 20 pending U.S. trademark application, 124 registered
non-U.S.
trademarks and 27 pending
non-U.S.
trademark applications, including registered trademarks for “CVENT,” “CVENT CONNECT”,“ATTENDEEHUB”, “ATTENDEE JOURNEY” and “ONARRIVAL”. We pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe doing so would be beneficial to our competitive position. Despite our efforts, the actions we take to protect our trademarks may not be adequate to prevent third parties from infringing, diluting, or otherwise harming our trademarks, and the laws of foreign jurisdictions may not protect our trademark rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.
As of September 30, 2021, we owned four issued U.S. and two issued
non-U.S.
patents, eight pending U.S. patent applications and six pending
non-U.S.
patent applications. The two issued
non-U.S.
patents expire in October 2029 and 2030, respectively. While these issued patents and pending patent applications protect some of our intellectual property, we are not materially dependent on any one or more of them.
We have also established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies and other third parties with whom we conduct business.
Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will be sufficient or effective to prevent the unauthorized access, use, copying, reverse engineering, infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property, technology and other proprietary information, including by third parties who may use our technology or other proprietary information to develop services that compete with ours. Additionally, our intellectual property rights may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, narrowed in scope or rendered unenforceable. For important additional information related to our intellectual property position, please review the information set forth in “
Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry
” and “
Legal and Regulatory Risks.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
Our mission is to transform the meetings and events industry through technology that delivers live engagement across virtual,
in-person,
and hybrid events. We believe in connecting people globally through our solutions and services.
Cvent Culture
Over the last 20 years, our innovative solutions can be attributed to our people and our culture. Simply put, the DNA of Cvent is our people. We have thrived and built a culture of empowerment, encouraging employees to think and act like entrepreneurs, or what we call “intrapreneurs;” to drive business and innovation and their passion has pushed us to become an industry leader. Our employees are guided by our core values called the Soul of Cvent, which include values such as taking actions that make good business sense; adapting, growing and being open to change in an industry that is driven widely by innovation; taking educated risks; and cultivating community by celebrating differences and building on shared connections.
We’ve been recognized for multiple years in many reputable benchmark surveys such as the Best Places to Work in the US, UK and India, The Washington Post Top Workplaces and Stevie American Business Awards, among others.
Global Reach and People
Our headquarters are situated in Tysons, Virginia, the tech hub of the Washington, D.C. area. While our roots are in Northern Virginia, we pride ourselves on our global mindset with 17 offices across the U.S., Europe,
 
101

Asia Pacific, and the Middle East, which gives employees plenty of opportunities for growth. As of September 30, 2021, we have over 4,100 total employees. The largest employee populations are based in two main locations—our headquarters office with approximately 750 employees, and our operations in Gurgaon, India, with over 1,900 employees. The remaining employees are strategically situated in offices and remote locations that enable us to service our customers. While we place great importance in collaboration, we will be evaluating our location strategy post-pandemic, which may result in divesting from our physical locations to ensure we are creating the right value proposition while keeping our workforce engaged and continue to service our clients.
Our Human Capital Strategy is grounded in our people-first philosophy; as such, our employees’ opinions and sentiments are imperative to the programs and policies we practice. We consistently solicited employee feedback through an annual engagement survey, pulse surveys and hosting informal employee focus group meetings. We are a
pro-employee
organization and none of our employees are represented by a labor organization or are a party to any collective bargaining arrangement. We have never had a work stoppage, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good while continuing to build programs and offerings with an employee-centric approach.
With respect to community engagement, we encourage employees to support their respective communities in multiple ways. We match donations made by employees to
non-profit
philanthropic programs, and we reward employees who volunteer their time in the community by giving personal time off through our Cvent Gives Back program. Throughout the year, employees of Cvent or its subsidiaries raise money and participate in group activities that create awareness through fund raising events, and Cvent matches dollars to these charitable organizations as well.
Compensation and Benefits Program
Our compensation package is designed to attract, motivate, reward, and retain top talent to drive our strategic key results and objectives. We provide all employees with a competitive total cash compensation package, which includes base salary plus an annual cash bonus to drive engagement and discretionary effort. We provide long-term incentives to employees at certain levels of the organization to engage them in long-term company success. It is offered in the form of equity with a graduated vesting period.
We invest in our employees by offering a wide range of benefits that help take care of each employee and their dependents. We offer a benefits package that focuses on work-life balance, healthy habits, and financial wellness. The package includes comprehensive health, vision, dental insurance programs, PTO days, sick leave, flexible spending accounts and health savings accounts, a 401(k) program, and an employee discount program. Our health and welfare program provides both choice and value to meet the needs of our diverse workforce.
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion
We believe that the impact of our people practices goes beyond the walls of Cvent and indirectly translates to how we support our community, improves societal issues, and enhances the customer experience. For this reason, we are committed to and focused on creating an inclusive workplace where diversity initiatives are not just a program, but a way of doing business and building talent. Our diverse workforce is the engine of innovation, and we strive to integrate our
end-to-end
Human Resources processes with the lens of diversity, equity, and inclusion. Our leadership has made diversity a top priority, and we are continuing to evaluate and improve our practices. Broadening our understanding started with unconscious bias training and creating transparency of our progress and commitments during our company-wide employee meeting.
We have broadened the scope and accountability of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (“
DEI
”) to include employees at all levels of the organization. We have several Employee Resource Groups, or ERGs, where we
 
102

bring employees of Cvent or its subsidiaries together based on common life experiences, diverse backgrounds and passion to elevate issues of society and community. We presently have six ERGs, which represent the LGBTQIA+, female, Black, veteran, Jewish and working parent communities at the company. Representatives from each ERG participate in a company-wide committee called the Inclusion, Diversity, Equity, Allyship and Storytelling (IDEAS) Council to collaborate and share ideas to improve our DEI efforts. Approximately 22% of our employees participate in one or more ERGs.
Facilities
We currently lease approximately 188,600 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Tysons, Virginia under a lease agreement that expires in July 2025. We also lease approximately 150,000 square feet of space for our Gurgaon, India office under a lease agreement that expires in December 2028. Both of these offices are used for administrative, marketing, support and development operations. In connection with our sales and product development efforts, we also lease office space in Atlanta, Georgia; Austin, Texas; Orlando, Florida, Dallas, Texas; Draper, Utah; Dubai, UAE; Fredericton, Canada; Vancouver, Canada; Portland, Oregon and Singapore.
We believe that our current facilities and planned expansion facilities will be adequate for the foreseeable future; however, we will continue to seek additional space as needed to satisfy our growth. We also continue to invest in technology that allows our distributed workforce to work efficiently and effectively from remote locations.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would be material to our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION
Although we do not believe that significant existing laws or government regulations adversely impact us, our business could be affected by different interpretations or applications of existing laws, rules or regulations, future laws, rules or regulations or actions by domestic or foreign regulatory agencies. Failure to comply with these and other laws, rules and regulations may result in, among other consequences, administrative enforcement actions and fines, class action lawsuits, other litigation and significant civil and criminal liability.
Data Privacy, Protection and Security
Businesses use our platform to facilitate, coordinate and plan
in-person,
virtual and hybrid meetings and events, and to streamline collaboration between meeting and event planners, hotels and venues. Accordingly, our platform collects, uses, stores, transmits, analyzes and otherwise processes information from and about both our own customers and prospective customers, as well as a business’s end customers and event attendees that interact with the business or its content on our platform. We utilize a variety of technical and organizational security measures and other procedures and protocols to protect our data and information, including personal data and other data pertaining to customers, employees and other users. Despite measures we put in place, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to such data, including personal data.
Compliance with laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and other legal obligations regarding data privacy, cybersecurity, data protection, data breaches, and the collection, storage, transfer, use, analysis and
 
103

other processing of personal data, which we refer to as privacy laws, are critical to our compliance and risk strategy. Globally, numerous jurisdictions have passed or are actively considering passing new or amended privacy laws. As a result, privacy laws are increasing in number, and with increased enforcement of these new laws the number of fines and other penalties have also increased. Beyond legislative developments, decisions by courts and regulatory bodies relating to privacy laws can also have a significant impact on us and other businesses that operate across international jurisdictions.
In some cases, privacy laws apply directly to both us and our customers, and in other cases our customers pass through compliance obligations and requirements to us contractually. Further, under some privacy laws, we may be considered a “processor” or a “service provider” and our customers may be considered a “controller” or “business,” while other privacy laws may not clearly distinguish between such roles. In all cases, however, we must monitor, respond to and address privacy laws and related compliance, whether to ensure our own compliance or enable compliant use of our platform by our customers. In general, our failure to adequately safeguard data, address privacy compliance, or comply with our security and privacy commitments to customers could subject us, not only to significant contractual liability to customers and direct liability under privacy laws, but also to reputational harm and regulatory investigations, inquiries or enforcement actions under U.S. (federal and state) and international laws, rules and regulations relating to consumer protection and unfair business practices. Specifically, certain privacy law developments could have significant impacts to our platform and business. For example, privacy laws that restrict the use of personal information for marketing purposes or the tracking of individuals’ online activities (such as the EU’s proposed ePrivacy Regulation and the CCPA), could expose us to additional regulatory burdens or necessitate changes to our platform or certain features. In addition, certain countries have passed or are considering passing laws that impose data localization requirements or cross border data transfer restrictions on certain data. As with most cloud-based solutions, restrictions on the transfer of platform data outside of the originating jurisdiction pose particular challenges that could result in additional costs or otherwise impact platform use.
With the evolving legal landscape, the scope, interpretation and enforcement of privacy laws could change and new or amended laws may take effect. As a result, the associated burdens and compliance costs on us and our platform could increase in the future. Although we continue to monitor and respond to privacy legal developments and have invested in addressing major privacy law developments (such as the GDPR and the CCPA), it is not possible for us to predict with certainty the effect of these developments on our platform and business.
Copyrights and Trademarks
In the U.S., the Copyright Act of 1976, the Lanham Act and the statutes and regulations associated with copyrights and trademarks and enforced by the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office are intended to protect the rights of third parties from infringement. Our customers and their users can generally use our platform to upload and present a wide variety of content. We follow a copyright infringement process and respond to takedown requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content uploaded to our platform. As our business expands to other jurisdictions, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including takedown and
cease-and-desist
notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites or hosting content that infringes copyrights of others. The copyright infringement policies that we have implemented for our platform are intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor.
 
104

Accessibility
Government authorities outside the U.S. may seek to restrict access to or block our service, prohibit or block the hosting of certain content available through our platform or impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility or usability of our platform in that country for a period of time or even indefinitely. In addition, some countries have enacted laws that allow websites to be blocked for hosting certain types of content or may require websites to remove certain restricted content.
Consumer Protection
In addition, we provide advertising data and information and conduct marketing activities that are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate unfair and deceptive practices, domestically and internationally, including, in some countries, pricing display requirements, licensing and registration requirements and industry specific value-added tax regimes.
For important information related to government regulation of our business and the risks related to our compliance with such laws, please review the information set forth in “
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry”
and
“Legal and Regulatory Risks.
 
105

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by, our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For fiscal year 2020, our named executive officers were:
 
   
Rajeev Aggarwal, Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director;
 
   
Charles Ghoorah,
Co-founder,
President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing;
 
   
David Quattrone,
Co-founder,
Chief Technology Officer;
 
   
Lawrence Samuelson, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary; and
 
   
William Newman, III, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
Historical Compensation Decisions
Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, Legacy Cvent was a privately held company. As a result, most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for fiscal year 2020, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors, and have been based on a variety of informal factors including our financial condition and available resources, our need for that particular position to be filled, and the compensation levels of our other executive officers, each as of the time of the applicable compensation decision. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation program as circumstances require.
Compensation Philosophy and Objectives
Cvent’s Compensation and Nominating Committee reviews and approves the compensation of its named executive officers and oversees and administers Cvent’s executive compensation programs and initiatives. As Cvent’s management gains experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis, and components of Cvent’s executive compensation program will continue to evolve. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2020 is not necessarily indicative of how Cvent will compensate its named executive officers following the consummation of the Business Combination.
We have strived to create an executive compensation program that balances short-term versus long-term payments and awards, cash payments versus equity awards, and fixed versus contingent payments and awards in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:
 
   
attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;
 
   
reward executives whose knowledge, skills, and performance are critical to our success;
 
   
align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and rewarding executive officers when stockholder value increases;
 
   
ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the (i)
 function and subject matter expertise each executive officer performs and (ii) contributions each executive makes to our success;
 
   
foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our company; and
 
   
compensate our executives in a manner that incentivizes them to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.
 
106

To achieve these objectives, we expect to maintain our current compensation plans, while making necessary adjustments to remain competitive in a demanding employment market, and to tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to the attainment of key strategic financial and operational goals. Our pillar goals as a company are smart growth, customer centricity, product innovation and global scale. We seek to ensure that all incentives are aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with performance.
Setting Compensation
Role of Our Board of Directors, Compensation and Nominating Committee, and Named Executive Officers
As a privately held company, our prior compensation policies and determinations have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors, considerations of a variety of informal internal factors as well as external factors, such as the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry. This informal consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by our board of directors regarding the compensation given to some of the executive officers of other companies in our industry through informal discussions with recruiting firms, research, and informal benchmarking against their personal knowledge of the competitive market. As a result, our board of directors historically has applied its subjective discretion to make compensation decisions and did not formally benchmark executive compensation against a particular set of comparable companies or use a formula to set the compensation for our executives in relation to survey data. Our Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with our board of directors, made compensation decisions for our executive officers (other than himself) and after thorough discussion of various factors, including any informal knowledge or data he may have had, would set the compensation for each executive officer on an individual basis. We anticipate that our Compensation and Nominating Committee will more formally benchmark executive compensation against a peer group of comparable companies in the future. We also anticipate that our Compensation and Nominating Committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal benchmarking process. See “
Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee.
The Compensation and Nominating Committee oversees and administers Cvent’s executive compensation arrangements. The Compensation and Nominating Committee meets outside the presence of all of its executive officers, including its named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other named executive officers, the Compensation and Nominating Committee meets outside the presence of all executive officers except its Chief Executive Officer. Cvent’s Chief Executive Officer reviews annually each other named executive officer’s performance with the Compensation and Nominating Committee and recommends appropriate base salary, cash performance awards, and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers. Based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the principles described below, the Compensation and Nominating Committee approves the annual compensation packages of our executive officers other than Cvent’s Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation and Nominating Committee also annually analyzes Cvent’s Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine his base salary, cash performance awards, and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any consultants engaged by the Compensation and Nominating Committee.
Role of Compensation Consultant
We did not engage a compensation consultant in determining pay actions in advance of fiscal year 2020 or 2021. We anticipate engaging a compensation consultant in determining pay actions with respect to fiscal year 2022.
 
107

Benchmarking
Prior to the Business Combination, the board of directors did not use benchmarking or peer group analysis in making compensation decisions. Following the completion of the Business Combination, however, Cvent’s Compensation and Nominating Committee intends to use peer group analysis to assess competitive pay levels and, as described above, Cvent will engage a compensation consulting firm to assist with this analysis. See “
Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee
.”
Risk Management
We have determined that any risks arising from our compensation programs and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Cvent. Cvent’s compensation programs and policies mitigate risk by combining performance-based, long-term compensation elements with payouts that are highly correlated to the value delivered to stockholders. The combination of both corporate and individual performance measures for annual bonuses, together with the equity compensation programs for executive officers, which include multiyear vesting schedules for equity awards, encourages employees to maintain both a short- and a long-term view with respect to Company performance.
Elements of Compensation
Our current executive compensation program, which was set by our board of directors, consists of the following components:
 
   
base salary;
 
   
annual cash incentive awards linked to overall corporate and individual performance;
 
   
periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation, such as options;
 
   
other executive benefits and perquisites; and
 
   
employment agreements, which contain termination benefits.
We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational, and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.
Pay Mix
We utilize the particular elements of compensation described above because we believe that it provides a well-proportioned mix of secure compensation, retention value, and
at-risk
compensation that produces short-term and long-term performance incentives and rewards. By following this approach, we provide our executive officers a measure of security in the minimum expected level of compensation, while motivating our executive officers to focus on the attainment of business metrics that will produce a high level of short-term and long-term performance for Cvent and long-term wealth creation for the executive officers, as well as reducing the risk of recruitment of our top executive talent by others. The mix of metrics used for our annual cash incentive awards and long-term incentive program likewise provides an appropriate balance between short-term financial performance and long-term financial and stock performance.
For key executives, the mix of compensation is weighted toward
at-risk
pay (annual incentives and long-term incentives), with the base salary component of total compensation generally at or below 50%. We consider compensation to be
“at-risk”
if it is subject to performance-based payment or vesting conditions. We believe this
pay-for-performance
approach aligns the interests of our named executive officers who provide services to us with those of our stockholders. Our executive compensation programs are designed to attract and retain individuals with the background and skills necessary to successfully execute our business model in a demanding
 
108

environment, to motivate those individuals to reach near-term and long-term goals in a way that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders and to reward success in reaching such goals. Maintaining this pay mix results fundamentally in a
pay-for-performance
orientation for our executives, which is aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with corporate performance and stockholder value.
Base Salary
Our named executive officers’ base salaries depend on their position within Cvent and its subsidiaries, the scope of their responsibilities, the period during which they have been performing those responsibilities, and their overall performance. Base salaries are reviewed annually and are generally adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance, and experience. In response to
COVID-19,
Cvent implemented salary reductions for the 2020 fiscal year effective July 1, 2020. The salary reduction amounts are provided under “
Summary Compensation Table
”.
Annual Bonus
Our named executive officers are hired to lead and grow our organization and, accordingly, we believe that a portion of our named executive officers’ compensation should be tied to our overall performance. We maintain an annual incentive cash bonus program for senior management (which we refer to as the “
management incentive plan
”), which emphasizes
pay-for-performance
by providing our named executive officers with the opportunity to earn an annual bonus based on company and individual performance goals established by our board of directors with respect to each fiscal year.
On an annual basis, or at the commencement of an executive officer’s employment with us, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors typically sets a target level of bonus compensation that is structured as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. The annual bonus is divided into two elements—corporate performance and individual performance. The percentage of target annual bonus allocated to corporate performance ranges from 50% to 75%, with the remaining 50% to 25% of the target annual bonus allocated to individual performance. Depending upon corporate performance, an executive officer may receive up to 125% of his target corporate performance bonus amount. Depending upon the individual’s performance, an executive officer may receive up to 100% of his target individual performance bonus amount. The various corporate and individual performance objectives considered by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors when making our executive officers’ annual cash bonus determinations are different for each individual depending upon that officer’s duties and areas of responsibility. In making bonus determinations, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors consider general performance metrics that he or they believe most appropriately reflect each executive officer’s impact on our overall corporate performance. These corporate and individual performance objectives are designed to be challenging but achievable. The performance metrics and objectives are not weighted in any specific manner by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors in making annual bonus determinations for executive officers and they are both qualitative and quantitative in nature. Historically, the corporate performance metrics utilized by the board of directors consist of revenue, bookings and EBITDA margin. The plan also provides for various individual objectives for our named executive officers. See “
—Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.
Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors have the discretion to determine whether and in what amounts such bonuses are paid based upon his or their subjective and quantitative evaluation of whether the executive officers’ have achieved their respective objectives and the impact of their performance on overall corporate objectives. Bonus determinations are not formulaic and our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors retain complete discretion over the ultimate annual bonus determinations regardless of a named executive officer’s individual or corporate performance. In making the bonus determinations, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors have not historically followed any established guidelines. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors may adjust bonuses due to extraordinary or nonrecurring
 
109

events, such as significant financings, equity offerings, or acquisitions. We believe that establishing cash bonus opportunities helps us attract and retain qualified and highly skilled executives. These annual bonuses are intended to reward executive officers who have a positive impact on corporate results. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the Compensation and Nominating Committee will take a more significant role in this annual review and decision-making process. See “
Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee.
In July 2020, our board of directors established, based on the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer, the target percentage amounts for the cash bonuses for each of our named executive officers. Actual bonus amounts under the management incentive plan were based on the level of achievement of company bookings, revenue and EBITDA margin goals and attainment by each named executive officer of his objectives. See “
—Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.
In general, we consider our company goals for 2020 to have been challenging but achievable. Our actual EBITDA margin for 2020 was the target percentage set under the management incentive plan, our actual revenue was slightly below target and our actual bookings were slightly above target. As a result, overall company performance under the management incentive plan was considered 90% achieved. The attainment of each individual objective by the named executive officers was assessed by the Chief Executive Officer and the board of directors to determine whether each objective was “met”, “exceeded” or “failed”. For the 2020 fiscal year, each named executive officer either met or exceeded his individual objectives.
The table below sets forth the cash bonuses (as both a percentage of base salary (before the 2020 pay reductions) and a dollar amount based on the named executive officer’s base salary as of December 31, 2020) and actual bonus payment amounts for each of the named executive officers.
 
Name
  
Incentive
Target
(%)
    
Incentive
Target ($)
    
Bonus Amount
Earned ($)
 
Rajeev Aggarwal
     35.6        162,000        149,850  
Charles Ghoorah
     36.0        129,780        121,344  
David Quattrone
     35.1        160,680        151,039  
Lawrence Samuelson
     29.0        92,700        87,138  
William Newman, III
     27.3        78,000        72,150  
Long-Term Incentive Compensation
Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe that equity-based and incentive-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based and incentive-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and with our long-term corporate success. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe that equity-based and incentive-based compensation awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain, and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, we have awarded equity-based compensation in the form of stock options (“
Options
”) pursuant to the Papay Topco, Inc. 2017 Stock Option Plan and one or more underlying award agreements and incentive-based compensation in the form of cash bonuses (“
Incentives
”) pursuant to the Papay Topco, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “
LTIP
”). Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe equity awards and long-term cash incentives provide executives with a significant long-term interest in our success by rewarding the creation of stockholder value over time.
Equity-Based Compensation
Generally, each executive officer is provided with an equity grant in the form of Options when they join our company based upon his or her position with us and his or her relevant prior experience. The majority of grants
 
110
generally vest over the course of four years with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and the remainder of the shares vesting in substantially equal installments every full three calendar month period thereafter. The board of directors has adjusted the foregoing vesting schedule for certain executive officers in order to encourage executive longevity, acknowledge a promotion and compensate our executive officers for their contribution to our success over a period of time as follows: (i) over the course of four years with 25% of the shares vesting on each annual anniversary of the applicable grant date, (ii) over the course of four years with 50% of the shares vesting on the second anniversary of the applicable grant date and the remainder of the shares vesting in substantially equal installments every full three calendar month period thereafter, and (iii) over the course of three years with 31.25% vesting on the first applicable vesting date and the remainder of the shares vesting in substantially equal installments every full three calendar month period thereafter. In addition to grants made upon commencement of employment with us, our board of directors has granted, and our compensation committee may grant, additional equity awards to retain our executives and to recognize the achievement of corporate and individual goals and/or strong individual performance.
In general, equity grants have historically been a product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors and based on a variety of informal internal factors including our financial condition and available resources, as well as external considerations, such as the competitive market equity grant size for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry. This informal consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by our board of directors regarding the equity compensation given to some of the executive officers of other companies in our industry through informal discussions with recruiting firms, research, and informal benchmarking against their personal knowledge of the competitive market. Our board of directors also considers the executive officer’s current position with our company, the size of their total compensation package, and the amount of existing vested and unvested equity awards, if any, then held by the executive officer. No formal benchmarking efforts are made by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors with respect to the size of equity grants made to executive officers and, in general, the determination process is informal. Historically, our Chief Executive Officer and/or Board have made all equity grant decisions with respect to our executive officers, and we anticipate that, following the consummation of the Business Combination, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will, subject to approval by our Board if the authority to make the equity grant decision with regard to the executive officer does not fall within the Compensation and Nominating Committee charter or as otherwise deemed advisable by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, determine the size and terms and conditions of equity grants to our executive officers in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and will approve them on an individual basis. See “
Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee
.” For the 2020 fiscal year, no equity grants were made to our named executive officers.
Cash Incentive Compensation
Pursuant to the LTIP, Mr. Newman was awarded an Incentive that vests upon a “qualified event” or a “sale of the company” (each as defined in the LTIP), which will not include the Business Combination, subject to his continued employment through such date, where Vista realizes at least a 2x return on its invested capital (the “
total equity return multiple
”) as a result of such qualified event or sale of the company. The amount of the Incentive will be more or less than the target amount awarded depending on the total equity return multiple. For the 2020 fiscal year, no other Incentive grants were made to our named executive officers. See “
Termination and Change in Control Arrangements – LTIP
” for additional detail about Mr. Newman’s Incentive.
Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites
We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as other eligible employees:
 
   
health insurance;
 
   
vacation, personal holidays and sick days;
 
111

   
life insurance and supplemental life insurance;
 
   
short-term and long-term disability; and
 
   
a 401(k) plan with matching contributions.
We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees.
Compensation Program Following the Business Combination
We believe that, following the Business Combination, Cvent has more flexibility in designing compensation programs to attract, motivate, and retain its executives, including permitting it to regularly compensate executives with
non-cash
compensation reflective of its stock performance in relation to a comparator group in the form of publicly traded equity.
While we are still in the process of determining specific details of the compensation program that will take effect following the consummation of the Business Combination, it is anticipated that the Compensation and Nominating Committee and the Company will base our compensation program following the consummation of the Business Combination on the same principles and designed to achieve the same objectives as our current compensation program.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table includes all compensation earned by the named executive officers for the respective periods, regardless of whether such amounts were actually paid during the period.
 
Name and Principal
Position
 
Year
    
Salary
($)(1)
    
Bonus
($)
   
Option
Awards
($)
    
Non-Equity

Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
    
All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
   
Total
 
Rajeev Aggarwal, Chief Executive Officer and Director
    2020        235,454             149,850 (4)         3,500     $ 388,804  
Charles Ghoorah, President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
    2020        302,820        64,890 (3)         121,344 (4)         3,500     $ 721,751  
     229,197 (5) 
David Quattrone, Chief Technology Officer
    2020        411,588        80,340 (3)         151,039 (4)         3,500     $ 646,467  
Lawrence Samuelson, SVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary
    2020        297,747        46,350 (3)         87,138 (4)         3,500     $ 434,735  
 
112

Name and Principal
Position
 
Year
    
Salary
($)(1)
    
Bonus
($)
   
Option
Awards
($)
    
Non-Equity

Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
   
Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
    
All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
   
Total
 
William Newman, III,
SVP
 & Chief Financial Officer
    2020        268,840        39,000 (3)         72,150 (4)         1,072     $ 381,062  
 
(1)
The amounts reported in the “
Salary
” column are the salaries actually paid to the named executive officers for the 2020 fiscal year and reflect salary reductions implemented by Cvent in response to
COVID-19
effective July 1, 2020. The salary reduction amounts for each of the named executive officers were as follows: (a) 100% for Mr. Aggarwal, (b) 32% for Mr. Ghoorah, (c) 20% for Mr. Quattrone, (d) 13.5% for Mr. Samuelson, and (d) 12% for Mr. Newman. The actual annual base salaries for each of the named executive officers, exclusive of the salary reductions, were as follows: (i) $455,000 for Mr. Aggarwal, (ii) $360,500 for Mr. Ghoorah, (iii) $457,320 for Mr. Quattrone, (iv) $319,300 for Mr. Samuelson, and (v) $286,000 for Mr. Newman.
(2)
The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column reflect Cvent matches under Cvent’s 401(k) plan for each of the named executive officers.
(3)
The amounts reported in the Bonus column reflect special retention bonus payment amounts, which were payable to all employees, including the named executive officers, in 2020.
(4)
The amounts reported in the
Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation column reflect amounts earned in 2020, which were paid during 2021, under the management incentive plan based on the achievement of company goals and individual objectives. See “
—Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards”
and
“—Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2020
.”
(5)
The amount reported in the
Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation column for Mr. Ghoorah reflects the actual amount earned by Mr. Ghoorah under Cvent’s Sales Incentive Compensation Plan. See “
—Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Commissions
.”
Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2020
There were no grants of equity incentive plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2020 with respect to our named executive officers. The following table includes all
non-equity
incentive plan-based awards granted to the named executive officers for the respective period.
 
Name
  
Grant

Date
    
Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards
 
  
Target
($)
    
Maximum
($)
 
Rajeev Aggarwal
     —          162,000 (1)       192,375 (4) 
Charles Ghoorah
     —          129,780 (1)       150,869 (4) 
     —          229,265 (2)       —    
David Quattrone
     —          160,680 (1)       184,782 (4) 
Lawrence Samuelson
     —          92,700 (1)       106,605 (4) 
William Newman, III
     —          78,000 (1)       92,625 (4) 
     11/13/2020        120,000 (3)       —    
 
(1)
The amounts reported in these columns reflect the target annual performance-based cash bonus opportunity for each of our named executive officers under our management incentive plan for fiscal year 2020, the terms of which are summarized under “
Annual Bonus
” above. See also “
—Non-Equity
 
113

 
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards
.” As discussed above “
—Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards
”, Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson and Newman earned 92.5%, 93.5%, 94%, 94% and 92.5% of their 2020 target annual performance-based cash bonuses, respectively. The annual performance-based bonus opportunity for each of our named executive officers are not subject to a threshold.
(2)
Mr. Ghoorah is eligible for commissions pursuant to Cvent’s Sales Incentive Compensation Plan. Mr. Ghoorah’s earned $229,265 upon achievement of 100% of his annual goals for the year ended December 31, 2020. See “
—Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Commissions
.”
(3)
On November 13, 2020, Mr. Newman was granted an Incentive with a target amount equal to $120,000. See “
—Long-Term Incentive Compensation—Cash-Incentive Compensation
.”
(4)
Depending upon corporate performance, an executive officer may receive up to 125% of his or her target corporate performance bonus amount. Depending upon the individual’s performance, an executive officer may receive up to 100% of his or her target individual performance bonus amount. See “—
Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.
Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers
Cvent, Inc. has entered into employment agreements, as amended, with each of the named executive officers that memorialize each executive’s base salary, target bonus opportunity, and eligibility to participate in Cvent’s benefit plans generally. In addition to the key terms summarized below, each employment agreement provides for certain severance benefits upon a resignation by such named executive officer for “good reason” or upon a termination by Cvent without “cause.” See “
—Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements
” below for more details regarding the severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.
The annual base salaries for each of Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson, and Newman for the 2020 fiscal year were $455,000, $360,500, $457,320, $319,300, and $286,600, respectively, and their target annual performance bonuses were $162,000, $129,780, $160,680, $92,700, and $78,000, respectively. As noted above, the annual base salary for (a) Mr. Aggarwal was reduced by 100%, (b) for Mr. Ghoorah, 32%, (c) for Mr. Quattrone, 20%, (d) for Mr. Samuelson, 13.5%, and (d) for Mr. Newman, 12%, in each case, effective July 1, 2020.
Each named executive officer is party to a Confidentiality, Invention Assignment,
Non-Solicit,
Non-Compete
and Arbitration Agreement providing the following restrictive covenants: (a) perpetual confidentiality, (b) assignment of intellectual property, (c) noncompetition during his employment and for a period of two years following termination of such employment, and (d) nonsolicitation of employees or customers during his employment and for a period of two years following termination of such employment.
Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards
Each of our named executive officers is eligible for an annual performance-based cash bonus opportunity. These bonuses are awarded in the discretion of the board of directors, and for Messrs. Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson and Newman, based on the board of directors and Mr. Aggarwal’s mutual determination of achievement of various company objectives such as revenue, bookings and EBITDA margin. Company objectives are weighted as follows: (a) 65% for Mr. Ghoorah, (b) 60% for Messrs. Quattrone and Samuelson, and (c) for 75% for Messrs. Aggarwal and Newman. The plan also provides for various management by objective targets, which we refer to as MBOs, for our named executive officers such as: (i) leadership retention, marketing engagement, virtual events and customer retention for Mr. Aggarwal, (ii) sales team retention, multi-year commitment sales, training and certification of users, marketing and cross-functional collaboration for Mr. Ghoorah, (iii) legacy product phase outs, labor cost efficiency, virtual events and product development and delivery for Mr. Quattrone, (iv) contract management, customer satisfaction of the legal department, budget and privacy solutions for Mr. Samuelson and (v) budget, collection efficiency, operating leverage driver visibility measures and
 
114

virtual event product profitability for Mr. Newman. MBOs are weighted as follows: (A) 35% for Mr. Ghoorah, (B) 40% for Messrs. Quattrone and Samuelson, and (C) 25% for Messrs. Aggarwal and Newman. The target annual cash bonus amounts for Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson and Newman are as set forth in the section entitled “
—Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers
” above.
Non-Equity
Incentive Compensation—Commissions
Mr. Ghoorah is eligible for commissions pursuant to Cvent’s Sales Incentive Compensation Plan, which we refer to as the SICP. Mr. Ghoorah’s achievement rate under the SICP was 99.79%.
Commissions are paid quarterly as an advance for the measurable period of the related customer contract. Commissions are reconciled in the event of contract cancellations and other occurrences such as customer
non-payments,
contract errors, and renegotiations. If there is a reduction in contract value at any time or if an overpayment has otherwise been identified, commissions must be repaid to Cvent and/or any advance commission paid will be reclaimed against future advances.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020
The following table shows outstanding stock option awards held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.
 
    
Option Awards (1)
 
Name and Principal Position
  
Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
   
Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Unexercisable
   
Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    
Option
Expiration Date
 
Rajeev Aggarwal,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
     20,012 (2)(3)      —         1,664.02        5/26/2027  
     300       —         1,664.02        8/29/2027  
Charles Ghoorah,
President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
     10,787 (2)(4)      —         1,664.02        5/26/2027  
     30             1,664.02        8/29/2027  
David Quattrone,
Chief Technology Officer
     10,787 (2)(5)      —         1,664.02        5/26/2027  
     30       —         1,664.02        8/29/2027  
Lawrence Samuelson,
SVP, General Counsel
 & Corporate Secretary
     1,683 (2)      —         1,664.02        5/26/2027  
William Newman, III,
SVP
 & Chief Financial Officer
     721 (2)      —         1,664.02        5/26/2027  
     58       59  (6)      2,172.01        11/15/2028  
       40  (7)      2,451.67        11/15/2029  
 
(1)
For each named executive officer, the Options disclosed in this table are subject to service-based vesting requirements. See “
—Potential Payments upon a Termination or Change in Control
” for additional information regarding the circumstances that could result in accelerated vesting of these awards. This table reflects Option amounts prior to the completion of the Business Combination.
(2)
The Options disclosed in this column are subject to service-based vesting requirements as follows: 25% of the time-vesting Options vested on the first anniversary of the specified vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% vested in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar month period
 
115

  thereafter, subject to the Option holder’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. All of the Options held by the named executive officer pursuant to this award were fully vested as of December 31, 2020.
(3)
In calendar year 2019, Mr. Aggarwal exercised 15,745 previously granted and vested Options and holds the corresponding number of shares of our common stock and the remaining 20,012 fully vested Options.
(4)
In calendar year 2019, Mr. Ghoorah transferred 1,798 fully vested Options to his family trust. The remaining Options are held individually by Mr. Ghoorah.
(5)
In calendar year 2019, Mr. Quattrone transferred 1,500 fully vested Options to his family trust. The remaining Options are held individually by Mr. Quattrone.
(6)
On November 15, 2018, Mr. Newman was granted 117 Options subject to service-based vesting requirements as follows: 31.25% of the Options vested on February 15, 2020 and the remaining 68.75% will vest in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar period thereafter, subject to Mr. Newman’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date.
(7)
On November 15, 2019, Mr. Newman was granted 40 Options subject to service-based vesting requirements as follows: 50% of the Options vested on March 1, 2021 and the remaining 50% will vest on March 1, 2022, subject to Mr. Newman’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. None of the Options held by Mr. Newman pursuant to this award were fully vested as of December 31, 2020.
Options Exercised and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year 2020
None of our named executive officers exercised Options, and our named executive officers did not hold stock awards other than Options, during fiscal year 2020. See “—
Outstanding Equity Awards at December
 31, 2020
” above for more details regarding Options that vested during fiscal year 2020.
Pension Benefits During Fiscal Year 2020
None of our named executive officers participate in defined benefit pension plans.
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation During Fiscal Year 2020
None of our named executive officers participate in nonqualified deferred compensation plans.
Termination and Change in Control Arrangements
Employment Agreements
The employment agreements for our named executive officers provide that, upon a termination of the named executive officer’s employment by Cvent without “cause” or by the named executive officer with “good reason,” each as defined therein, subject to their execution of a fully effective release of claims in favor of Cvent and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants, the named executive officer is eligible to receive certain severance payments and benefits. For Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah and Quattrone, such severance payments and benefits are as follows: (a) 12 months of base salary continuation, (b) solely to the extent approved by the board of directors and CEO, a prorated bonus based on actual performance for the year in which such termination occurs, and (c) reimbursements of health insurance premiums for a period of 12 months. Messrs. Samuelson and Newman are eligible to receive: (i) 12 months of base salary continuation, provided that any remuneration received between the date that is 6 months following termination and the date that is 12 months following termination will be offset against any base salary continuation on a
dollar-for-dollar
basis, (ii) solely to the extent approved by the board of directors and CEO, a prorated bonus based on actual performance for the year in which such termination occurs, and (iii) reimbursements of health insurance premiums for a period of 6 months.
 
116

Stock Options
Each named executive officers’ outstanding unvested Options will accelerate and vest upon a “termination event,” which is generally defined as (a) any sale or transfer by Cvent (or any of its significant subsidiaries) of all or substantially all of their assets on a consolidated basis (an “
Asset Sale
”), (b) any consolidation, merger or reorganization of Cvent (or any of its significant subsidiaries) with or into any other entity or entities as a result of which any person or group other than Vista obtains possession of voting power to elect a majority of the surviving entity’s board of directors or, in the case of a surviving entity which is not a corporation, governing body, or (c) any sale or transfer to any third party of units or shares of the capital stock of any significant subsidiary by the holders thereof as a result of which any person or group other than Vista obtains possession of voting power to elect a majority of the Cvent board of directors or the board of directors or any other governing body of the applicable significant subsidiary.
Upon a “termination event,” which will not include the Business Combination, accelerated Options will be deemed to be automatically exercised through a cashless exercise and the Option holder will have no further rights under the Options other than payment of the consideration, if any, to be paid to the Option holder in respect of such deemed exercise of the accelerated Options.
LTIP
Mr. Newman’s outstanding Incentive will vest and be payable upon a “qualified event” (which is generally defined as any sale or transfer to a third party of at least 50% of Vista’s equity interests in the Company) or a “sale of the company” (which is generally defined as the earlier of (i) the date on which Vista no longer holds any equity securities in the Company and (ii) an Asset Sale), in each case, which will not include the Business Combination, subject to his continued employment through such date, where Vista realizes at least a 2x return on its invested capital (the “
total equity return multiple
”) as a result of such qualified event or sale of the company. The amount of the Incentive will be more or less than the target amount awarded depending on the total equity return multiple: (i) 0% of the Incentive is payable where the total equity return multiple is less than 2x, (ii) 100% is payable where the total equity return multiple is 2x, (iii) 200% is payable where the total equity return multiple is 3x, (iv) 300% is payable where the total equity return multiple is 4x, and (v) 300% plus 100% for each whole number above 4x is payable where the total equity return multiple is greater than 4x. Where the total equity return multiple is not a whole number, the percentage of the Incentive that is payable is determined based on interpolation.
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control
The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our named executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or if he had resigned for good reason on December 31, 2020. Each named executive officer would also receive specified payments in connection with a change in control of Cvent had such change in control occurred on December 31, 2020. The table below provides dollar amounts for all potential payments that would be
 
117

paid by us to each named executive officer under these scenarios involving either a termination or a change in control. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the various agreements or arrangements described in the footnotes to the table.
 
    
Payable Upon a Termination Without Cause or
Resignation for Good Reason
    
Payable Upon a Change in
Control
 
Name and Principal Position
  
Continued Base
Salary
($) (1)
    
Annual Bonus
for Year of
Termination
($) (2)
    
Continued
Health Benefits
($) (3)
    
Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($) (4)
   
Value of
LTIP
Incentives
($)
 
Rajeev Aggarwal,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
     455,000        149,850        20,149        —         —    
Charles Ghoorah,
President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
     360,500        121,344        19,209        —         —    
David Quattrone,
Chief Technology Officer
     457,320        151,039        19,932        —         —    
Lawrence Samuelson,
SVP, General Counsel
 & Corporate Secretary
     319,300        87,138        8,922        —         —    
William Newman, III,
SVP
 & Chief Financial Officer
     286,000        72,150        3,048        7,728  (5)      120,000  (6) 
 
(1)
For each named executive officer, the amounts disclosed in this column represent 12 months of base salary continuation as provided pursuant to his employment agreement upon a termination by Cvent without cause or by the named executive officer with good reason. For Messrs. Samuelson and Newman, this assumes that no remuneration was received by the named executive officer between the date that is 6 months following termination and the date that is 12 months following termination such that the base salary continuation would be subject to offset. See “
—Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements
” above for more details regarding the severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.
(2)
For each named executive officer, the amounts disclosed in this column represent amounts earned under the management incentive plan based on the actual achievement of company goals and individual objectives for 2020 as provided pursuant to his employment agreement upon a termination by Cvent without cause or by the named executive officer with good reason. For each named executive officer, this assumes that the board of directors and CEO approved payment of the bonus based on actual performance. Assuming termination occurred on December 31, 2020, no proration has been applied. See “
—Termination and Change in Control
Arrangements—Employment Agreements
” above for more details regarding the severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.
(3)
The amounts disclosed in this column represent health insurance premium reimbursements for a period of 12 months for Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah and Quattrone, and for a period of 6 months for Messrs. Samuelson and Newman. See “—
Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements
” above for more details regarding the severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.
(4)
For each named executive officer, the amounts disclosed in this column represent the value of any outstanding unvested Options subject to acceleration upon a change in control of Cvent, which is the “spread” based on the board of directors approved independent valuation price per share as of December 31, 2020 of $2303.66 and the exercise price of the Options.
(5)
On November 15, 2018, Mr. Newman was granted 117 Options with a strike price of $2,172.01. The Options are subject to service-based vesting requirements and any outstanding unvested Options will accelerate and vest upon a change in control of Cvent. Of the Options, 59 were outstanding and subject to acceleration upon a change in control as of December 31, 2020. See “
—Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Stock Options.
 
118

(6)
On November 13, 2020, Mr. Newman was granted an Incentive under the LTIP that will vest and be payable upon a change in control of Cvent where total equity return multiple is at least 2x. The amount disclosed in this column assumes 100% of the Incentive was payable upon a total equity return multiple of 2x. See “
—Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—LTIP.
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Sanjeev Bansal was the sole
non-employee
member of our board of directors eligible for pay during 2020. We did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or
non-equity
awards to, or pay any other compensation to Mr. Bansal in 2020.
 
Name
  
Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
    
Stock
Awards
($)
   
Total
($)
 
Sanjeev Bansal
     —          —   (1)      —    
(1)
On November 12, 2018, Mr. Bansal received 156 Options. Of the Options, 50% vested on the first anniversary of August 9, 2018, and the remaining 50% vest in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar month period thereafter. In calendar year 2019, Mr. Bansal exercised 87 previously granted and vested Options and held the corresponding number of shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Bansal held 69 unvested Options from this grant, which remain subject to Mr. Bansal’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. On April 29, 2019, Mr. Bansal received 45 Options. Of the Options, 25% vested on the first anniversary of March 1, 2019 and the remaining 75% will vest in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar month period thereafter, subject to Mr. Bansal’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. Of the Options granted to Mr. Basal in 2019, 19 were vested as of December 31, 2020. Mr. Bansal did not receive Options in 2020.
Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Cvent implemented a formal policy pursuant to which its
non-employee
directors are eligible to receive compensation for service on the Cvent Board and committees of the Cvent Board. The annual compensation of
our non-employee and non-Vista directors
is as follows:
 
Description
  
Amount
 
Cash compensation
   $ 100,000  
Additional cash compensation for Audit Committee chair
   $ 20,000  
Equity compensation (payable in RSUs)
(1)
   $ 150,000  
 
  (1)
RSUs vest one year after the grant date.
All non-employee directors
are also reimbursed for their reasonable expenses to attend meetings of our Board and related committees and otherwise attend to our business.
 
119

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such discussion and analysis reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of Legacy Cvent (in this section, “Cvent”) and its subsidiaries. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included below have been subject to rounding adjustments as amounts are presented in millions. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.
Business Overview
Cvent is a leading cloud-based platform of enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. We power the marketing and management of meetings and events through our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. Our Event Cloud consists of tools to enable event organizers to manage the entire event lifecycle and deliver engaging experiences across every type of event and all event delivery models:
in-person,
virtual and hybrid. Event Cloud serves as the system of record for event and engagement data collected across an organization’s total event program (“Total Event Program”), which comprises every internal and external event an organization hosts or attends. Our Hospitality Cloud offers a marketplace that connects event organizers looking for the appropriate event space for their
in-person
and hybrid events with hoteliers and venue operators through a vertical search engine built on our proprietary database of detailed event space information. In addition, our Hospitality Cloud provides marketing and software solutions that hotels and venues leverage to digitally showcase their event space to attract valuable leads and grow their businesses. This combination of the Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud results in a cohesive platform that we believe generates powerful network effects and attracts more event organizers and hotels and venues.
On July 23, 2021, Cvent entered the Business Combination Agreement with Dragoneer, Merger Sub I and Merger Sub II. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, at the First Effective Time, all holders of the Cvent’s common stock or equity awards received shares of Common Stock or comparable equity awards that were settled or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959. Following the consummation of the Business Combination,, Cvent continued as a public company, and a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, and was also renamed Cvent Holding Corp. The Business Combination was completed on December 8, 2021, and received the approval of Dragoneer’s shareholders and satisfaction of the closing conditions provided in the Business Combination Agreement. The Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Cvent is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the historical net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Cvent.
Cvent was founded in 1999 in the Washington, D.C. metro area as a provider of event registration software to meeting and event organizers. Since that time, we have continually innovated to develop a comprehensive
 
120

platform of event marketing and management solutions and hospitality solutions. We believe that since inception, we have demonstrated an entrepreneurial spirit, culture of teamwork and sense of resilience, particularly in moments of crisis. This is best evidenced by the Company’s continued progress and innovation in the midst of challenges like the recessions of 2001 and 2008 and the global
COVID-19
pandemic.
Impact of
COVID-19
on Operating Results
COVID-19
was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020. Many governments instituted lockdowns or other similar measures to slow infection rates in response. In response to
COVID-19,
as many other companies have done, we required substantially all of our employees to continue to work remotely; implemented travel restrictions; and postponed or canceled our
in-person
customer, industry and employee events, and converted other events to virtual-only experiences.
As noted in “Business— Customers,” the global
COVID-19
pandemic significantly impacted our ability to sign new or renew existing clients starting. Our customer count declined 21.7% as of September 30, 2021 as compared to September 30, 2020. Further, the global
COVID-19
pandemic significantly impacted our ability to sign new clients, and to upsell to and renew contracts with our existing clients, starting in March 2020. As a result, total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 declined $9.1 million, or 2.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2020 declined by $68.9 million, or 12.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Additionally, in May 2020, in response to the impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, we implemented a global reduction in force of approximately 10% that affected all areas of our business. We compensated our termed employees for a total of $3.6 million in severance payments. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we experienced overall cost declines in terms of absolute dollars, and in the case of the year ended December 31, 2020, as a percentage of revenue, because of temporary cost reduction policies that were implemented in response to the global
COVID-19
pandemic and the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events. We do not expect both the declines in revenue and expense to recur in the near-term as the impact of the pandemic decreases. In particular, our sales started to increase on a year-over-year basis starting in February 2021, we began increasing our workforce in the second half of 2020, and we expect to continue increasing the size of our workforce throughout 2021 to support our business as it recovers from the pandemic and expands due to the emergence of virtual and hybrid events and the accelerated digitization of the meetings and events industry.
The extent to which the global
COVID-19
pandemic affects our business will depend on future developments in the United States and around the world, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the duration and spread of the pandemic and different
COVID-19
variants, new information which may emerge concerning the severity of
COVID-19
and the actions required to contain and treat it, among others. Although the ultimate impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on our business and financial results remains uncertain, a continued and prolonged public health crisis such as the global
COVID-19
pandemic could have a material negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. See “
Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Global
COVID-19
Pandemic — The effects of the global
COVID-19
pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain
” for more information.
Our Business Model
We generate revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions, and Hospitality Cloud marketing-based and subscription-based solutions. Event Cloud subscriptions are primarily priced based on the number of registrations purchased, as well as the number and complexity of mobile applications, onsite and virtual event technology purchased. In addition, customers may subscribe to additional modules that enhance the functionality of our Event Cloud solutions. Our Event Cloud contract amounts are
sum-certain
based on the committed annual number of registrants and events across an organization’s Total Event Program. Generally, if a
 
121

customer exceeds the number of purchased registrations, the customer will incur an overage fee for the registrations that exceeded the number of registrations purchased. In some cases, the subscription price is based on the number of subscriptions being purchased by the customer. Hospitality Cloud marketing revenue is generated based on the number of advertisements purchased, rather than on a
pay-per-click
or impression basis. The price for the advertisement is primarily determined by the term, targeted geography, market tier, number and prominence of the advertising placement. Hospitality Cloud solutions are priced primarily on by the number of licenses purchased. The terms of our subscription and marketing contracts for both the Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud are typically
non-cancellable,
for annual or multi-year terms and are billed in advance on an annual or quarterly basis. We recognize revenue associated with subscription and marketing agreements ratably over the term of the subscription or advertising period.
Key Factors Affecting Our Operating Performance
Our historical financial performance has been, and we expect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by:
Customer Acquisition
Our ability to attract new customers will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness of our pricing and products, offerings of our competitors, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the growth of the market for event marketing and management software and hospitality solutions, which has been negatively affected by the
COVID-19
pandemic. While the
COVID-19
pandemic impacted our ability to attract new customers over the past 21 months (our customer base declined by 21.7% when comparing the number of customers as of September 30, 2021 to September 30, 2020), we believe there is a significant opportunity to expand our penetration into enterprises, hotels and venues, as well as into the
mid-market.
We intend to continue to invest heavily in our sales and marketing efforts to drive new customer acquisition. We had approximately 21,000 customers, as defined below, as of September 30, 2021, with approximately 11,000 customers in our Event Cloud and approximately 10,000 customers in our Hospitality Cloud. Our customers include businesses of various sizes and industries, associations,
non-profits,
academic institutions and government organizations. In the Event Cloud, we define a customer as a party who has entered into an active subscription contract with us. The majority of our customers are parties who are separate organizations. In certain instances, separate business units of an organization that have each entered into separate subscription agreements with us are considered separate customers. In the Hospitality Cloud, we define a customer as an entity with an active account with the Company, where the customer pays for the account or the account has been paid for by the customer’s parent company. For example, a corporate brand’s individual hotel properties whose accounts are paid for by that property’s corporate brand would be considered separate customers.
Expansion Within Our Existing Customer Base
Our ability to expand sales within our existing customer base will depend on a number of factors, including their satisfaction with our solutions and support, competition and the extent to which our customers expand their Total Event Program. We believe that based on current customer penetration, there is significant opportunity to further expand our sales with existing customers. We typically upsell our Event Cloud software solutions to increase the total number of registrations. Additionally, we cross-sell additional software solutions to our existing customers to enable those customers to realize the benefit of our integrated event marketing and management solutions.
Innovation of Existing Solutions and Introduction of New Solutions
We continually invest in improving our existing solutions and creating new solutions targeted at enabling event organizers to more effectively organize, market, manage and report on the meetings they organize and attend, and enabling hotels and venues to more effectively drive group meetings revenue. Although we have built some of the most robust and integrated event marketing and management solutions in the industry, we recognize that the pace of technological innovation is accelerating, and that we need to continue to innovate to maintain our product differentiation.
 
122

Expansion of International Footprint
Our ability to continue to serve our international clients and grow our international revenue as a percentage of total revenue will be dependent on our ability to continue to effectively implement our international
go-to-market
strategy, our ability to adapt to cultural differences and the increased international adoption of technology by event organizers, hoteliers and venues. We believe there is significant opportunity for us to increase our market penetration internationally. Our solutions are currently used by clients in approximately 130 countries. In addition to our sales team in North America, we have sales teams in the United Kingdom, Singapore, and the United Arab Emirates. In addition, we employ sales personnel in Australia, Spain, the Netherlands and Germany. Additionally, we have localized our products in different languages, with some parts of our products being localized in over 30 different languages. To support our international expansion, we opened a new data center in Europe in early 2019. The percentage of revenue generated from customers outside North America was 13.6% and 12.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 12.3%, 11.7% and 11.8% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Seasonality
Given the purchasing patterns of Hospitality Cloud customers under our contracts, Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual Hospitality Cloud sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Because of these purchasing patterns, the percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. We believe this seasonality will continue to affect our quarterly and annual results.
Key Business Metrics
In addition to our GAAP financial information, we review the following key business metrics to measure our performance, identify trends, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.
Net Dollar Retention Rate
To evaluate the efficacy of our land and expand model, we examine the rate at which our customers increase their spend with us for our solutions. Our net dollar retention rate measures our ability to increase spend across our existing customer base through expanded use of our platform, offset by customers who choose to stop using our solutions or spend less with us.
We calculate our net dollar retention rate as a quotient of the following:
 
 
Denominator:
Revenue from customers whose revenue existed in the twelve months ending on the day twelve months prior to the date as of which the retention rate is being reported.
 
 
Numerator:
Revenue in the last twelve months from the customers whose revenue is reflected in the denominator.
In the Event Cloud, we define a customer as a party who has entered into an active subscription contract with us. The majority of our customers are parties who are separate organizations. In certain instances, separate business units of an organization that have each entered into separate subscription agreements with us are considered separate customers. In the Hospitality Cloud, we define a customer as an entity with an active account with the Company, where the customer pays for the account or the account has been paid for by the customer’s parent company. For example, a corporate brand’s individual hotel properties whose accounts are paid for by that property’s corporate brand would be considered separate customers.
The calculation excludes revenue associated with acquisitions where
by-client
revenue is not available, revenue is recognized on a transactional basis and revenue associated with our client conference. This revenue comprised 3.5% and 7.9% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 5.8%, 11.3% and 14.6% of revenue for fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
 
123

We believe our ability to not only retain, but upsell and cross-sell additional features and products to, our existing customers will continue to support our net dollar retention rate. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, our net dollar retention rate was 90.0% and 97.7%, respectively, and as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, our net dollar retention rate was 89.2% and 108.4% and 109.9%, respectively. The decrease in net dollar retention rate in 2020 and 2021 was primarily due to the impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, and we expect this rate to return to historical levels once the impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on our business subsides, and potentially exceed historical levels as a result of the market opportunity created by virtual and hybrid events.
Our net dollar retention rate may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the growing level of our revenue base, the level of penetration within our customer base, expansion of products and features, our ability to retain our customers and our ability to upsell and cross-sell to our customers. Our calculation of net dollar retention rate may differ from similarly titled metrics presented by other companies.
Customers Contributing More Than $100,000 of Annual Recurring Revenue
We focus on growing the number of customers that contribute more than $100,000 of annual recurring revenue, or ARR, as a measure of our ability to scale with our existing customers and attract larger organizations to Cvent. Revenue from these customers represented 40.8% and 33.1% for the twelvemonths ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 32.9%, 32.6% and 30.5% of revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, we had 819 and 705 customers, respectively, that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR during the previous twelve-month period, and as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, we had 666, 722 and 581 customers that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR in each of their respective fiscal years, demonstrating our rapid penetration of larger organizations including enterprises. The decrease in number of clients that contribute to more than $100,000 of ARR in 2020 was primarily due to the impact of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, and we expect this number to rise again once the impact of the pandemic on our business subsides, which we started to see in our September 30, 2021 results. The increase we saw as of September 30, 2021 is primarily the result of cross-selling Attendee Hub into our existing client base, significantly increasing the value of those clients. The threshold value of customers for which we calculate ARR and our calculation of ARR may differ from similarly titled metrics presented by other companies.
Components of Operating Results
Revenue
We generate revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing-based and subscription-based solutions. Subscription-based solution revenue consists primarily of fees to provide our customers with access to our cloud-based software platform. Marketing-based solution revenue consists primarily of fees for digital advertising on CSN or one of our other online advertising platforms.
Event Cloud
We generate the majority of our Event Cloud revenue from subscriptions for our event marketing and management software solution. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of registrations purchased and the number and complexity of mobile applications, onsite events and virtual events purchased in addition to additional modules that enhance the functionality of the software solution. In some cases, the subscription price is based on the number of subscriptions being purchased by the customer.
The terms of our Event Cloud contracts are typically
non-cancellable,
have annual or multi-year terms, and are billed in advance, generally annually, but also on a quarterly basis. In the case of multi-year agreements, the agreement sometimes includes annual price increases over the contract term. Our agreements are
sum-certain
and not
pay-as-you-go.
Generally, if a customer exceeds their purchased number of registrations, the customer will incur an overage fee. We recognize revenue associated with Event Cloud subscription agreements ratably over
 
124

the term of the contract. Certain revenue associated with Onsite Solutions and Attendee Hub products is recognized at a point in time as the services are performed and the performance obligations are satisfied. Amounts that have been contractually invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue ratably over the subscription period. We refer to contractual amounts that have not been invoiced as unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. Unbilled contract value is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.
Hospitality Cloud
We generate our Hospitality Cloud revenue from marketing and subscription-based software solutions. Marketing solutions revenue is primarily driven by the number of advertisements purchased on CSN. The advertisement price is primarily determined by the term, targeted geography, market tier, number and prominence of the advertising placement. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of licenses purchased for our lead scoring solution to prioritize group RFPs, three-dimensional hotel tours, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal event layouts and viewing three-dimensional renderings, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics. In some cases, the subscription price is based on the number of subscriptions being purchased by the customer.
The terms of our subscription and marketing contracts are typically
non-cancellable,
annual or multi-year terms, and are typically billed in advance, generally annually, but also on a quarterly basis. In the case of multi-year agreements, the agreement sometimes includes annual price increases over the contract term. Our agreements are
sum-certain
and not based on usage. We recognize revenue associated with these agreements ratably over the term of the subscription or advertising period. Amounts that have been contractually invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue ratably over the subscription or advertising period. We refer to contractual amounts that have not been invoiced as unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations.
We refer to contractual amounts that have not been invoiced as unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. Unbilled contract value is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. See “—
Seasonality
” for the effects of seasonality on our Hospitality Cloud Revenue.
For multi-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud solutions, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing, followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year. Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. As of September 30, 2021, our total current deferred revenue was $226.3 million, which amounts do not include unbilled contract value for contracts not yet billed of $521.5 million. As of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our total current deferred revenue was $207.6 million, $225.1 million and $180.1 million, which amounts do not include unbilled contract value for contracts not yet billed of $576.1 million, $424.5 million and $346.9, respectively. We expect that the amount of unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. We expect to recognize approximately 69% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent 24 months, and the remainder thereafter.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee-related expenses, such as salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, related to providing support and hosting our solutions, costs of cloud-based data center
 
125

capacity, software license fees, costs to support our onsite solutions and virtual products, interchange fees related to merchant services and amortization expense associated with capitalized software. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation and amortization to cost of revenue based on headcount.
Although Cvent breaks out revenue by cloud, we do not track or manage the business by cost of revenue by cloud. Rather, we manage cost of revenue by type of direct cost, and a significant portion of these direct costs are shared costs to support both Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. This is consistent with Cvent’s approach to management of the business as one comprehensive solution for the entire event management lifecycle.
We are invested in our customers’ success and as such, we will continue to invest in providing support, expanding our capacity to support our growth and developing new features to support virtual and hybrid events and enhance our existing products, which in the near-term will result in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Gross profit is total revenue less total cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. We expect that our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as a result of seasonality related to our onsite solutions, virtual and merchant services products in the near-term, and additional costs associated with potential future acquisitions.
Operating Expenses
Our operating expenses include selling and marketing expenses, research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses and intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, commissions and stock-based compensation. We capitalize commissions when they are earned by staff, which is when the customer contract is signed. We amortize capitalized commissions over the average historic customer contract life. In addition to staff costs, our cost of marketing includes product marketing and other brand-building and lead generation tactics such as webinars, trade shows, product seminars, content marketing, digital marketing, third-party content distribution and our annual client conference, Cvent CONNECT. In addition, we also allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to sales and marketing based on headcount.
We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase in the near-term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over the near-term as we continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally and take advantage of the growing need for virtual and hybrid events. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation and the cost of third-party contractors. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs that qualify for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to research and development based on headcount.
With the exception of software developed by companies we have acquired, we maintain a unified software code base for our entire platform, which we believe improves the efficiency of our research and development
 
126

activities. We expect research and development expenses to increase in the near-term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we expand our product offerings, including our virtual and hybrid event functionality, and integrate and support potential future acquired businesses and technologies.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, internal information technology operations, finance, legal and human resource staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as professional fees, insurance premiums and other corporate expenses. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to general and administrative based on headcount.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over the near-term as we continue to expand our operations and hire additional personnel to support our growth. Additionally, we expect to incur incremental general and administrative expenses to comply with the additional requirements of being a public company.
Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue, consists entirely of amortization expenses related to acquired customer relationship and trademark intangible assets. This line item excludes intangible asset amortization related to cost of revenue, which is defined as acquired developed technology and capitalized software intangible asset amortization.
We expect our intangible asset amortization expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over the near-term as we expect to strategically acquire companies to aid in our near-term growth.
Other
Our other income/expense items include interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount, gain/loss on divestitures, net and other income/expense, net.
Interest Expense
Interest expense relates primarily to interest payments on our outstanding borrowings under the $740.0 million credit facility with a syndicate of lenders, comprised of an initial $700.0 million term loan facility (which term loan facility was increased by way of a $53.0 million incremental facility on October 16, 2018) and a $40.0 million incremental facility on October 26, 2018 (such term loan facility as increased by the incremental facilities, the “Term Loan Facility”) and a $40.0 million revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”, and together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Credit Facilities”) we entered into pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated November 30, 2017 (the “Credit Agreement”) by and between Cvent, Inc. as borrower, Papay Holdco, LLC, as Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, and the lenders and other parties from time to time party thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.
Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount consists of the amortization of
up-front
fees paid at the inception of our Credit Facilities.
Gain/(Loss) on Divestitures, net
Gain/(loss) on divestitures, net consists entirely of the loss incurred on the divestiture of a subsidiary of Cvent in 2020.
 
127

Other Income/(Expense), net
Other income/(expense), net consists primarily of interest income, foreign currency gains or losses, and import tax credits.
Provision for/(Benefit from) Income Taxes
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to U.S. federal and state income taxes and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the period indicated:
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
 
    
(in thousands)
        
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
     
Revenue:
     
Event cloud
   $ 92,484      $ 72,701  
Hospitality cloud
     41,574        45,806  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total revenue
     134,058        118,507  
Cost of revenue
     50,635        39,888  
Gross profit
     83,423        78,619  
Operating expenses:
     
Sales and marketing
     37,161        29,004  
Research and development
     25,685        20,970  
General and administrative
     25,358        20,243  
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     12,757        13,491  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     100,961        83,708  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss from operations .
     (17,538      (5,089
Interest expense . .
     (7,546      (8,151
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (938      (948
Other income, net . .
     1,864        461  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (24,158      (13,727
Provision for income taxes
     1,968        648  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss
     (26,126      (14,375
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
128

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
    
Revenue:
    
Event Cloud
     69.0     61.3
Hospitality Cloud
     31.0     38.7
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
     100.0     100.0
Cost of revenue
     37.8     33.7
Gross profit
     62.2     66.3
Operating expenses:
    
Sales and marketing
     27.7     24.5
Research and development
     19.2     17.7
General and administrative
     18.9     17.1
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     9.5     11.4
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     75.3     70.6
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (13.1 )%      (4.3 )% 
Interest expense
     (5.6 )%      (6.9 )% 
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (0.7 )%      (0.8 )% 
Other income, net
     1.4     0.4
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (18.0 )%      (11.6 )% 
Provision for income taxes
     1.5     0.5
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
     (19.5 )%      (12.1 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30, 2021
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Revenue:
           
Event Cloud
   $ 92,484      $ 72,701      $ 19,783        27.2
Hospitality Cloud
     41,574        45,806        (4,232      (9.2 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue
   $ 134,058      $ 118,507      $ 15,551        13.1
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $134.1 million, an increase of $15.6 million, or 13.1% compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $92.5 million, or 69.0% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $41.6 million, or 31.0% of total revenue, for the three months ended September 30, 2021.
Event Cloud revenue increased $19.8 million, or 27.2%, during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $13.7 million increase in revenue from our new virtual product, Attendee Hub, which we introduced as an integrated component of our Event Management platform at the end of August 2020 and a $9.5 million increase in our event management product. This increase was partially offset by the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which began to significantly affect the Company in March 2020 and
 
129

affected our ability to attract new customers and retain current customers. Revenue from products that support the
in-person
meetings and event experience, such as Onsite Solutions and Mobile, were most negatively impacted, declining by $4.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Hospitality Cloud revenue decreased $4.2 million, or (9.2)%, during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which began to significantly affect our business in March 2020. As discussed in the section “Factors Affecting our Operating Performance—Seasonality,” above, Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Given the high percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. Hospitality Cloud sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 were down relative the fourth quarter of the prior year, which drove the decline in Hospitality Cloud revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the prior year.
We generate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 13.9% and 12.7%, respectively, of total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.
Cost of Revenue
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Cost of revenue
   $ 50,635      $ 39,888      $ 10,747        26.9
Cost of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $50.6 million, an increase of $10.7 million, or 26.9%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase in cost of revenue was driven by an increase in costs related to supporting virtual,
in-person,
and hybrid events. These costs include third-party costs, which increased $2.8 million, and credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business, which increased $1.2 million. Additionally, employee expenses increased $3.5 million due to a 28.1% increase in average headcount, hosting expense increased $1.5 million and costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with
in-person
and virtual delivery models this year, increased $1.0 million.
Operating Expenses
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Sales and marketing
   $ 37,161      $ 29,004      $ 8,157        28.1
Research and development
     25,685        20,970        4,715        22.5
General and administrative
     25,358        20,243        5,115        25.3
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     12,757        13,491        (734      -5.4
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total operating expenses
   $ 100,961      $ 83,708      $ 17,253        20.6
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
130

Sales and Marketing
. Sales and marketing expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $37.2 million, an increase of $8.2 million, or 28.1%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by a $3.3 million increase in marketing costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with
in-person
and virtual delivery models this year, a $1.2 million increase in marketing program spend, higher employee expenses of $2.8 million due to a 5.2% increase in average headcount, and a $1.2 million increase in stock-based compensation.
Research and Development
. Research and development expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $25.7 million, an increase of $4.7 million, or 22.5%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by higher employee expenses of $3.4 million due to a 9.9% increase in average headcount, $1.1 million in increased stock-based compensation and a $0.5 million increase in contracted services. These increases were partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in depreciation expense.
General and Administrative
. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $25.4 million, an increase of $5.1 million, or 25.3%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by a $4.1 million increase in bad debt expense due to negotiated settlements with customers who were negatively impacted by
COVID-19,
higher employee expenses of $1.2 million due to a 11.5% increase in average headcount, a $0.8 million increase in contracted services primarily related to public company readiness, and a $1.0 million increase in stock-based compensation. Partially offsetting these increases were a $1.8 million decrease in restructuring costs associated with shuttering certain office spaces in the prior year.
Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue
. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $12.8 million, a decrease of $0.7 million, or 5.4%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years and no significant business acquisitions occurring in 2021.
Interest Expense
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Interest expense
     (7,546      (8,151      605        (7.4 )% 
Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $7.5 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or (7.4)%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a slightly lower variable rate, i.e.,
one-month
LIBOR, on our outstanding long-term debt. In addition, there were outstanding revolving borrowings during the three months ended September 30, 2020 incurring interest whereas there were zero outstanding borrowings during the three months ended September 31, 2021. The Revolving Credit Facility was fully repaid in April 2021.
Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     (938      (948      10        (1.1 )% 
 
131

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $0.9 million, which did not significantly change compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Other Income, Net
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Other income, net
     1,864        461        1,403        304.3
Other income, net for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $1.9 million, an increase of $1.4 million, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by realized foreign exchange gains of $0.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to $(0.9) million realized foreign exchange losses in the three months ended September 30, 2020.
Provision for Income Taxes
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Provision for income taxes
     1,968        648        1,320        203.7
Provision for income taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.0 million, an increase of $1.3 million, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase primarily resulted from the recording of higher
pre-tax
book income in foreign jurisdictions.
Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the period indicated:
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
 
    
(in thousands)
        
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
     
Revenue:
     
Event Cloud
   $ 259,207      $ 237,859  
Hospitality Cloud
     114,952        145,357  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total revenue
     374,159        383,216  
Cost of revenue
     140,479        134,334  
Gross profit
     233,680        248,882  
Operating expenses:
     
Sales and marketing
     99,069        99,543  
Research and development
     72,016        68,992  
General and administrative
     63,711        63,881  
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     38,721        40,416  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     273,517        272,832  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (39,837      (23,950
 
132

    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
 
    
(in thousands)
        
Interest expense
   $ (22,717    $ (27,695
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (2,823      (2,852
Loss on divestures, net
     —          (9,634
Other income, net
     6,135        1,919  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (59,242      (62,212
Provision for income taxes
     5,294        4,870  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss
     (64,536      (67,082
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
    
Revenue:
    
Event cloud
     69.3     62.1
Hospitality cloud
     30.7     37.9
Total revenue
     100.0     100.0
Cost of revenue
     37.5     35.1
Gross profit
     62.5     64.9
Operating expenses:
    
Sales and marketing
     26.5     26.0
Research and development
     19.2     18.0
General and administrative
     17.0     16.7
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     10.3     10.5
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     73.1     71.2
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (10.6 )%      (6.2 )% 
Interest expense
     (6.1 )%      (7.2 )% 
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (0.8 )%      (0.7 )% 
Loss on divestures, net
     —         (2.5 )% 
Other income, net
     1.6     0.5
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (15.8 )%      (16.2 )% 
Provision for income taxes
     1.4     1.3
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
     (17.2 )%      (17.5 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
133

Revenue
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    
 
    
 
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Revenue:
           
Event Cloud
   $ 259,207      $ 237,859      $ 21,348        9.0
Hospitality Cloud
     114,952        145,357        (30,405      (20.9 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue
   $ 374,159      $ 383,216      $ (9,057      (2.4 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $374.2 million, a decrease of $9.1 million, or (2.4)% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $259.2 million, or 69.3% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $115.0 million, or 30.7% of total revenue, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021.
Event Cloud revenue increased $21.3 million, or 9.0%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $48.9 million increase in revenue from our new virtual product, Attendee Hub, which we introduced as an integrated component of our Event Management platform at the end of August 2020 and a $7.6 million increase in revenue from core event management product. This increase was partially offset by the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which began to significantly affect the Company in March 2020 and impacted affected our ability to attract new customers and retain current customers. Revenue from products that support the
in-person
meetings and event experience, such as Onsite Solutions and Mobile, were most negatively impacted, declining by $36.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Hospitality Cloud revenue decreased $30.4 million, or (20.9)%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which began to significantly affect our business in March 2020. As discussed in the section “
Key Performance Indicators— Seasonality,
” Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Given the high percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. Hospitality Cloud sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 were down relative to the fourth quarter of the prior year, which drove the decline in Hospitality Cloud revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the prior year.
We generate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 13.6% and 12.2%, respectively, of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.
Cost of Revenue
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
    
 
    
 
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Cost of revenue
   $ 140,479      $ 134,334      $ 6,145        4.6
 
134

Cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $140.5 million, an increase of $6.1 million, or 4.6%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase in cost of revenue was driven by an increase in costs related to supporting virtual,
in-person,
and hybrid events. These costs include third-party costs, which increased $2.0 million, and credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business, which increased $0.9 million. Additionally, amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $2.8 million as a result of continued enhancement of our product platform, hosting expense increased $2.8 million, employee expenses increased $1.3 million due to a 1.1% increase in average headcount and costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with
in-person
and virtual delivery models this year, increased $1.0 million. These cost increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million decline in depreciation expense, a $1.2 million decrease in restructuring expense, $1.0 million in wage subsidies received in 2021 pursuant to the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, and a $0.8 million decline in intangible asset amortization.
Operating Expenses
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Sales and marketing
   $ 99,069      $ 99,543      $ (474      (0.5 )% 
Research and development
     72,016        68,992        3,024        4.4
General and administrative
     63,711        63,881        (170      (0.3 )% 
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     38,721        40,416        (1,695      (4.2 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total operating expenses
   $ 273,517      $ 272,832      $ 685        0.3
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Sales and Marketing
. Sales and marketing expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $99.1 million, a decrease of $0.5 million, or (0.5%), compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a decline in employee expense of $2.2 million due to a (8.3%) decrease in average headcount, a $1.9 million decrease in facilities and depreciation costs, a $0.8 decrease in restructuring expense, and a $0.6 million decrease in travel related expenses. Partially offsetting these declines were a $3.3 million increase in marketing costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with
in-person
and virtual delivery models this year, a $1.2 million increase in marketing program spend, and a $1.2 million increase in stock-based compensation.
Research and Development
. Research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $72.0 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 4.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by higher employee expenses of $6.6 million due to a 1.3% increase in average headcount, $0.9 million in increased stock-based compensation and a $0.5 million increase in contracted services. These increases were partially offset by a $3.4 million wage subsidy received in 2021 pursuant to the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, lower restructuring expense of $0.8 million, and a $0.7 million decrease in depreciation expense.
General and Administrative
. General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $63.7 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or (0.3%), compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a $1.6 million decrease in legal costs associated with prosecuting a trade secret misappropriation claim, a $0.7 million decrease in legal and consulting costs incurred to consider strategic alternatives, a $2.0 million decrease in restructure costs associated with shuttering certain office spaces in the prior year, a $1.2 million decrease in licenses and fees, and a $0.9 million decrease in travel related expenses. Partially offsetting these decreases were a $4.7 million increase in bad debt expense due to negotiated settlements with customers who were negatively impacted by
COVID-19,
and a $1.5 million increase in contracted services primarily related to public company readiness.
 
135

Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue
. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $38.7 million, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 4.2%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years and no business acquisitions occurring in 2020.
Interest Expense
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Interest expense
   $ (22,717    $ (27,695    $ 4,978        (18.0 %) 
Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $22.7 million, a decrease of $5.0 million, or (18.0)%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a lower variable rate, i.e.,
one-month
LIBOR on our outstanding long-term debt and revolving borrowings. The Revolving Credit Facility was fully repaid in April 2021 reducing interest expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 versus the nine months ended September 30, 2020 when there were significant revolving borrowings.
Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
   $ (2,823    $ (2,852    $ 29        (1.0 )% 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.8 million, down (1.0)% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
Loss on Divestitures, Net
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Loss on divestitures, net
   $ —        $ (9,634    $ 9,634        (100.1 )% 
Loss on divestitures, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $0 compared to a loss of $(9.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This loss is result of the divestiture of Kapow Events in June 2020. There were no divestitures during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.
Other Income, Net
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Other income, net
   $ 6,135      $ 1,919      $ 4,216        219.7
 
136

Other income, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $6.1 million, an increase of $4.2 million, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by a sales tax settlement received during the second quarter of 2021.
Provision for Income Taxes
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
               
    
2021
    
2020
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
                      
Provision for income taxes
   $ 5,294      $ 4,870      $ 424        8.7
Provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $5.3 million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 8.7%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase primarily resulted from the recording of higher
pre-tax
book income in foreign jurisdictions.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the period indicated:
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:
     
Revenue:
     
Event cloud
   $ 316,080      $ 379,216  
Hospitality cloud
     182,620        188,388  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total revenue
     498,700        567,604  
Cost of revenue
     176,250        211,857  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Gross profit
     322,450        355,747  
Operating expenses:
     
Sales and marketing
     128,388        155,801  
Research and development
     87,866        96,012  
General and administrative
     80,564        92,018  
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     53,844        57,685  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     350,662        401,516  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (28,212      (45,769
Interest expense
     (35,557      (47,875
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (3,798      (3,836
Loss on divestures, net
     (9,634      —    
Other income/(expense), net
     1,333        (294
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (75,868      (97,774
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
     7,865        (6,013
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss
   $ (83,733    $ (91,761
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
137

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:
    
Revenue:
    
Event cloud
     63.4     66.8
Hospitality cloud
     36.6     33.2
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
     100.0     100.0
Cost of revenue
     35.3     37.3
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Gross profit
     64.7     62.7
Operating expenses:
  
Sales and marketing
     25.7     27.4
Research and development
     17.6     16.9
General and administrative
     16.2     16.2
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     10.8     10.2
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     70.3     70.7
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (5.7 )%      (8.1 )% 
Interest expense
     (7.1 )%      (8.4 )% 
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (0.8 )%      (0.7 )% 
Loss on divestures, net
     (1.9 )%      —    
Other income/(expense), net
     0.3     (0.1 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (15.2 )%      (17.2 )% 
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
     1.6     (1.1 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
     (16.8 )%      (16.2 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Revenue:
           
Event cloud
   $ 316,080      $ 379,216      $ (63,136      (16.6 )% 
Hospitality cloud
     182,620        188,388        (5,768      (3.1 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue
   $ 498,700      $ 567,604      $ (68,904      (12.1 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $498.7 million, a decrease of $68.9 million, or (12.1)% compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $316.1 million, or 63.4% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $182.6 million, or 36.6% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020.
Event Cloud revenue decreased $63.1 million, or (16.6)%, during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which began to significantly affect the Company in March 2020. Revenue from products
 
138

that support the
in-person
meetings and event experience, such as Onsite Solutions and Mobile, were most negatively impacted, declining by $61.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year. These declines were partially offset by $7.7 million of revenue from our new virtual product, Attendee Hub, which we introduced as an integrated component of our Event Management platform at the end of August 2020.
Hospitality Cloud revenue decreased $5.8 million, or (3.1)%, during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to the suspension of
in-person
meetings and events caused by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which began to significantly affect our business in March 2020. As discussed in the section
“Key Performance Indicators—Seasonality,”
Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Given the high percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. Hospitality Cloud sales in the fourth quarter of 2019 were strong in part due to increased prices for CSN contracts as a result of
in-depth
negotiations with our customers that identified the increased value of Cvent’s platform. These factors mitigated the amount of revenue decline of the Hospitality Cloud for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year, which was also affected by the fact that revenue for Hospitality Cloud software products is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, most of which are for one or more years, and seasonality factors discussed in the section
“Key Performance Indicators—Seasonality.”
We generate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 12.3% and 11.7%, respectively, of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.
Cost of Revenue
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Cost of Revenue
   $ 176,250      $ 211,857      $ (35,607      (16.8 )% 
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $176.3 million, a decrease of $35.6 million, or (16.8)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease in cost of revenue was driven primarily by a decline in costs related to supporting
in-person
events, which were suspended in March 2020 due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic. These costs include onsite third-party costs, which declined $18.3 million, credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business, which declined $12.1 million, and employee expenses, which declined $11.0 million due to an 11.8% reduction in average headcount. This reduction in headcount was primarily the result of the global reduction in force in May 2020 in response to
COVID-19.
Additionally, costs associated with Cvent CONNECT declined $2.8 million as a result of the event being held virtually in 2020, and travel expenses declined $2.5 million as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic. These cost declines were offset by a $10.8 million increase in amortization of capitalized software development costs as a result of continued enhancement of our product platform.
 
139

Operating Expenses
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Operating Expenses:
           
Sales and marketing
   $ 128,388      $ 155,801      $ (27,413      (17.6 )% 
Research and development
     87,866        96,012        (8,146      (8.5 )% 
General and administrative
     80,564        92,018        (11,454      (12.4 )% 
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     53,844        57,685        (3,841      (6.7 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
   $ 350,662      $ 401,516      $ (50,854      (12.7 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Sales and Marketing
. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $128.4 million, a decrease of $27.4 million, or (17.6)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by an $8.7 million reduction in marketing program spend, a $7.5 million decline in costs associated with Cvent CONNECT due to it being held virtually, a $4.5 million decline in travel, meals and entertainment costs as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic and a $2.7 million fee incurred in connection with terminating an Australian reseller agreement to bring all Australian sales under our direct sales team incurred in 2019 that did not recur in 2020. The remaining decline was the result of a $1.4 million decrease in employee expenses due to a 5.9% reduction in average headcount partially lower headcount due to the global reduction in force completed in May 2020 and a $1.1 million decrease in contracted services.
Research and Development
. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $87.9 million, a decrease of $8.1 million, or (8.5)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by lower employee expenses of $6.3 million due to a 1.3% reduction in average headcount partially due to the global reduction in force completed in May 2020 and a $1.4 million wage subsidy received in 2021 pursuant to the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, a $1.4 million decline in travel, meals and entertainment costs as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic and lower contracted development services of $1.5 million. These reductions were partially offset by higher software license fees of $1.0 million.
General and Administrative
. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $80.6 million, a decrease of $11.5 million, or (12.4)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by a $4.7 million reduction in professional services fees, a $4.1 million decline in employee expenses due to a 7.3% reduction in average headcount partially due to the global reduction in force completed in May 2020, no acquisition costs in 2020, compared to 2019, during which $3.3 million in acquisition costs were incurred, and a $1.9 million decline in travel, meals and entertainment as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic. Additionally, costs associated with lower computer hardware, recruiting, and charges associated with the winding up of one of our distribution channels contributed to the decline in costs. These cost declines were partially offset by $1.9 million of higher bad debt expense associated with an increase in the allowance for expected credit losses of certain accounts receivable due to the effect of the global
COVID-19
pandemic on our client’s operations, $1.6 million of increased outside legal fees associated with prosecuting a trade secret misappropriation claim, a $1.6 million increase in restructuring expense associated with shuttering certain office spaces due to the shift to a remote work environment as a result of the global
COVID-19
pandemic and $1.1 million in legal and consulting costs to consider strategic alternatives.
Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue
. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $53.8 million, a
 
140

decrease of $3.8 million, or (6.7)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years and no business acquisitions occurring in 2020.
Interest Expense
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Interest expense
   $ (35,557    $ (47,875    $ 12,318        25.7
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $35.6 million, a decrease of $12.3 million, or (25.7)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by a lower variable rate, i.e.,
one-month
LIBOR, which declined by approximately 170 basis points on average, on our outstanding long-term debt.
Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
   $ (3,798    $ (3,836    $ (38      (1.0 )% 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $3.8 million, which did not change compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.
Loss on Divestitures, Net
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Loss on divestitures, net
   $ (9,634    $ —      $ (9,634      (100.0 )% 
Loss on divestitures, net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $(9.6) million. This loss is result of the divestiture of Kapow Events in June 2020. There were no divestitures in 2019.
Other Income/(Expense), Net
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Other income/(expense), net
   $ 1,333      $ (294    $ 1,627        553.4
Other income/(expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1.3 million, an increase of $1.6 million, or 553.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was driven primarily by proceeds from the sale of import tax credit certificates and interest income, partially offset by a decrease in foreign currency losses. This decrease in foreign currency losses was driven primarily by fluctuations in the British Pound, Euro and Canadian Dollar currencies.
 
141

Provision for/(Benefit from) Income Taxes
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2020
    
2019
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
   $ 7,865      $ (6,013    $ 13,878        230.8
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $7.9 million, an increase of $13.9 million, or 230.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was driven primarily by the impact of changes in
pre-tax
book income, changes in state effective tax rates and changes in the valuation allowance as a result of the reduction in deferred tax liabilities that could be used as a source of taxable income for the realization of deferred tax assets.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018
The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the period indicated:
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2019
    
2018
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:
     
Revenue:
     
Event cloud
   $ 379,216      $ 325,219  
Hospitality cloud
     188,388        154,796  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total revenue
     567,604        480,015  
Cost of revenue
     211,857        165,181  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Gross profit
     355,747        314,834  
Operating expenses:
     
Sales and marketing
     155,801        126,531  
Research and development
     96,012        78,447  
General and administrative
     92,018        76,155  
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     57,685        60,494  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     401,516        341,627  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (45,769      (26,793
Interest expense
     (47,875      (42,259
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (3,836      (3,704
Other expense, net
     (294      (1,391
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (97,774      (74,147
Benefit from income taxes
     (6,013      (20,107
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss
   $ (91,761    $ (54,040
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
142

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2019
   
2018
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:
    
Revenue:
    
Event cloud
     66.8     67.8
Hospitality cloud
     33.2     32.2
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total revenue
     100.0     100.0
Cost of revenue
     37.3     34.4
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Gross profit
     62.7     65.6
Operating expenses:
    
Sales and marketing
     27.4     26.4
Research and development
     16.9     16.3
General and administrative
     16.2     15.9
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     10.2     12.6
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     70.7     71.2
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (8.1 )%      (5.6 )% 
Interest expense
     (8.4 )%      (8.8 )% 
Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount
     (0.7 )%      (0.8 )% 
Other expense, net
     (0.1 )%      (0.3 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (17.2 )%      (15.4 )% 
Benefit from income taxes
     (1.1 )%      (4.2 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
     (16.2 )%      (11.3 )% 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Revenue
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
Revenue:
           
Event cloud
   $ 379,216      $ 325,219      $ 53,997        16.6
Hospitality cloud
     188,388        154,796        33.592        21.7
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue
   $ 567,604      $ 480,015      $ 87,589        18.2
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $567.6 million, an increase of $87.6 million, or 18.2% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $379.2 million, or 66.8% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $188.4 million, or 33.2% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Event Cloud revenue increased $54.0 million, or 16.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year primarily due to strong demand for our Event Management platform.
Hospitality Cloud revenue increased by $33.6 million, or 21.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year primarily due strong demand for our CSN, Passkey and Business Transient products, in addition to incremental full-year revenue from Social Tables, which was acquired in October 2018.
 
143

We generate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 11.7% and 11.8%, respectively, of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.
Cost of Revenue
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
Cost of revenue
   $ 211,857      $ 165,181      $ 46,676        28.3
Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $211.9 million, an increase of $46.7 million, or 28.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cost of revenue was driven by an increase of $14.9 million in employee expense due to 26.6% growth in average headcount, a $13.2 million increase in amortization of capitalized software development costs as a result of continued enhancement of our product platform, a $7.5 million increase in hosting expense, a $5.0 million increase in onsite third-party costs, a $1.8 million increase in Cvent CONNECT, and a $1.5 million increase in credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business.
Operating Expenses
 
    
Year Ended December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
Operating Expenses:
           
Sales and marketing
   $ 155,801      $ 126,531      $ 29,270        23.1
Research and development
     96,012        78,447        17,565        22.4
General and administrative
     92.018        76,155        15,863        20.8
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     57,685        60,494        (2,809      (4.6 )% 
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Total operating expenses
   $ 401,516      $ 341.627      $ 59,889        17.5
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
Sales and Marketing
. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $155.8 million, an increase of $29.3 million, or 23.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a $18.3 million increase in employee expenses due to a 23.3% increase in average headcount, a $4.5 million increase in marketing program spend, a $1.1 million increase in costs associated with Cvent CONNECT, a $1.0 million increase in facility costs, which are allocated based upon headcount, and a $2.7 million fee incurred in connection with terminating an Australian reseller agreement to bring all Australian sales under our direct sales team.
Research and Development
. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $96.0 million, an increase of $17.6 million, or 22.4%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a $15.2 million increase in employee expenses due to a 23.8% increase in average headcount, a $1.8 million increase in facility costs, which are allocated based on headcount, and a $0.5 million increase in licenses and fees.
General and Administrative
. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $92.0 million, an increase of $15.9 million, or 20.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a $6.2 million increase in employee expenses due to 20.0% increase in average headcount, a $3.8 million increase in licenses and fees, a $1.7 million increase in contracted and professional
 
144

services, a $1.5 million increase in restructuring expense associated with shuttering certain office spaces, a $1.3 million increase in outside legal fees primarily associated with prosecuting a trade secret misappropriation claim, a $1.1 million charge associated with the winding up of one of our distribution channels, a $1.1 million increase in depreciation expense, a $1.0 million increase in telecom expense, a $0.9 million increase in acquisition-related costs, and increased bad debt expense, stock-based compensation, office supplies, facilities, and travel, meals and entertainment. These cost increases were partially offset by a $3.4 million decline in miscellaneous indirect taxes and a $1.6 million decline in integration consulting costs related to significant corporate system conversions that occurred in 2017 and 2018 and a $1.5 million decline in severance costs associated with acquisitions.
Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue
. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $57.7 million, a decrease of $2.8 million, or 4.6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years.
Interest Expense
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Interest expense
   $ (47,875    $ (42,259    $ (5,616      (13.3 )% 
Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $47.9 million, an increase of $5.6 million, or 13.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by the additional long-term debt taken on by the Company in October 2018 to finance the acquisition of Social Tables.
Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
   $ (3,836    $ (3,704    $ (132      (3.6 )% 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $3.8 million compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.
Other Expense, Net
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Other expense, net
   $ (294    $ (1,391    $ 1,097        78.9
Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $(0.3) million, a decline of $1.1 million or 78.9% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decline was primarily driven by a decrease in foreign currency losses, an increase in interest income, and job grant subsidy received in 2018 that did not recur in 2019. This decrease in foreign currency losses was driven primarily by fluctuations in the British Pound, Euro and Canadian Dollar currencies.
 
145

Benefit from Income Taxes
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
               
    
2019
    
2018
    
$ Change
    
% Change
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Benefit from income taxes
   $ (6,013    $ (20,107    $ 14,094        70.1
Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 declined by $14.1 million or 70.1% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was driven primarily by the impact of changes in state effective tax rates and changes in the valuation allowance as a result of the reduction in deferred tax liabilities that could be used as a source of taxable income for the realization of deferred tax assets offset by changes in
pre-tax
book income.
Non-GAAP
Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the
non-GAAP
measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful in evaluating our operating performance. We believe that
non-GAAP
financial information, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar
non-GAAP
information to supplement their GAAP results. The
non-GAAP
financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly-titled
non-GAAP
measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each
non-GAAP
financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these
non-GAAP
financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are supplemental measures of operating performance monitored by management that are not defined under GAAP and that do not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net loss or net loss margin, as determined by GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount, gain/(loss) on divestitures, net, other income/(expense), net, provision for/(benefit from) income taxes, depreciation, amortization of software development costs, intangible asset amortization, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, cost related to acquisitions, and other items. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Cvent revised its definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to discontinue adjustments for acquired unearned revenue. As a result, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margins for fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were updated in order to conform to current year presentation. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends. We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are helpful to investors, analysts, and other interested parties because it can assist in providing a more consistent and comparable overview of our operations across our historical financial periods.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider either in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss, net loss margin and our other GAAP results. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or
 
146

similar to some of the adjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by the types of items excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and the use of the term varies from others in our industry.
A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and of Adjusted EBITDA margin to net loss margin (defined as net loss divided by revenue), the most directly comparable GAAP measure, respectively, is as follows:
 
    
For the three months
ended September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
 
Adjusted EBITDA:
  
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
   $ (26,126   $ (14,375
Adjustments
    
Interest expense
     7,546       8,151  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     938       948  
Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     (1,864     (461
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     1,968       648  
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     2,493       3,698  
Amortization of software development costs . . . . . . . .
     15,508       15,266  
Intangible asset amortization
     12,757       13,491  
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     8,387       4,879  
Restructuring expense (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     1,212       2,634  
Cost related to acquisitions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     60       112  
Other items (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     547       1,162  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
   $ 23,426     $ 36,153  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin:
    
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
   $ 134,058     $ 118,507  
Net loss margin (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     (19.5 )%      (12.1 )% 
Adjusted EBITDA margin (4)
     17.5     30.5
 
    
For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
 
Adjusted EBITDA:
  
Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
   $ (64,536    $ (67,082
Adjustments
     
Interest expense
     22,717        27,695  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     2,823        2,852  
Loss on divestitures, net (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     —          9,634  
Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     (6,135      (1,919
Provision for income taxes
     5,294        4,870  
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     8,478        11,966  
Amortization of software development costs . . . . . . . .
     45,917        43,860  
Intangible asset amortization
     38,721        40,416  
Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     16,811        14,557  
Restructuring expense (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     1,777        6,568  
Cost related to acquisitions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     1,245        788  
Other items (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     (2,255      4,442  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
   $ 70,857      $ 98,647  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
147

    
For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin:
    
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
   $ 374,159     $ 383,216  
Net loss margin (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
     (17.2 )%      (17.5 )% 
Adjusted EBITDA margin (4)
     18.9     25.7
 
    
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
   
2018
 
Adjusted EBITDA:
      
Net loss
   $ (83,733   $ (91,761   $ (54,040
Adjustments
      
Interest expense
     35,557       47,875       42,259  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     3,798       3,836       3,704  
Loss on divestitures, net (5)
     9,634       —         —    
Other income/(expense), net
     (1,333     294       1,391  
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
     7,865       (6,013     (20,107
Depreciation
     15,141       16,163       14,664  
Amortization of software development costs
     58,606       48,572       40,250  
Intangible asset amortization
     53,844       55,815       53,900  
Stock-based compensation expense
     17,695       18,833       17,911  
Restructuring expense (1)
     7,400       3,230       3,538  
Cost related to acquisitions (2)
     877       4,164       2,914  
Other items (3)
     3,853       7,096       2,515  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA
   $ 129,204     $ 108,104     $ 108,899  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted EBITDA Margin:
      
Revenue
   $ 498,700     $ 567,604     $ 480,015  
Net loss margin (6)
     (16.8 )%      (16.2 )%      (11.3 )% 
Adjusted EBITDA margin (6)
     25.9     19.0     22.7
 
(1)
Restructuring expense includes costs associated with severance related to the global reduction in force that took place in May 2020 in response to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, severance to employees of acquired entities, retention bonuses to employees of acquired entities, costs to discontinue use of a back-office system and closing of office space.
(2)
Represents costs incurred in association with acquisition activity, including due diligence and post-acquisition earn out payments.
(3)
Includes other costs associated with litigation, private equity management fees, and credit facility fees, net of the gain from government subsidies related to global
COVID-19
pandemic.
(4)
Net loss margin represents net loss divided by revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.
(5)
Loss on divestitures, net is the result of the divestiture of Kapow Events in June 2020.
(6)
Net loss margin represents net loss divided by revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.
 
148

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents,
on-going
collection of our accounts receivable and our Credit Facilities. Cash and cash equivalents may include holdings in bank demand deposits, money market instruments and certificates of deposit. We also periodically invest a portion of our excess cash in short-term investments with stated maturity dates between three months and one year from the purchase date.
Our U.S. entities held $64.6 million and $26.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Our
non-U.S.
entities held $53.5 million and $39.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, in March 2020, global economic activity slowed down. In anticipation of possible constraints on cash and working capital, the Company fully drew on its Revolving Credit Facility on March 20, 2020. We repaid portions of the outstanding Revolving Credit Facility balance in May, September, and December 2020, leaving $13.4 million drawn as of December 31, 2020. We repaid the remaining outstanding balance on our Revolving Credit Facility as of April 2021.
As previously discussed above, during the fourth quarter the Company completed our Business Combination with Dragoneer. Net proceeds from this transaction after deducting fees and expenses were approximately $523.0 million, $500.0 million of which was used to repay the outstanding principal indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. The remaining net proceeds will be included in cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet.
We believe that existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held by us, cash and cash equivalents anticipated to be generated by us (including the net proceeds generated from the fourth quarter Business Combination) and borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit are sufficient to meet working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures, and contractual obligations for at least 12 months. We also believe that these financial resources will continue to allow us to manage the ongoing impact of
COVID-19
on our business operations for the foreseeable future, including mitigating potential reductions in revenue and delays in payments from our customers and partners. Our future capital requirements will depend on several factors, including but not
limited to our obligation to repay any amounts outstanding under our Credit Facilities, our subscription growth rate, subscription renewal activity, billing frequency, the timing and extent of spending to support development efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced solutions and the continuing market adoption of our platform. In the future, we may enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights.
We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies, this could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.
Material Cash Requirements for Known Contractual and Other Obligations
The following is a description of commitments for capital expenditures and other known and reasonably likely cash requirements as September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. We anticipate fulfilling such commitments with our existing cash and cash equivalents short-term investments and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility, which amounted to $39.6 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
 
149

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various purchase commitments primarily related to third-party cloud hosting, technology operations and data services. Total
non-cancelable
purchase commitments as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $33.0 million expiring at various dates through 2023. Total
non-cancelable
purchase commitments as of September 30, 2021 were approximately $14.6 million expiring at various dates through 2023. See Note 13b,
Purchase Commitments
of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We entered into the Credit Facilities on November 30, 2017 and increased the amount of the Term Loan Facility by way of incremental facilities on October 16, 2018 and October 26, 2018. A portion of the proceeds under the Term Loan Facility was used to repay borrowings outstanding under our then existing credit facilities, together with accrued interest, a prepayment premium and related expenses, and the proceeds of the incremental facilities were used to finance additional acquisitions or to refinance acquisition indebtedness. In April 2021, we amended and extended our Revolving Credit Facility through August 30, 2024. Due to the spread of
COVID-19
in the beginning of 2020, the global economic activity slowed down and in anticipation of constraints on cash and working capital, we fully drew on the Revolving Credit Facility on March 20, 2020. We paid off portions of the Revolving Credit Facility in May, September, and December 2020 and repaid the remaining balance as of April 2021. Additionally, as noted above, we used net proceeds from the Business Combination in the fourth quarter to repay $500.0 million of principal under the Term Loan Facility. Further information regarding the Company’s debt issuances and payment commitments can be found in Note 12, Debt, of our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Credit Facilities
Borrowings under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum, at our option, equal to an applicable margin, plus, (a) for alternative base rate borrowings, the highest of (i) the prime rate in effect on such day as determined by the administrative agent, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (iii) LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.0%) plus 1.00% and (b) for eurocurrency borrowings, LIBOR for the relevant interest period divided by 1 minus the Statutory Reserves (if any) (each term as defined in the Credit Agreement) (subject to a floor of 0.0%). The applicable margin for borrowings under the Credit Facilities is (a) with respect to term loan borrowings, 2.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and 3.75% for eurocurrency borrowings, and (b) with respect to revolving loans, 2.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and 3.75% for eurocurrency borrowings when our first lien leverage ratio is greater than 4.00 to 1.00, with step downs to (i) 2.50% for alternate base rate borrowings and 3.50% for eurocurrency borrowings when our first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00 but greater than 3.50 to 1.00 and (ii) 2.25% for alternate base rate borrowings and 3.25% for eurocurrency borrowings when our first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00. Our first lien leverage ratio is determined in accordance with the terms of the Credit Facilities. The interest rate on our Term Loan Facility was 3.8% as of September 30, 2021 and 3.9% at December 31, 2020, and the interest rate on our Revolving Credit Facility was 3.8% as of September 30, 2021 and 3.9% at December 31, 2020.
On November 18, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amendment which, among other things, provide the Company the option to report to the lenders financial statements at the consolidated parent level.
 
150

Cash Flows
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020:
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   $ 121,558      $ 53,830  
Net cash used in investing activities
     (50,383      (35,269
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities
     (18,886      7,954  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
     (2,250      (1,471
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
     50,039        25,044  
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year
     65,470        72,721  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at September 30, 2021 and 2020
   $ 115,509      $ 97,765  
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the amount and timing of customer payments. Cash provided by operations in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 is primarily attributable to net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items. Cash provided by operations is also attributable to the change in accounts receivable and deferred revenue, which is driven by the seasonality of our business and our collections process. Our cash flows from operating activities are generally reflective of our ability to invoice annual subscription fees upfront with payments due 30 days after the customer’s receipt of the invoice. The first and fourth quarters historically include a higher level of cash collections, which is a result of higher levels of invoicing in the first and fourth quarters.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities was $121.6 million, which was primarily driven by a $64.5 million net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items including $93.1 million in depreciation and amortization, $21.6 million in amortization of capitalized commissions and $16.8 million in stock-based compensation as well as other working capital components including a $52.6 million decrease in accounts receivable partially offset by a $26.7 million increase in capitalized commissions, net and a $18.9 million increase in deferred revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $53.8 million, which was primarily driven by a $67.1 million net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items including $96.2 million in depreciation and amortization, $22.1 million in amortization of capitalized commissions and $14.6 million in stock-based compensation as well as other working capital components including a $32.4 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $19.1 million decrease in deferred revenue partially offset by a $22.9 million increase in capitalized commissions, net and a $18.3 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities.
Investing Activities
Our investing activities have consisted primarily of costs related to software developed for internal use, purchases of computer equipment and leasehold improvements, purchases and sales of short-term investments, business acquisitions and proceeds from the divestiture of Kapow Events in 2020. As with other parts of our business, capital expenditures were significantly lower in 2021 and 2020 as a result of the global
COVID-19
pandemic. As the impact of the pandemic lessens and our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to increase.
 
151

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $50.4 million, reflecting $30.3 million in capitalized software development, $14.8 million for the acquisition of Shoflo, LLC, net of maturities, $2.8 million of purchases of property and equipment and $2.7 million of purchases of short-term investments. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $35.3 million, reflecting $32.4 million in capitalized software development, , $1.4 million for the acquisition of SummitSync, $1.3 million of purchases of property and equipment and $0.6 million of purchases of short-term investments, net of maturities.
Financing Activities
Our financing activities have consisted primarily of proceeds from and principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities and proceeds from the exercise of stock options.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash used by financing activities was $18.9 million, consisting of $13.4 million in repayments on the Company’s $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility and $6.0 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $8.0 million, consisting of $13.9 million in proceeds from drawing on the Company’s $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility and $6.0 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility.
The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:
 
    
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
    
(in thousands)
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   $ 29,099      $ 48,029      $ 49,773  
Net cash used in investing activities
     (42,571      (73,754      (177,769
Net cash provided by financing activities
     5,528        20,352        86,202  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
     693        255        1,029  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
     (7,251      (5,118      (40,765
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year
     72,721        77,839        118,604  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year
   $ 65,470      $ 72,721      $ 77,839  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Cash paid for interest
   $ 35,552      $ 47,856      $ 41,905  
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the amount and timing of customer payments. Cash provided by operations in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 is primarily attributable to net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items. Cash provided by operations is also attributable to the change in accounts receivable and deferred revenue, which is driven by the seasonality of our business and our collections process. Our cash flows from operating activities are generally reflective of our ability to invoice annual subscription fees upfront with payments due 30 days after the customer’s receipt of the invoice. We experience seasonality in our accounts receivable. The first and fourth quarters historically include a higher level of cash collections, which is a result of higher levels of invoicing in the first and fourth quarters.
 
152

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $29.1 million, which was primarily driven by net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items, partially offset by a $42.1 decline in client cash related to merchant services, and a $16.6 million decline in deferred revenue. The decline in client cash and deferred revenue were the result of the suspension of
in-person
events due to the global
COVID-19
pandemic, which started to significantly affect our business in March 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $48.0 million, which was primarily driven by a $42.4 million increase in deferred revenue and net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items. These items were partially offset by increased accounts receivable of $23.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by operating activities was $49.8 million, which was primarily driven by a $36.0 million increase in deferred revenue and net loss adjusted for
non-cash
items. These items were partially offset by increased accounts receivable of $33.1 million.
Investing Activities
Our investing activities have consisted primarily of costs related to software developed for internal use, purchases of computer equipment and leasehold improvements, purchases and sales of short-term investments, business acquisitions and proceeds from the divestiture of Kapow Events in 2020. As with other parts of our business, capital expenditures were significantly lower in 2020 as a result of the global
COVID-19
pandemic. As the impact of the pandemic lessens and our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to increase.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $42.6 million, reflecting $40.6 million in capitalized software development, $2.1 million of purchases of property and equipment and $1.4 million for the acquisition of SummitSync. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $73.8 million, reflecting $45.0 million in capitalized software development, $19.9 million of purchases of property and equipment, $7.9 million of maturities of short-term investments net of purchases and $16.7 million in contingent consideration payments related to past acquisitions and the acquisitions of Wedding Spot, LLC and DoubleDutch, Inc. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $178.1 million, reflecting $121.7 million for the acquisition of Social Tables, Kapow and QuickMobile, $36.6 million in capitalized software development, $12.1 million of purchases of property and equipment and $7.7 million in purchases of short-term investment net of maturities.
Financing Activities
Our financing activities have consisted primarily of proceeds from and principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities and proceeds from the exercise of stock options. For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $5.5 million, consisting of $14.4 million in proceeds from drawing on the Company’s $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, net of $7.9 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $20.4 million, consisting of $28.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options by certain employees, net of $7.9 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $86.2 million, consisting of $91.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt related to the Social Tables acquisition, net of $5.5 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility.
Commitments and Contingencies
See the information set forth in Note 14 (Commitments and Contingencies) to the annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered
off-balance
sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2021. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities
 
153

or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating
off-balance
sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any
off-balance
sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any
non-financial
assets.
Indemnification Agreements
In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses related to breach of confidentiality and claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation. See
“Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Operational Risks—We have indemnity provisions under our contracts with our customers, channel partners and other third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.”
In addition, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination we entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. There are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We base our estimates on experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates, impacting our reported results of operations and financial condition.
Our critical accounting estimates are those that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or our results of operation. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting estimates is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting estimates are the most difficult management decisions as they involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above. Refer to “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting estimates.
Business Combinations, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets
We account for business acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with which assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the acquisition date. We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations are subject to uncertainty as they require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired users, acquired technology and trade names from a market participant perspective, useful lives and discount rates. We use the Multi-Period Excess Earnings Method, which is an income approach, to value the customer relationship intangible assets. We apply certain growth assumptions, related to price and volume increases, as well as expected customer churn and attrition levels to the forecasted revenue model. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. The estimates underlying such valuations have not materially changed in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 or the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018.
 
154

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but the Company evaluates goodwill impairment of its single reporting unit annually in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the goodwill may be impaired.
Sales Commissions
The adoption of Topic 606 resulted in the capitalization of incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers. Commissions earned by our sales personnel are considered incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Accordingly, sales commissions are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over our average historical customer life, which is determined based on the underlying product line and ranges from one to four years. We determine the period of amortization by reviewing the average length of our customers contracts, changes in technology, expected contract renewals and customer retention, and other industry factors. We
re-assess
this calculation periodically.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
Costs incurred during the application development stage to develop software directly used in the delivery of revenue generating activities are capitalized and recorded as capitalized software development costs on the balance sheet. There is judgment involved in estimating cost incurred on a
project-by-project
basis in the application development stage. These costs are amortized on a
project-by-project
basis using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the application, which is generally two to seven years, beginning when the asset is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary development stage, as well as maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of the existing assets and liabilities, and their respective income tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions based on a
two-step
process of evaluating recognition and measurement criteria. The first step assesses whether the tax position is
more-likely-than-not
to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, on the basis of the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the
more-likely-than-not
criteria, the portion of the tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority is recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
The Company is subject to tax on global intangible
low-taxed
income, or GILTI, earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Entities can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to account for GILTI tax as a current period expense.
Stock-Based Compensation
Employee stock-based compensation is recognized as a cost in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For both equity-classified and liability-classified awards, such cost is measured at the grant
 
155

date fair value of the award. We estimate the grant date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions including the expected term of the options, the price volatility of the underlying stock, dividend yield, and a discount for the lack of marketability. The expected dividend yield is zero, as we have not previously declared cash dividends and do not currently intend to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, because we are privately-held, the Black-Scholes pricing inputs, including the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock, volatility of the underlying stock, and a discount for the lack of marketability, are estimated based on our peer group companies, which are publicly-traded. Our peer group is established through consultation with our external valuation firm; our ultimate parent entity, an affiliate of Vista; and confirmed through the review of the performance and valuation attributes of our peer group to determine that our public-company peer group is a reasonable and fair proxy for our share performance, if our shares were publicly-traded. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.
The initial determination of compensation cost is based on the number of stock options or other awards granted, which is then amortized over the vesting period. Liability classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date with the corresponding change in value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We recognize expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. We record the impact of forfeitures on stock compensation expense in the period the forfeitures occur.
The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options is determined by the board of directors, which intends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of the common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of the common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation and Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling
59-60.
The assumptions used by us in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:
 
 
contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by an unrelated third-party valuation specialist;
 
 
the nature of the business and its history since inception;
 
 
the economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry;
 
 
the book value of the stock and the financial condition of the business;
 
 
the operating and financial performance and forecast;
 
 
whether or not we have goodwill or other intangible values;
 
 
marketability of the common stock;
 
 
the hiring of key personnel;
 
 
any corporate or asset acquisitions, or divestitures;
 
 
present value of estimated future cash flows;
 
 
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market condition and the nature and history of the business;
 
 
illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;
 
 
the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and
 
 
156

 
the U.S. and global capital market conditions.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 2,
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
, to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, although we also have some exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.
Foreign Currency Exchange Risk
Foreign currency exchange rates are subject to fluctuation and may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. A portion of our business is conducted through our subsidiary in India whose functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. Our primary foreign currency exchange risk arises from subsidiaries operating in foreign countries where the functional currency is the local currency, including the U.K., Germany, and Canada. We report our foreign subsidiaries’ financial results upon the translation into USD. To the extent that transactions by our foreign subsidiaries are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, we bear the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates of the U.S. Dollar in relation to other currencies could increase our costs and expenses. Realized foreign currency transaction (gains)/losses are included in net loss and were $2.0 million and $(2.2) million in the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively; $2.3 million and $1.5 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively; and $0.8 million, $1.5 million and $3.7 million in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited, and we may not be able to successfully hedge our exposure.
During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Interest Rate Risk
Our primary market risk exposure is changing LIBOR-based interest rates. Our Credit Facilities bear interest at a floating rate at our option of a rate per annum equal to (a) LIBOR (subject to a floor of 0.0%) plus an applicable margin of 3.75%, or (b) an alternative base rate plus an applicable margin of 2.75% (as described under
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities,”
above). At December 31, 2020, we had outstanding principal balances of $771.6 million and $13.8 million (including $0.4 million in outstanding letters of credit) under our Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. Based on the amounts outstanding, a
100-basis
point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would result in a change to interest expense of $7.9 million. At September 30, 2021, we had outstanding principal balances of $765.7 million and $0.4 million (including $0.4 million in outstanding letters of credit) under our Term Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. Based on the amounts outstanding, a
100-basis
point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would result in a change to interest expense of $7.7 million.
 
157

At December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents, net of restricted cash of $65.3 million. At September 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents, net of restricted cash of $115.4 million. Our cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and certificates of deposit. Our short-term investments primarily consist of bank certificates of deposit. The carrying amount of our cash equivalents and short-term investments reasonably approximates fair value, due to the short maturities of these instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to market risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio and our tendency to hold investments to maturity, however, we do not believe an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates of as much as 10% would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.
We do not believe our cash equivalents or short-term investments have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents or short-term investments do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be assured that we will not experience losses on these deposits.
 
158

MANAGEMENT
Executive Officers and Board of Directors
The following persons serve as our executive officers and directors:
 
Name
  
Age
  
Position
Rajeev K. Aggarwal    52    Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Charles Ghoorah    52   
Co-founder,
President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
David Quattrone    48   
Co-founder,
Chief Technology Officer
William J. Newman, III    46    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Lawrence J. Samuelson    52    Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Sanjeev Bansal    56    Director
David Breach    55    Director
Jim Frankola    57    Director
Betty Hung    51    Director
Marcela Martin    50    Director
Sam Payton    34    Director
Maneet Saroya    42    Director
Nicolas Stahl    35    Director
Executive Officers
Rajeev K. Aggarwal
is the founder of Legacy Cvent and has served as a member of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since September 1999. Mr. Aggarwal serves on the Cvent Board. From 1999 through November 2016, when Vista acquired Legacy Cvent, Mr. Aggarwal served as Chairman of the board of directors. Mr. Aggarwal received a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Virginia, a juris doctor degree from Washington and Lee University and a Master of Laws degree from Georgetown University. Mr. Aggarwal is a leading voice in the meetings and events industry, and his knowledge of Cvent as its founder allows him to make valuable contributions to the board of directors.
Charles V. Ghoorah
is a
co-founder
of Legacy Cvent. Since September 2014, he has served as our President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing. Mr. Ghoorah served from 2003 to 2014 as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing and from 1999 to 2002 as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Prior to joining Legacy Cvent, Mr. Ghoorah was an attorney at Hale & Dorr, an associate director at the Advisory Board Company and an attorney at Williams & Connolly. Mr. Ghoorah received Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts and juris doctor degrees from Duke University.
David Quattrone
is a
co-founder
of Legacy Cvent. Since 2008, he has served as the Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Quattrone served from 2003 to 2008 as Vice President of Product Development and from 1999 to 2002 as Director of Product Development. Prior to joining Legacy Cvent, Mr. Quattrone worked at First Consulting Group, E.J. Bell Systems and
co-founded
Network Resources Group. Mr. Quattrone received Bachelor of Science degrees in electrical engineering and economics from the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Maryland.
William J. Newman, III
has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Legacy Cvent since September 2018, including on an interim basis from September 2018 to August 2020. From August 2014 to September 2018, he served as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis. Before joining Legacy Cvent in 2014, Mr. Newman was Vice President of Finance at Online Resources Corporation, a provider of online banking and full-service bill pay solutions, from August 2002 to June 2013. He began his career as a consultant in the Financial Advisory Services Group at PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr. Newman received a Bachelor of Science degree in finance and accounting and a Master of Science degree in accounting from the University of Virginia.
 
159

Lawrence J. Samuelson
has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Legacy Cvent since June 2016. From June 2013 to June 2016, he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Prior to joining Legacy Cvent, Mr. Samuelson served as the Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of NeuStar, Inc., an information services and analytics company, from January 2011 to May 2013. Mr. Samuelson previously was a corporate securities and mergers and acquisitions attorney at Fried Frank Harris Shriver and Jacobson. Mr. Samuelson received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University, a Master of International Affairs from Columbia University and a juris doctor degree from Boston University.
Directors
Sanjeev K. Bansal
joined our board following the Business Combination. Mr. Bansal has served on the board of Papay Topco, Inc., the parent company of Legacy Cvent, since November 1999. Since November 2013, Mr. Bansal has served as the
co-founder
and chief executive officer of Hunch Analytics, which develops data analytics products and services for healthcare institutions. Prior to founding Hunch Analytics, Mr. Bansal served in various executive leadership positions with MicroStrategy Incorporated, a business intelligence and analytics company, from 1990 to 2013. Mr. Bansal served as the vice chairman of the MicroStrategy Incorporated board of directors from November 2000 to November 2013. Mr. Bansal serves or has served as a member of the board of directors of: The Advisory Board Company, a research services company that was listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market; CSRA, Inc., a formerly public company that provides IT solutions and professional services to government customers; Perspecta, an NYSE-listed company that provides IT solutions and professional services to government customers; and Everquote, a marketing services firm listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. He received a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a master of science degree in computer science from Johns Hopkins University. Mr. Bansal’s experience in working with entrepreneurial companies and his particular familiarity with technology companies make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
David Breach
joined our board following the Business Combination. Mr. Breach has held several executive leadership positions with Vista. Mr. Breach has been President and Chief Operating Officer of Vista since August 2021, and was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Legal Officer from January 2015 to August 2021. Mr. Breach also sits on the boards of Datto Holding Corp., a provider of cloud-based software and security solutions; EagleView, a technology provider of aerial imagery, data analytics and geographic information system solutions; Jamf Holding Corp., a software company specializing in Apple infrastructure and security; Mediaocean, an advertising services and software company; Ping Identity Corporation, a software company specializing in identity management solutions; Solera Holdings, a provider of risk management and asset protection software and services to the automotive industry and property insurance marketplace; and Stats Perform, a sports data and analytics company. Before joining Vista, Mr. Breach was a Senior Corporate Partner at the law firm Kirkland & Ellis LLP. Mr. Breach received a J.D. magna cum laude from the University of Michigan Law School and a B.B.A. in Marketing from Eastern Michigan University. Mr. Breach’s experience in corporate strategy, private equity and board leadership make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
Jim Frankola
joined our board following the Business Combination. Mr. Frankola was Chief Financial Officer of Cloudera, a company that provides a hybrid cloud platform for data, between October 2012 and October 2021. In this position, Mr. Frankola oversaw finance, accounting, data and information technology functions. Presently, Mr. Frankola remains a Strategic Advisor to Cloudera and has also been a Director of Ansys, a multiphysics engineering simulation software company, since March 2021. Prior to joining Cloudera, Mr. Frankola was Chief Financial Officer of Yodlee, a provider of cloud-based personal financial management solutions, from June 2010 to September 2012. Between 2006 and 2010, Mr. Frankola was a Director of Actividentity, an authentication and credential management company. Mr. Frankola also served as Chief Financial Officer at Ariba, a software and information technology services company, from 2001 to 2008. Mr. Frankola received an M.B.A. from New York University’s Stern School of Business and a B.S. in accounting from Penn State University. Mr. Frankola’s experience working as a financial executive with cloud-based technology and software companies make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
 
160

Betty Hung
joined the board of Legacy Cvent beginning in November 2016 and continued to serve on our Board following the Business Combination. Ms. Hung is a managing director at Vista. Ms. Hung joined Vista in January 2007, and during her tenure she has been an Operating Senior Vice President, served as Chief Financial Officer of SumTotal Systems, Inc. and was previously Chief Operating Officer of Vista Consulting Group. Prior to joining Vista, Ms. Hung was Chief Financial Officer of OSIsoft, Inc., a privately held software company from July 2003 to July 2006. Ms. Hung has also worked for Goldman Sachs & Co. as a Vice President in the High Technology Group, as well as High Technology Group as a business unit manager. Ms. Hung sits on the board of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (“PowerSchool”), an education technology software company. Ms. Hung earned a bachelor’s degree in economics and Chinese studies from Wellesley College and an M.P.P.M. with a concentration in finance from Yale University. Ms. Hung’s senior management experience as Chief Financial Officer of SumTotal Systems, Inc. and Chief Operating Officer of Vista Consulting Group, as well as her extensive experience in the areas of finance, financial accounting, business transactions and mergers and acquisitions, make her a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
Marcela Martin
joined our board following the Business Combination. Ms. Martin has been Chief Financial Officer of Squarespace, a website building and hosting company, since November 2020. Prior to joining Squarespace, Ms. Martin held several executive leadership positions. Ms. Martin was Chief Financial Officer for Booking.com, a digital travel company, from January 2019 to November 2020 where she led the company’s finance function and oversaw finance operations, corporate development, and mergers and acquisitions. Between January 2016 and December 2018, Ms. Martin was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of National Geographic. Between November of 1998 and December of 2015, Ms. Martin held positions with Fox International Channels, including Executive Vice President for Finance and Chief Financial Officer. In September 2021, Ms. Martin joined the board of Avalara, a provider of tax automation for businesses, and joined the board of Chegg, Inc., an education technology company, as a member of the Audit Committee. Ms. Martin received an M.B.A. from the University of Liverpool and an M.B.I. in international business from Universidad de Belgrano with thesis pending. Ms. Martin graduated from Universidad de Morón with expertise in accounting. Ms. Martin’s experience working as an executive financial operations leader and her skills related to emerging technology companies make her a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
Sam Payton
joined our Board following the Business Combination. Mr. Payton joined Vista in 2015 and is currently a Vice President in Vista’s Flagship Fund. Mr. Payton currently serves on the boards of PlanSource Holdings, Inc. and EAB Global, Inc.; and is also actively involved with Vista’s investments in Xactly Corp., Alegeus Technologies, LLC, and Jio Platforms Ltd. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Payton worked at Odyssey Investment Partners, where he researched middle-market companies across a range of sectors. Mr. Payton also worked at Bank of America Merrill Lynch earlier in his career as an associate in the Financial Sponsors Group. Mr. Payton earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Duke University and an MBA from The Fuqua School of Business at Duke University. Mr. Payton’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
Maneet S. Saroya
joined the board of Legacy Cvent beginning in November 2016 and continued to serve on our Board following the Business Combination. Mr. Saroya joined Vista in 2008. Mr. Saroya currently is a senior managing director of Vista and
Co-Head
of the Vista Flagship Fund, and sits on the Vista Flagship Funds’ Investment Committee. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Saroya worked as a senior research analyst for JMP Securities, where he provided research for
buy-side
clients on public
on-demand
(SaaS) companies. Mr. Saroya previously worked as an associate for the enterprise software and applications team. Before his time with JMP, Mr. Saroya worked for Siebel Systems in a sales capacity for the CRM On Demand division. Prior to Siebel, Mr. Saroya worked for Cisco Systems in various operations roles. Mr. Saroya sits on the boards of Datto Holding Corp. and PowerSchool. Mr. Saroya received a bachelor’s degree from California Polytechnic State University. Mr. Saroya’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
Nicolas Stahl
joined the board of Legacy Cvent beginning in May 2019 and continued to serve on our Board following the Business Combination. Mr. Stahl currently serves on the board of Advanced and is also
 
161

actively involved with Vista’s investment in PowerSchool. Mr. Stahl was previously involved with Vista’s investments in Active Network, MindBody, Numerator and SumTotal. Mr. Stahl is currently a vice president at Vista. Mr. Stahl joined Vista in July 2012. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Stahl worked in investment banking at Financial Technology Partners. Mr. Stahl earned a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in finance at Daniels College of Business at the University of Denver. Mr. Stahl is a CFA Charterholder. Mr. Stahl’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.
FAMILY RELATIONSHIPS
There are no family relationships between any of executive officers or directors of Cvent.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Board Composition and Director Independence
Cvent’s business and affairs is managed under the direction of the Cvent Board. Following completion of this Business Combination, the Cvent Board is composed of nine directors. The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the Cvent Board. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the Cvent Board shall be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal, the Class I directors are Sanjeev Bansal, Betty Hung and Maneet Saroya, with terms expiring at the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, the Class II directors are David Breach, Sam Payton and Nicolas Stahl, with terms expiring at the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, and the Class III directors are Rajeev Aggarwal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin with terms expiring at the Company’s 2024 annual meeting of stockholders. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of Cvent’s outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.
Maneet Saroya is the Chair of the Cvent Board.
The listing standards of the Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule
10A-3
under the Exchange Act.
Prior to our completion of this Business Combination, the Cvent Board and the board of Dragoneer (the “Dragoneer Board”) determined that Sanjeev Bansal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin meet the requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, the Cvent Board and the Dragoneer Board considered the relationships that each such
non-employee
director has with Dragoneer and the relationship they will have with Cvent and all other facts and circumstances that the Board and the Dragoneer Board, respectively, deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of Dragoneer and Cvent Common Stock.
Controlled Company Status
Following the Business Combination, Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., Vista Equity Partners Fund
VI-A,
L.P., VEPF VI FAF, L.P., VEPF III AIV VI, L.P., VEPF III AIV
VI-A,
L.P., VEPF IV AIV VII, L.P., VEPF IV AIV
VII-A,
L.P., VFF I AIV IV, L.P. and VFF I AIV
IV-A,
L.P. (collectively, the “Vista Funds”) control a majority of outstanding Cvent Common Stock. As a result, Cvent is a “controlled company.” Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain
 
162

Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:
 
   
the company has a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;
 
   
the company has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and
 
   
the company has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.
Following the Closing, Cvent has relied on this exemption. As a result, Cvent may not have a majority of independent directors on our Board. In addition, Cvent’s compensation committee of the Board (“Compensation and Nominating Committee”) may not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements. See
“Risk Factors — The Company is a ‘controlled company’ under Nasdaq rules, which exempts the Company from certain obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements”
for more information.
Board Committees
Effective immediately after the First Effective Time, the standing committees of the Board consist of an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) and a Compensation and Nominating Committee. Each of the committees reports to the Board.
AUDIT COMMITTEE
The Audit Committee is composed of Sanjeev Bansal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin, with Jim Frankola serving as chair of the committee. The Cvent Board determined that Sanjeev Bansal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin meet the independence requirements of Rule
10A-3
under the Exchange Act and the applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq. The Cvent Board determined that Jim Frankola is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable listing standards of the Nasdaq. The Audit Committee’s responsibilities include:
 
   
appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
   
pre-approving
audit and permissible
non-audit
services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
 
   
review our policies on risk assessment and risk management;
 
   
reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;
 
   
reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;
 
   
establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;
 
   
recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our Annual Report on Form
10-K;
 
   
monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;
 
163

   
preparing the Audit Committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;
 
   
reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and
 
   
reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases.
COMPENSATION AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE
The Compensation and Nominating Committee is composed of Betty Hung, Maneet Saroya and Nicolas Stahl, with Betty Hung serving as chair of the committee. The Compensation and Nominating Committee’s responsibilities include:
 
   
annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
   
evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer;
 
   
reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;
 
   
appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation and Nominating Committee;
 
   
conducting the independence assessment outlined in the Nasdaq rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation and Nominating Committee;
 
   
annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq;
 
   
reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation, philosophy and policy;
 
   
overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;
 
   
reviewing and making recommendations to the Cvent Board with respect to director compensation;
 
   
reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form
10-K;
 
   
developing and recommending to the Cvent Board criteria for board and committee membership;
 
   
identifying and recommending to the Cvent Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board committees;
 
   
developing and recommending to the Cvent Board best practices and corporate governance principles;
 
   
developing and recommending to the Cvent Board a set of corporate governance guidelines;
 
   
reviewing and recommending to the Cvent Board the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of the Board;
 
   
reviewing and making recommendations to the Cvent Board with respect to Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) strategy, policies and procedures (including the Sustainability Policy) and emergent
ESG-related
trends and issues (including climate change and human capital management) in connection with Cvent’s business activities, to encourage long-term sustainable performance, manage ESG risks, and effectively communicate ESG initiatives to stakeholders, including ESG ratings agencies;
 
   
reviewing and discussing with management ESG reports by management and ESG efforts that management has implemented to monitor and address Cvent’s impact on ESG issues; and
 
164

   
reviewing and assessing shareholder proposals submitted to Cvent for inclusion in Cvent’s proxy statement, including an assessment of the relevance and significance of the proposal.
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or Compensation and Nominating Committee.
CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Cvent adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of its employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics is available on our investor relations website at
www.investors.cvent.com
. The information contained on this website is not part of this prospectus. If Cvent makes any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code for any officer or director, Cvent will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website.
ESG OVERSIGHT
The Cvent Board oversees its approach to ESG matters, including: its governance and privacy-related policies and practices; its systems of risk management and controls; its human capital strategy; the manner in which it serves customers and supports communities; and how it approaches sustainability in businesses and operations. Cvent believes that its long-term success requires a continued focus on these evolving topics and a commitment to regularly evaluating how we are doing and challenging ourselves to improve.
Cvent believes that its impact on the environment; how it protects and process personal data; how it builds relationships and interact with employees, suppliers, customers and the communities where it operates; and the accountability of its leadership to its stockholders is critically important to the business. Cvent has undertaken a number of strategies to further these goals, including strategies to measure our greenhouse gas footprint, energy efficiency, and natural resource usage; commit to the Science Based Targets initiative (“
SBTi
”) and develop emissions reduction targets that are in line with the SBTi’s criteria; invest in data security; increase employee diversity; and ensure a respectful workplace and connect with its communities. To support these initiatives, it has several employee
led-groups
with
C-level
support that devote time to Cvent’s
ERG-related
programs.
See “Business—Employees and Human Capital Resources
” for a more detailed discussion of our social initiatives.
Cvent maintains several ESG policies, including Sustainability, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, Anti-Discrimination and Harassment, and Anti-Corruption policies. Cvent is also in the process of setting goals with respect to environmental impact, diversity, equity and inclusion, community engagement, corporate social responsibility, data privacy, cyber security, employee engagement and health and wellness. Finally, with respect to its services, Cvent believes its products help achieve a positive social and environmental impact by helping reduce paper waste at live events and by helping reduce the need for travel thanks to its virtual event offerings. Cvent also helps train planners on hosting green events and its CSN allows customers to identify environmentally friendly venues.
 
165

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
This prospectus relates to the resale by the Selling Stockholders from time to time of up to 513,892,605 shares of Common Stock. The Selling Stockholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the Common Stock set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Stockholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Stockholders’ interest in the Common Stock other than through a public sale.
The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Stockholders, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Selling Stockholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus and the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholders after the sale of the securities offered hereby. We have based percentage ownership on 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 17, 2021.
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all securities that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.
We cannot advise you as to whether the Selling Stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such Common Stock. In addition, the Selling Stockholders may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, the Common Stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date of this prospectus. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Selling Stockholders will have sold all of the securities covered by this prospectus upon the completion of the offering.
Selling Stockholder information for each additional Selling Stockholder, if any, will be set forth by prospectus supplement to the extent required prior to the time of any offer or sale of such Selling Stockholder’s shares pursuant to this prospectus. Any prospectus supplement may add, update, substitute, or change the information contained in this prospectus, including the identity of each Selling Stockholder and the number of shares registered on its behalf. A Selling Stockholder may sell or otherwise transfer all, some or none of such shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”
 
   
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
   
Unvested
Option
Shares
   
Shares
Being
Offered
   
Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 
Name of Selling Stockholder
 
Shares
   
     %     
   
  Shares  
   
  %  
 
Rajeev K. Aggarwal
    18,612,745 (1)      3.8     —         18,612,745       —         *  
Altimeter Partners Fund, L.P. (2)
    800,000       *       —         800,000       —         *  
Sanjeev K. Bansal
    2,266,292 (3)      *       40,842       2,307,134       —         *  
Bharet Malhotra Family Trust (2020) (4)
    —         *       531,857       531,857       —         *  
Blackstone Multi-Asset Direct Holdings – AD (US Centric) L.P. (5)
    3,000,000       *       —         3,000,000       —         *  
Brian A. Ludwig Irrevocable Trust (2018) (6)
    1,022,419 (7)      *       —         1,022,419       —         *  
Charles Vijendra Ghoorah Revocable Trust (2013) (8)
    954,348       *       —         954,348       —         *  
Charles V. Ghoorah Irrevocable Trust (2013) (9)
    952,079 (10)      *       1,215,285       2,167,364       —         *  
Entities advised by Capital Research and Management Company (11)
    10,000,000       *       —         10,000,000       —         *  
David C. Quattrone Irrevocable Trust (2013) (12)
    1,089,581 (13)      *       —         1,089,581       —         *  
 
166

   
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
   
Unvested
Option
Shares
   
Shares
Being
Offered
   
Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 
Name of Selling Stockholder
 
Shares
   
     %     
   
  Shares  
   
  %  
 
Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC (14)
    12,552,000       2.6     —         12,552,000       —         *  
Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Balanced Fund - Information Technology Sub (15)
    122,436       *       —         122,436       —         *  
Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Balanced Fund - Information Technology Sub (15)
    788,735       *       —         788,735       —         *  
Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Balanced K6 Fund - Information Technology Sub-portfolio (15)
    16,168       *       —         16,168       —         *  
Fidelity Select Portfolios: Select Technology Portfolio (15)
    1,099,667       *       —         1,099,667       —         *  
Pete Floros
    1,881,468 (16)      *       373,026       2,254,494       —         *  
Sarah J. Friar
    75,000       *       —         75,000       —         *  
Charles V. Ghoorah
    4,092,852 (17)      *       —         4,092,852       —         *  
Hedosophia Public Investments Limited(18)
    6,000,000       1.2     —         6,000,000       —         *  
Lead Edge Capital V, LP (19)
    315,000       *       —         315,000       —         *  
Lead Edge Public Fund, LP (19)
    185,000       *       —         185,000       —         *  
Brian Ludwig
    1,295,154 (20)      *       531,857       1,827,011       —         *  
Bharet Malhotra
    2,207,752 (21)      *       —         2,207,752       —         *  
Nitin Malhotra
    1,169,904 (22)      *       309,493       1,479,397       —         *  
Pradeep Mannakkara
    518,243 (23)      *       185,605       703,848       —         *  
MMF LT, LLC (24)
    500,000       *       —         500,000       —         *  
William J. Newman, III
    379,379 (25)      *       272,281       651,660       —         *  
OCM VEF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (26)
    2,500,000       *       —         2,500,000       —         *  
OCM VOF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (27)
    2,500,000       *       —         2,500,000       —         *  
David D. Ossip
    75,000       *       —         75,000       —         *  
Anil Punyapu
    858,594 (28)      *       245,053       1,103,647       —         *  
Rohit Sharma
    188,782 (29)      *       108,005       296,787       —         *  
David C. Quattrone
    5,319,029 (30)      1.1     1,215,285       6,534,314       —         *  
Gokul Rajaram
    75,000       *       —         75,000       —         *  
Reggie and Dharini Aggarwal Irrevocable Trust (2011) (31)
    2,249,957       *       4,051,556       6,301,513       —         *  
Lawrence J. Samuelson
    763,751 (32)      *       270,466       1,034,217       —         *  
Senator Global Opportunity Master Fund LP (33)
    700,000       *       —         700,000       —         *  
Senvest Master Fund, LP (34)
    900,000       *       —         900,000       —         *  
Senvest Technology Partners Master Fund, LP (35)
    100,000       *       —         100,000       —         *  
Jay Simons
    75,000       *       —         75,000       —         *  
Southpoint Capital Advisors LP (36)
    3,032,062       *       —         3,000,000       32,062       *  
Strategic Advisers Fidelity U.S. Total Stock Fund - FIAM Sector Managed - Technology Sub by FIAM LLC as Investment Manager (15)
    267,744       *       —         267,744       —         *  
Strategic Advisers Large Cap Fund - FIAM Sector Managed Technology Sub by FIAM LLC as Investment Manager (15)
    88,079       *       —         88,079       —         *  
Roland Tanner
    19,059       *       —         19,059       —         *  
 
167

   
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
   
Unvested
Option
Shares
   
Shares
Being
Offered
   
Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 
Name of Selling Stockholder
 
Shares
    
     %     
   
  Shares  
   
  %  
 
TDM Growth Partners Pty Ltd (37)
    3,000,000        *       —         3,000,000       —         *  
Topia Ventures, LLC (38)
    500,000        *       —         500,000       —         *  
Todd E. Tyler
    58,540        *       —         58,540       —         *  
Variable Insurance Products Fund III: VIP Balance Portfolio - Information Technology Sub (15)
    117,171        *       —         117,171       —         *  
Vista Funds (39)
    397,745,049        82.7     —         397,745,049       —         *  
Washington Harbour Capital Master Fund, LP (40)
    952,500        *       —         952,500       —         *  
Washington Harbour Capital Long Only Master Fund, LP (40)
    47,500        *       —         47,500       —         *  
Yo Cherry, LLC (41)
    545,017        *       —         545,017       —         *  
Zoom Video Communications, Inc. (42)
    10,000,000        2.1     —         10,000,000       —         *  
 
(1)
Includes 9,217,654 shares underlying vested options.
(2)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Brad Gerstner, its General Partner.
(3)
Includes 44,926 shares underlying vested options.
(4)
The trustee of this trust is Shagun Malhotra.
(5)
Reflects shares held directly by Blackstone Multi-Asset Direct Holdings—AD (US Centric) L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Multi-Asset Direct Holdings—AD (US Centric) L.P. is Blackstone Multi-Asset GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Multi-Asset GP L.P. is BTO AD GP L.L.C. The sole member of BTO AD GP L.L.C. is Blackstone Holdings III L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is Blackstone Inc. The sole holder of the Series II preferred stock of Blackstone Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman (other than to the extent it or he directly holds securities as described herein) may be deemed to beneficially own the securities directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman is c/o Blackstone Inc., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.
(6)
The trustee of this trust is Rindi Ludwig.
(7)
Represents 1,022,419 shares underlying vested options.
(8)
Charles V. Ghoorah is trustee of this trust.
(9)
Karen Ghoorah and Robert R. Ghoorah are co-trustees of this trust.
(10)
Includes 815,938 shares underlying vested options.
(11)
Consists of (i) 9,655,200 shares of common stock held by SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc. (“SCWF”) and (ii) 344,800 shares of common stock held by American Funds Insurance Series—Global Small Capitalization Fund (“VISC” and, together with SCWF, the “CRMC Stockholders”). Capital Research and Management Company (“CRMC”) is the investment adviser for each CRMC Stockholder. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, CRMC or Capital Research Global Investors (“CRGI”) may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of common stock held by each CRMC Stockholder; however, each of CRMC and CRGI expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. Brady L. Enright, Julian N. Abdey, Jonathan Knowles, Gregory W. Wendt, Peter Eliot, Bradford F. Freer, Leo Hee, Roz Hongsaranagon, Harold H. La, Dimitrije Mitrinovic, Aidan O’Connell, Samir Parekh, Andraz Razen, Renaud H. Samyn, Arun Swaminathan, Thatcher Thompson, Michael Beckwith, and Shlok Melwani, as portfolio managers, have voting and investment powers over the shares held by SCWF. Renaud H. Samyn,
 
168

  Michael Beckwith, Bradford F. Freer, Harold H. La, Aidan O’Connell, and Gregory W. Wendt, as portfolio managers, have voting and investment powers over the shares held by VISC. The address for each of the CRMC Stockholders is c/o Capital Research and Management Company, 333 S. Hope St., 50th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. Each of the CRMC Stockholders acquired the securities being registered hereby in the ordinary course of its business.
(12)
Robyn C. Quattrone is trustee of this trust.
(13)
Includes 680,705 shares underlying vested options.
(14)
Mr. Marc Stad is the sole member of the ultimate managing member of Dragoneer Global GP II, LLC, which is the general partner of Dragoneer Global Fund II, L.P., which is the manager of Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC. As a result of the foregoing relationships, Mr. Stad may be deemed to beneficially own securities held by Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC. The business address of Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC and Mr. Stad is c/o Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California.
(15)
These accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, through their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (“Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR Co”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees.
(16)
Includes 1,772,556 shares underlying vested options.
(17)
Represents 4,092,852 shares underlying vested options.
(18)
The board of directors of Hedosophia Public Investments Limited comprises Ian Osborne, Iain Stokes, Rob King and Trina Le Noury and each director has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by Hedosophia Public Investments Limited. Each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Hedosophia Public Investments Limited. The address of Hedosophia Public Investments Limited is Trafalgar Court, Les Banques, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 3QL.
(19)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Mitchell Green, Nimay Mehta Brian Neider, as members of Lead Edge Capital Management, LLC.
(20)
Includes 1,022,872 shares underlying vested options.
(21)
Includes 2,045,291 shares underlying vested options.
(22)
Includes 1,063,715 shares underlying vested options.
(23)
Includes 477,401 shares underlying vested options.
(24)
Moore Capital Management, LP, the investment manager of MMF LT, LLC, has voting and investment control of the shares held by MMF LT, LLC. Mr. Louis M. Bacon controls the general partner of Moore Capital Management, LP and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares of the Company held by MMF LT, LLC. Mr. Bacon also is the indirect majority owner of MMF LT, LLC. The address of MMF LT, LLC, Moore Capital Management, LP and Mr. Bacon is 11 Times Square, New York, New York 10036.
(25)
Represents 379,379 shares underlying vested options.
(26)
OCM VEF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (“VEF Cvent Holdings”) is beneficially owned by Oaktree Value Equity Fund, L.P. (“VEF Fund”). VEF Fund is controlled by its general partner, Oaktree Value Equity Fund GP, L.P. (“VEF GP”), and VEF GP’s general partner, which is Oaktree Value Equity Fund GP Ltd. (“VEF Ultimate GP”). VEF GP and VEF Ultimate GP are each in turn an affiliate of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“OCM”), which is the investment manager of VEF Fund and is the director of VEF Ultimate GP. As a
 
169

  result, VEF Fund and OCM may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by VEF Cvent Holdings. OCM’s asset management business is indirectly controlled by Oaktree Capital Group, LLC (“OCG”) and Atlas OCM Holdings LLC (“Atlas OCM”). As of September 30, 2021, approximately 62% of OCM’s business is indirectly owned by Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. (“Brookfield”) and the remaining approximately 38% is ultimately owned by current and former OCM executives and employees. Brookfield’s ownership interest in OCM’s business is held through OCG, Atlas OCM and other holding entities. BAM Partners Trust is the sole owner of Class B Limited Voting Shares of Brookfield. The current and former OCM executives and employees hold their interests through a separate entity, Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P, . (“OCGH LP”). The board of directors of OCG and of Atlas OCM is currently comprised of: (i) five Oaktree senior executives, Howard S. Marks, Bruce A. Karsh, Jay S. Wintrob, John B. Frank, and Sheldon M. Stone; (ii) three independent directors, Stephen J. Gilbert, D. Richard Masson, and Marna C. Whittington; and (iii) two Brookfield senior executives, Justin B. Beber and J. Bruce Flatt. Each of foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
(27)
OCM VOF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (“VOF Cvent Holdings”) is beneficially owned by Oaktree Value Opportunites Fund, L.P. (“VOF Fund”). VOF Fund is controlled by its general partner, Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP, L.P. (“VOF GP”), and VOF GP’s general partner, which is Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP Ltd. (“VOF Ultimate GP”). VOF GP and VOF Ultimate GP are each in turn an affiliate of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“OCM”), which is the investment manager of VOF Fund and is the director of VOF Ultimate GP. As a result, VOF Fund and OCM may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by VOF Cvent Holdings. OCM’s asset management business is indirectly controlled by Oaktree Capital Group, LLC (“OCG”) and Atlas OCM Holdings LLC (“Atlas OCM”). As of September 30, 2021, approximately 62% of OCM’s business is indirectly owned by Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. (“Brookfield”) and the remaining approximately 38% is ultimately owned by current and former OCM executives and employees. Brookfield’s ownership interest in OCM’s business is held through OCG, Atlas OCM and other holding entities. BAM Partners Trust is the sole owner of Class B Limited Voting Shares of Brookfield. The current and former OCM executives and employees hold their interests through a separate entity, Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P, . (“OCGH LP”). The board of directors of OCG and of Atlas OCM is currently comprised of: (i) five Oaktree senior executives, Howard S. Marks, Bruce A. Karsh, Jay S. Wintrob, John B. Frank, and Sheldon M. Stone; (ii) three independent directors, Stephen J. Gilbert, D. Richard Masson, and Marna C. Whittington; and (iii) two Brookfield senior executives, Justin B. Beber and J. Bruce Flatt. Each of foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
(28)
Includes 543,656 shares held by Padmavati Enterprises, Inc. and beneficially owned by Mr. Punyapu and 247,322 shares underlying vested options.
(29)
Includes 163,823 shares underlying vested options.
(30)
Includes 4,228,086 shares underlying vested options.
(31)
Dharini Aggarwal and Sanjeev Aggarwal are co-trustees of this trust.
(32)
Represents 763,751 shares underlying vested options.
(33)
Senator Investment Group LP, or Senator, is investment manager of the selling security holder and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares. The general partner of Senator is Senator Management LLC (the “Senator GP”). Douglas Silverman controls Senator GP, and, accordingly, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by this selling security holder. Mr. Silverman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the selling security holder.
(34)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Senvest Management, LLC on behalf of its advisory client Senvest Master Fund, LP.
(35)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Senvest Management, LLC on behalf of its advisory client Senvest Technology Partners Master Fund, LP.
(36)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by John S. Clark II. Amount includes 32,062 previously registered shares of Common Stock.
(37)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholders is exercised by Tom Cowan, Hamish Corlett and Ben Gisz as directors of TDM Growth Partners Pty Ltd.
 
170

(38)
Consists of 500,000 shares of common stock held by Topia Ventures, LLC. Topia Ventures Management, LLC is the managing member of Topia Ventures, LLC. Mr. David Broser is the managing member of Topia Ventures Management, LLC. The address for Topia Ventures, LLC is c/o Topia Ventures Management, LLC, 104 W. 40th Street, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10018.
(39)
Represents 181,049,399 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., or VEPF VI, 109,372,061 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P., or VEPF VI-A, and 2,203,215 shares held directly by VEPF VI FAF, L.P., or VEPF VI FAF. Vista Equity Partners Fund VI GP, L.P., or VEPF VI GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF VI GP’s sole general partner is VEPF VI GP, Ltd., or VEPF VI UGP. Robert F. Smith is the Sole Director of VEPF VI UGP, as well as one of its 11 Members. VEPF Management, L.P., or VEPF Management, is the sole management company of each of VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF Management’s sole general partner is VEP Group, LLC, or VEP Group, and VEPF Management’s sole limited partner is Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC, or VEPM. VEP Group is the Senior Managing Member of VEPM. Additionally represents 51,185,845 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII, L.P., or VEPF IV, and 19,637,433 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII-A, L.P., or VEPF IV-A. Vista Equity Partners Fund IV GP, LLC, or VEPF IV GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF IV and VEPF IV-A. VEPF IV GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group. Additionally represents 18,693,976 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI, L.P., or VEPF III, and 3,427,576 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI-A, L.P., or VEPF III-A. Vista Equity Partners Fund III GP, LLC, or VEPF III GP is the sole general partner of each of VEPF III and VEPF III-A. VEPF III GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group. Additionally represents 6,552,013 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV, L.P., or VFF I, and 5,623,531 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV-A, L.P., or VFF I-A, and collectively with VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A, VEPF VI FAF, VEPF IV, VEPF IV-A, VEPF III, VEPF III-A and VFF I, the Vista Funds. Vista Foundation Fund I GP, LLC, or VFF I GP, is the sole general partner of each of VFF I and VFF I-A. VFF I GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group. Robert F. Smith is the sole Managing Member of VEP Group. Consequently, Mr. Smith, VEPF VI UGP and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF, and Mr. Smith and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF IV, VEPF IV-A, VEPF III, VEPF III-A, VFF I and VFF I-A. Each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEP Group and Mr. Smith expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares not held directly. The principal business address of each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEPF Management and VEP Group is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 4 Embarcadero Center, 20th Fl., San Francisco, California 94111. The principal business address of Mr. Smith is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 401 Congress Drive, Suite 3100, Austin, Texas 78701.
(40)
Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Washington Harbour Partners, LP, whose underlying owner is Mina Faltas.
(41)
Represents 545,017 shares held by Yo Cherry, LLC. Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Tait Sye, trustee to the SYE 2019 Charitable Remainder Trust.
(42)
Voting/dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom’s Board of Directors.
 
171

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following summary of certain provisions of Cvent securities does not purport to be complete and is subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the provisions of applicable law.
Authorized Capitalization
General
Cvent’s authorized capital stock consists of 1,500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”). As of December 17, 2021, Cvent had 481,121,695 shares of Cvent Common Stock outstanding (not including shares of Cvent Common Stock underlying options issued to current optionholders of Legacy Cvent), and has no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following description of capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.
Cvent Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of Cvent Preferred Stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of Cvent Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the Cvent Board may determine from time to time.
Voting Rights
Each outstanding share of Cvent Common Stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of shares of Cvent Common Stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.
Preemptive Rights
Cvent Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of Cvent’s securities.
Conversion or Redemption Rights
Cvent Common Stock is neither convertible nor redeemable.
Liquidation Rights
Upon Cvent’s liquidation, the holders of Cvent Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata Cvent’s assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of Cvent Preferred Stock then outstanding.
Preferred Stock
The Cvent Board may, without further action by its shareholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of Cvent Preferred Stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Cvent Common Stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of Cvent Preferred Stock would reduce the amount
 
172

of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of Cvent Common Stock. Holders of shares of Cvent Preferred Stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of Cvent Common Stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of Cvent Preferred Stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of Cvent’s securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, the Cvent Board, without shareholder approval, may issue shares of Cvent Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of Cvent Common Stock and the market value of Cvent’s Common Stock.
ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND THE BYLAWS
The Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Cvent Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of the Cvent Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of Cvent by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Cvent Common Stock held by shareholders.
These provisions include:
Classified Board
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Cvent Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately
one-third
of the Cvent Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the Cvent Board. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that, subject to any rights of holders of Cvent Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by its board of directors. Currently, the Cvent Board has nine members.
Shareholder Action by Written Consent
The Certificate of Incorporation precludes shareholder action by written consent.
Special Meetings of Shareholders
The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of the Cvent shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Cvent Board or the chairman of the Cvent Board. The Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of Cvent.
Advance Notice Procedures
The Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our shareholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Shareholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Cvent Board or by a shareholder who was a
 
173

shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given the Cvent Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the shareholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the Bylaws do not give the Cvent Board the power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of Cvent.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of Cvent entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of Cvent Preferred Stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the Cvent Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Cvent Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director.
The combination of the classification of the Cvent Board and the lack of cumulative voting will make it more difficult for our existing shareholders to replace the Cvent Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing the Cvent Board. Because the Cvent Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
The authorized but unissued shares of Cvent Common Stock and Cvent Preferred Stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued Cvent Common Stock or Cvent Preferred Stock may be to enable the Cvent Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of Cvent by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of Cvent’s management and possibly deprive Cvent’s shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Cvent Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
Business Combinations
The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that Cvent is not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.
Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting
 
174

stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of at least
two-thirds
of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested shareholder.
A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a shareholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.
Cvent has opted out of Section 203 in the Certificate of Incorporation.
DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL AND PAYMENT
Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, Cvent’s shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such merger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of the fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.
SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS
Under the DGCL, any of Cvent’s shareholders may bring an action in Cvent’s name to procure a judgment in Cvent’s favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of Cvent’s shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.
AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment.
The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that, subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, each may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.
EXCLUSIVE FORUM
The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless it consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state court action for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on Cvent’s behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of Cvent’s directors, officers or other employees to Cvent or Cvent’s shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against Cvent or any director or officer of Cvent arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, Cvent’s certificate of incorporation or Cvent’s bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against Cvent or any director or officer of Cvent that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless Cvent consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the
 
175

resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of Cvent’s capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of Cvent’s certificate of incorporation described above; provided, however, that stockholders will not be deemed to have waived compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against Cvent or its directors and officers. Additionally, the forum selection clause in Cvent’s certificate of incorporation may limit its stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with it or its directors, officers, employees, or agents, which may discourage such lawsuits against it and its directors, officers, employees, and agents even though an action, if successful, might benefit stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to Cvent than its stockholders.
Moreover, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and Cvent’s bylaws provide that the federal district courts of the United States of America will, unless consented to in writing and to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Cvent’s Certificate of Incorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that Cvent has in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of its officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are Cvent or its subsidiaries’ employees. Cvent’s certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, no director who is not employed by Cvent (including any
non-employee
director who serves as one of Cvent’s officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which Cvent or its affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with Cvent or its affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for Cvent or its affiliates, such person has no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to Cvent or any of its affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. The Certificate of Incorporation does not renounce its interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a
non-employee
director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Cvent. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for Cvent unless it would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under Cvent’s Certificate of Incorporation, it has sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with its business.
LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Cvent’s Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of Cvent and its shareholders, through shareholders’ derivative suits on its behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches
 
176

resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in bad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.
The Bylaws provide that Cvent must indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. Cvent also is expressly authorized to carry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance providing indemnification for Cvent’s directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities.
The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions that are included in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit Cvent or its shareholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent Cvent pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of Cvent’s directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
The transfer agent and registrar for Cvent Common Stock is Continental. The transfer agent’s address is 1 State Street 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004 and its phone number is
212-845-3287.
RULE 144
Pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“
Rule 144
”), a person who has beneficially owned restricted Cvent Common Stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been an affiliate of Cvent at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) Cvent is subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the twelve months (or such shorter period as Cvent was required to file reports) preceding the sale.
Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Cvent Common Stock shares for at least six months but who are affiliates of Cvent at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:
 
   
1% of the total number of Cvent Common Stock then outstanding; or
 
   
the average weekly reported trading volume of the Cvent Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales by affiliates of Cvent under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about Cvent.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:
 
   
the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;
 
177

   
the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section
 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;
 
   
the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding twelve months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form
8-K
reports; and
 
   
at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company.
As a result, our Initial Shareholders will be able to sell their Class B ordinary shares and private placement shares, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.
Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Cvent is no longer a shell company, and so, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.
LISTING
Cvent’s Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT.”
 
178

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The Selling Stockholders, which, as used herein, includes their permitted transferees, may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of Common Stock on Nasdaq or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which such securities are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices.
The Selling Stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of their shares of our Common Stock:
 
   
ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;
 
   
block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;
 
   
purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;
 
   
an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;
 
   
privately negotiated transactions;
 
   
in underwritten transactions;
 
   
short sales;
 
   
through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;
 
   
broker-dealers may agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price;
 
   
distribution to members, limited partners or stockholders of Selling Stockholders;
 
   
“at the market” or through market makers or into an existing market for the shares;
 
   
a combination of any such methods of sale; and
 
   
any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.
The Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of our Common Stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell their shares, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of Selling Stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Stockholders under this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders also may transfer their shares in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
In connection with the sale of our Common Stock or interests therein, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell their securities short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge such securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of the shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).
The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Stockholders from the sale of our Common Stock offered by them will be the purchase price of our Common Stock less discounts or commissions, if any. The Selling Stockholders
 
179

reserve the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of our Common Stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from any offering by the Selling Stockholders.
The Selling Stockholders also may in the future resell a portion of our Common Stock in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of that rule, or pursuant to other available exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.
The Selling Stockholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of our Common Stock or interests therein may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of our Common Stock may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. If any selling security holder is an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, then the selling security holder will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Underwriters and their controlling persons, dealers and agents may be entitled, under agreements entered into with us and the Selling Stockholders, to indemnification against and contribution toward specific civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
To the extent required, our Common Stock to be sold, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agent, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.
To facilitate an offering of the securities, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the securities. This may include over-allotments or short sales of the securities, which involves the sale by persons participating in the offering of more securities than we sold to them. In these circumstances, these persons would cover the over-allotments or short positions by making purchases in the open market or by exercising their over-allotment option. In addition, these persons may stabilize or maintain the price of the securities by bidding for or purchasing securities in the open market or by imposing penalty bids, whereby selling concessions allowed to dealers participating in the offering may be reclaimed if securities sold by them are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.
We have agreed to maintain the effectiveness of this registration statement until all such securities have been sold under this registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are no longer outstanding. We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares of our Common Stock to be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their sale of shares of our Common Stock.
The Selling Stockholders may use this prospectus in connection with resales of our Common Stock. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will identify the Selling Stockholders, the terms of our Common Stock and any material relationships between us and the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act in connection with our Common Stock they resell and any profits on the sales may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Unless otherwise set forth in a prospectus supplement, the Selling Stockholders will receive all the net proceeds from the resale of our Common Stock.
A Selling Stockholder that is an entity may elect to make an
in-kind
distribution of Common Stock to its members, partners or stockholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus. To the extent that such members, partners or stockholders are not affiliates of ours, such members, partners or stockholders would thereby receive freely tradable Common Stock pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement.
 
180

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES
The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock as of December 8, 2021 by:
 
   
each person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock;
 
   
each current named executive officer and director of the Company; and
 
   
all current executive officers and directors of the Company, as a group.
The beneficial ownership percentages set forth in the table below are based on 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of stock options, within 60 days of December 8, 2021. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 8, 2021 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such shares, options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, based on the information provided to the Company, the Company believes that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.
 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)
  
Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership(2)
    
Approximate
Percentage
of
Outstanding
Shares of
Common
Stock
 
Directors and Executive Officers Post-Business combination:
     
Rajeev K. Aggarwal(3)
     20,862,702        4.3
Charles Ghoorah(4)
     5,999,279        1.2
David Quattrone(5)
     6,408,610        1.3
Lawrence Samuelson(6)
     763,751        *  
William J. Newman, III(6)
     379,379        *  
Sanjeev K. Bansal(7)
     2,266,292        *  
David Breach
     —          —    
Jim Frankola
     —          —    
Betty Hung
     —          —    
Marcela Martin
     —          —    
Sam Payton
     —          —    
Maneet Saroya
     —          —    
Nicolas Stahl
     —          —    
All directors and executive officers post-business combination as a group (thirteen individuals)(8)
     36,680,013        7.6
Five Percent Holders:
     
Vista Funds(9)
     397,745,049        82.7
 
*
Less than one percent.
(1)
Unless otherwise noted, the business address of those listed in the table above is 1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor, Tysons, Virginia, 22102.
(2)
The beneficial ownership of Common Stock immediately upon consummation of the Business Combination is based on 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of such date, and consists of (i) 4,286,667 Class A ordinary shares that converted into a like number of shares of Common Stock, (ii) 6,900,000
 
181

  Class B ordinary shares that converted into a like number of shares of Common Stock, (iii) 416,483,028 shares of Common Stock that were issued to the holders of shares of common stock of Legacy Cvent, (iv) 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares that were issued in connection with the Forward Purchase Agreement substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination, (v) 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock that were issued in the PIPE Financing, (vi) 752,000 private placement shares held by Sponsor and (vii) 200,000 Class A ordinary shares that were issued upon conversion of the principal amount of a working capital loan provided by Sponsor.
(3)
Includes 9,217,654 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.
(4)
Includes 4,908,790 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.
(5)
Includes 4,908,791 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.
(6)
Represents options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.
(7)
Includes 44,926 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.
(8)
Includes 20,222,384 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.
(9)
Represents 181,049,399 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., or VEPF VI, 109,372,061 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund
VI-A,
L.P., or VEPF
VI-A,
and 2,203,215 shares held directly by VEPF VI FAF, L.P., or VEPF VI FAF. Vista Equity Partners Fund VI GP, L.P., or VEPF VI GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF VI, VEPF
VI-A
and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF VI GP’s sole general partner is VEPF VI GP, Ltd., or VEPF VI UGP. Robert F. Smith is the Sole Director of VEPF VI UGP, as well as one of its 11 Members. VEPF    Management, L.P., or VEPF Management, is the sole management company of each of VEPF VI, VEPF
VI-A
and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF Management’s sole general partner is VEP Group, LLC, or VEP Group, and VEPF Management’s sole limited partner is Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC, or VEPM. VEP Group is the Senior Managing Member of VEPM.
Additionally represents 51,185,845 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII, L.P., or VEPF IV, and 19,637,433 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV
VII-A,
L.P., or VEPF
IV-A.
Vista Equity Partners Fund IV GP, LLC, or VEPF IV GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF IV and VEPF
IV-A.
VEPF IV GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group.
Additionally represents 18,693,976 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI, L.P., or VEPF III, and 3,427,576 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV
VI-A,
L.P., or VEPF
III-A.
Vista Equity Partners Fund III GP, LLC, or VEPF III GP is the sole general partner of each of VEPF III and VEPF
III-A.
VEPF III GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group.
Additionally represents 6,552,013 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV, L.P., or VFF I, and 5,623,531 shares held directly by VFF I AIV
IV-A,
L.P., or VFF
I-A,
and collectively with VEPF VI, VEPF
VI-A,
VEPF VI FAF, VEPF IV, VEPF
IV-A,
VEPF III, VEPF
III-A
and VFF I, the Vista
Funds. Vista Foundation Fund I GP, LLC, or VFF I GP, is the sole general partner of each of VFF I and VFF
I-A.
VFF I GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group.
Robert F. Smith is the sole Managing Member of VEP Group. Consequently, Mr. Smith, VEPF VI UGP and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF VI, VEPF
VI-A
and VEPF VI FAF, and Mr. Smith and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF IV, VEPF
IV-A,
VEPF III, VEPF
III-A,
VFF I and VFF
I-A.
Each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEP Group and Mr. Smith expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares not held directly. The principal business address of each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEPF Management and VEP Group is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 4 Embarcadero Center, 20th Fl., San Francisco, California 94111. The principal business address of Mr. Smith is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 401 Congress Drive, Suite 3100, Austin, Texas 78701.
 
182

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Dragoneer
On September 29, 2020, Dragoneer’s Sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share, to cover certain of Dragoneer’s offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, Dragoneer effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares outstanding. On November 16, 2020, Dragoneer effected a share dividend, resulting in 6,900,000 founder shares outstanding. On October 29, 2020, Dragoneer’s Sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of Dragoneer’s independent directors. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.
Dragoneer’s Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 752,000 private placement shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per whole share, or $7,520,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. The private placement shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.
Dragoneer entered into the Forward Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Forward Purchaser, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of Dragoneer’s initial Business Combination. Immediately prior to the First Effective Time, but following the Domestication, Dragoneer issued to Dragoneer Funding II LLC an aggregate of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share.
The Forward Purchase Agreement also provides that the Forward Purchaser is entitled to registration rights with respect to (A) the Forward Purchase Shares and (B) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the Forward Purchaser, including any time after Dragoneer completes its initial business combination.
Dragoneer currently maintains its executive offices at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129. Dragoneer’s Sponsor has agreed to provide it office space and general administrative services at no cost.
In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, Dragoneer executed a promissory note pursuant to which its Sponsor provided it with an interest-free working capital loan of $2,000,000. The Sponsor intends to elect to have the $2,000,000 balance of a working capital loan provided to Dragoneer converted, in whole or in part, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, into Class A ordinary shares substantially identical to the private placements shares, at a price of $10.00 per share. The shares would be identical to the private placement shares, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.
Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, at the closing of the Business Combination, Cvent, the Sponsor, certain of the investment funds advised by affiliates of Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC (the “Vista Holders”) and certain other parties (collectively, the “Registration Rights Investors”) entered into the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “A&R Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Registration Rights Investors agreed to only effect a sale or distribution of shares of Cvent Common Stock pursuant to certain transfer restrictions and were granted certain customary registration rights. The A&R Registration Rights Agreement supersedes the Registration Rights Agreements entered into by (i) Legacy Cvent and certain of its stockholders, dated November 29, 2016 and (ii) Dragoneer and certain of its stockholders, dated November 16, 2020. Under the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, the Vista Holders will be entitled to request that Cvent register the Vista Holders’ shares on a long-form or short-form registration
 
183

statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations,” subject to certain conditions outlined in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. The A&R Registration Rights Agreement requires that Cvent file a resale registration statement for certain registrable securities, including registrable securities held by Dragoneer, within thirty days of Closing. The Registration Rights Investors, including the Vista Holders, are also entitled to participate in certain of Cvent’s registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. Under certain circumstances, Cvent will pay Registration Rights Investors’ (including the Vista Holders’) expenses in connection with the exercise of these rights.
PIPE Financing
Pursuant to the subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) entered into on July 23, 2021, by and among Dragoneer and certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and Dragoneer agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 47,500,000 shares of Cvent Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $475,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). The shares of Cvent Common Stock issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreements have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) in reliance upon the exemption provided in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. Dragoneer also granted the PIPE Investors certain registration rights in connection with the PIPE Financing. The PIPE Financing was contingent upon, among other things, the substantially concurrent closing of the Business Combination.
Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Cvent
Upon the completion of the Business Combination, Cvent adopted a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, Cvent’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related party transactions, the Audit Committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, this policy requires the Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:
 
   
the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;
 
   
the material facts of the proposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of the transaction;
 
   
the impact on a director’s independence in the event the related person is a director or an immediate family member of the director;
 
   
the benefits to Cvent of the proposed transaction;
 
   
if applicable, the availability of other sources of comparable products or services; and
 
   
an assessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to an unrelated third party or to employees generally.
The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, Cvent’s best interests and those of its shareholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.
In addition, under Cvent’s code of business conduct and ethics, Cvent’s employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
All of the transactions described below were entered into prior to the adoption of Cvent’s written related party transactions policy, but all were approved by the Cvent Board considering similar factors to those described above.
 
184

Related Party Transactions
Other than compensation arrangements for Cvent’s directors and named executive officers, which are described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation”, below Cvent describes transactions since January 1, 2018 to which it was a participant or will be a participant, in which:
 
   
the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and
 
   
any of its directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of Company capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Upon completion of the Business Combination, on the Closing Date, Cvent entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, Cvent may enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law.
Term Loan Facility
In October 2018, Cvent, Inc. and Papay Holdco, LLC, (“Papay Holdco”), each of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Cvent, entered into two incremental facilities, which increased the balance of the Term Loan Facility by an aggregate of $93.0 million. Vista Private Equity provided a shareholder loan of $40.0 million for Cvent’s acquisition of Social Tables, Inc. on October 16, 2018, which was repaid in full, including accrued interest, on October 26, 2018. Vista Credit Partners provided the funding for the financing of $53.0 million bringing its total share of the first lien loan to $62.8 million as of December 31, 2018. Vista Credit Partners has a balance of $55.3 million, $51.5 million and $49.3 million in the Term Loan Facility as of September 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There are no other related parties that have a position in the Term Loan Facility.
Relationship with Vista
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, Cvent and its subsidiaries incurred $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million for consulting fees from the Vista Investors which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent incurred less than $0.1 million for consulting fees from Vista which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent incurred $0.1 million for consulting fees from Vista which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 and as of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively, less than $0.1 million was included in accrued expenses in Cvent’s consolidated balance sheet.
Arrangements with Companies Controlled by Vista
On November 29, 2016, Papay Holdco entered into an agreement with Active Network, LLC, (“Active”), an affiliate of Lanyon Solutions, Inc., (“Lanyon”), to purchase certain services that had been shared when Cvent, Inc. and Lanyon were under common control by the Vista Investors. Certain of these agreements continued to remain in force for all or part of 2018 and 2019, and Cvent incurred expenses to Active of $0.04 million and $0.07 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Such arrangement ended as of December 31, 2019.
In addition, Cvent and its subsidiaries entered into transactions to sell services to other Vista Investor controlled entities during 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018
 
185

respectively, Cvent recognized $1.4 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million in revenue related to these transactions. For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $0.4 million and $0.1 million in revenue related to these transactions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $0.7 million and $1.1 million in revenue related to these transactions. Cvent also purchased software subscription and other services from Vista Investor affiliates. The total expenses incurred were $1.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $0.5 million and $0.2 million in expenses related to these transactions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $1.4 million and $0.7 million in expenses related to these transactions.
Investor Rights Agreement
Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, at the Closing, Cvent, the Sponsor, other former holders of Class B ordinary shares (“Other Class B Holders”) and certain of the Vista Holders entered into an investor rights agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other things, (i) the parties agreed that the board of directors of Cvent immediately following Closing will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, (ii) from and after the closing, the Vista Holders party thereto will now have the right to nominate a number of designees equal to the product of (x) the Total Number of directors multiplied by (y) the Vista Ownership Percentage, rounded up to the nearest whole number (as such terms are defined in the Investor Rights Agreement), subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, (iii) Cvent will use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that prior to the date that the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, each Vista Director (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) will be included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders for director elections of such class, and each Vista Director to a particular class of directors will be included in the proxy statement in connection with soliciting proxies for meetings of stockholders, (iv) from the Closing until such time as the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, there shall be a number of Vista Directors on each committee of the Board not less than the nearest whole number greater than the product obtained by multiplying the Vista Ownership Percentage by the number of positions, including any vacancies, on the applicable committee, and (v) (A) certain investors party thereto (other than the Sponsor and the investors party thereto who held Class B ordinary shares of Dragoneer that converted into Cvent Common Stock), including the Vista Holders party thereto, have agreed to not transfer any shares of Cvent Common Stock for 180 days following the Closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, including a potential early release of 33% of such shares upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after Closing (but no such release may occur prior to the 90th day after Closing) and (B) the Sponsor and the Other Class B Holders agreed to not transfer any shares of Cvent Common Stock for one year after the closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, including a potential early release upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after 120 days. The investors party to the Investor Rights Agreement agreed to only effect a sale or distribution of Cvent equity securities pursuant to certain transfer restrictions.
 
186

LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities offered by this prospectus have been passed upon for us by Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Chicago, Illinois.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II as of December 31, 2020 and for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
The financial statements of Papay Topco, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You can read the Company’s SEC filings, including this prospectus, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at
http://www.sec.gov
.
If you would like additional copies of this prospectus, you should contact us by telephone or in writing:
Cvent Holding Corp.
Attn: Investor Relations
1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor
Tysons, Virginia 22102
Telephone: (703)
226-3500
 
187

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    
Page
 
Audited Financial Statements of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.
  
    
F-2
 
     F-3  
     F-4  
     F-5  
     F-6  
     F-7  
Unaudited Financial Statements of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II
  
     F-16  
     F-17  
     F-18  
     F-20  
     F-21  
Audited Financial Statements of Papay Topco, Inc.
  
     F-32  
     F-34  
     F-35  
     F-36  
     F-37  
     F-38  
Unaudited Financial Statements of Papay Topco, Inc.
  
     F-75  
     F-76  
     F-77  
     F-78  
     F-79  
 
F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II. (the “Company”), as of December 31, 2020, the related statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
New York, New York
March 31, 2021
 
F-2

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2020
 
ASSETS
  
Current assets
  
Cash
   $ 90,095  
Prepaid expenses
     1,188,660  
  
 
 
 
Total Current Assets
     1,278,755  
Cash held in Trust Account
     276,000,000  
  
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
  
$
277,278,755
 
  
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  
Current liabilities - accrued expenses
   $ 25,296  
Deferred underwriting fee payable
     9,660,000  
  
 
 
 
Total Liabilities
  
 
9,685,296
 
  
 
 
 
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 26,259,345 shares at $10.00 per share
     262,593,450  
Shareholders’ Equity
  
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
     —    
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 2,092,655 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 26,259,345 shares subject to possible redemption)
     209  
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding
     690  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     5,096,874  
Accumulated deficit
     (97,764
  
 
 
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
  
 
5,000,009
 
  
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  
$
277,278,755
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
F-3

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020
 
Formation and operational costs
   $ 97,764  
  
 
 
 
Net Loss
  
$
(97,764
  
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable ordinary shares
     27,600,000  
  
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net income per ordinary share, Class A
  
$
0.00
 
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A and B
non-redeemable
ordinary shares
     7,236,000  
  
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share, Class A and B
  
$
(0.01
  
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-4

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020
 
    
Class A
Ordinary Shares
   
Class B
Ordinary Shares
    
Additional
Paid in
Capital
   
Accumulated
Deficit
   
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
    
Shares
   
Amount
   
Shares
    
Amount
 
Balance — September 25, 2020 (inception)
     —       $ —       —        $ —      $ —     $ —     $ —  
Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor
     —         —         6,900,000        690        24,310       —         25,000  
Sale of 27,600,000 Public Shares, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs
     27,600,000       2,760       —          —          260,143,463       —         260,146,223  
Sale of 752,000 Private Placement Shares
     752,000       75       —          —          7,519,925       —         7,520,000  
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption
     (26,259,345     (2,626     —          —          (262,590,824     —         (262,593,450
Net loss
     —         —         —          —          —         (97,764     (97,764
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance — December 31, 2020
  
 
2,092,655
 
 
$
209
 
 
 
6,900,000
 
  
$
690
 
  
$
5,096,874
 
 
$
(97,764
 
$
5,000,009
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.
 
F-5
DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
  
Net loss
   $ (97,764
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
  
Payment of formation costs through issuance of Class B ordinary shares
     5,000  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  
Prepaid expenses
     (1,188,660
Accrued expenses
     25,296  
  
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
  
 
(1,256,128
  
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
  
Investment of cash in Trust Account
     (276,000,000
  
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  
 
(276,000,000
  
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
  
Proceeds from sale of Public Shares, net of underwriting discounts paid
     270,480,000  
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Shares
     7,520,000  
Repayment of promissory note – related party
     (104,462
Payments of offering costs
     (549,315
  
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  
 
277,346,223
 
  
 
 
 
Net Change in Cash
  
 
90,095
 
Cash – Beginning
     —    
  
 
 
 
Cash – Ending
  
$
90,095
 
  
 
 
 
Non-Cash
Investing and Financing Activities:
  
Initial classification of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption
   $ 262,686,220  
  
 
 
 
Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption
   $ (92,770
  
 
 
 
Deferred underwriting fee payable
   $ 9,660,000  
  
 
 
 
Offering costs paid directly by Sponsor in consideration for the issuance of Class B ordinary shares
   $ 20,000  
  
 
 
 
Payment of offering costs through promissory note – related party
   $ 104,462  
  
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
 
F-6

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020
NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND PLAN OF BUSINESS OPERATIONS
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on September 25, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”).
The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate
non-operating
income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.
The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on November 16, 2020. On November 19, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 27,600,000 Class A ordinary shares (the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at $10.00 per Public Share, generating gross proceeds of $276,000,000 which is described in Note 3.
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 752,000 private placement shares (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share in a private placement to the Company’s sponsor, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (an affiliate of Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC), generating gross proceeds of $7,520,000, which is described in Note 4.
Transaction costs amounted to $15,853,777, consisting of $5,520,000 of underwriting fees, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $673,777 of other offering costs.
Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020, an amount of $276,000,000 ($10.00 per share) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), which the Company expects will not earn interest or be invested until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule
2a-7
of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earliest of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.
The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Exchange listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to
 
F-7

enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.
The Company will provide the holders of the public shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the Business Combination, either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination (initially $10.00 per Public Share), including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to certain limitations as described in the prospectus. The
per-share
amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6).
The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.
The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or
pre-initial
Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a
per-share
price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares.
The Company will have until November 19, 2022 (or February 19, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Business Combination by November 19, 2022 but has
 
F-8

not completed a Business Combination by November 19, 2022) to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (an “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a
per-share
price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
The Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, and in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Share ($10.00).
In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per Public Shares due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.
NOTE 2—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations SEC.
 
F-9

Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to
non-emerging
growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Cash Held in Trust Account
At December 31, 2020, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash.
Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption
The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.
 
F-10

Offering Costs
Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $15,853,777 were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statements recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
The Company is considered to be a Cayman Islands exempted company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, as of December 31, 2020, the Company has no provision for income taxes.
Net Loss Per Ordinary Share
Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding during the period. At December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the period presented.
The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of loss per share for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the
two-class
method of loss per share. Net income per share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable ordinary shares outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class A and B
non-redeemable
ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of Class A and B
non-redeemable
ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Class A and B
non-redeemable
ordinary shares includes the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.
 
F-11

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):
 
    
For the Period
from
September 25,
2020
(inception)
Through
December 31,
2020
 
Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares
  
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares
  
Interest Income
   $
  
 
 
 
Net Earnings
   $
Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares
  
Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted
     27,600,000  
Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares
  
$
0.00
 
Non-Redeemable
Class A and B Ordinary Shares
  
Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings
  
Net Loss
   $ (97,764
Redeemable Net Earnings
   $
  
 
 
 
Non-Redeemable
Net Loss
  
$
(97,764
Denominator: Weighted Average
Non-Redeemable
Class A and B Ordinary Shares
  
Non-Redeemable
Class A and B Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted (1)
     7,236,000  
Loss/Basic and Diluted
Non-Redeemable
Class A and B Ordinary Shares
  
$
(0.01
  
 
 
 
Note: As of December 31, 2020, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no
non-redeemable
securities that are dilutive to the shareholders.
 
(1)
The weighted average
non-redeemable
ordinary shares for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 includes the effect of 752,000 Private Placement Shares, which were issued in conjunction with the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximate the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.
 
F-12

Recent Accounting Standards
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 3—INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 27,600,000 Public Shares, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Public Share.
NOTE 4—PRIVATE PLACEMENT
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 752,000 Private Placement Shares, at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,520,000. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Shares were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Shares will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Shares will be worthless.
NOTE 5—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Founder Shares
In September 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering and formation costs of the Company in consideration for 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). On October 29, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 75,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s four independent directors. On October 22, 2020 and on November 16, 2020, the Company effected share dividends, resulting in 6,900,000 Founder Shares outstanding. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 900,000 shares that were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised, so that the number of Founder Shares would equal, on an
as-converted
basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Private Placement Shares). As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 900,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.
The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earliest of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any
30-trading
day period commencing at least 120 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
Promissory Note—Related Party
On September 29, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was
non-interest
bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) February 28, 2021 or (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $104,462 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020.
Related Party Loans
In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by
 
F-13

promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into shares at a price of $10.00 per share. Such shares would be identical to the Private Placement Shares. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.
NOTE 6—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Risks and Uncertainties
Management continues to evaluate the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Registration and Shareholder Rights
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on November 16, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares, including any Private Placement Shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Founder Shares, will be entitled to registration rights. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable
lock-up
period. The registration and shareholder rights agreement does not contain liquidating damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Public Share, or $9,660,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
Forward Purchase Agreement
On October 29, 2020, the Company entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which an affiliate of the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the initial Business Combination. The Company will determine in its sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that it sells to the purchaser, if any. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial Business Combination, expenses in connection with the initial Business Combination or for working capital in the post transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide the Company with a minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination.
NOTE 7—SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preference Shares
—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.
 
F-14

Class
 A Ordinary Shares
—The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 2,092,655 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 26,259,345 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.
Class
 B Ordinary Shares
—The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At December 31, 2020, there were 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.
Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law. Prior to the Business Combination, only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of the Public Shares and Private Placement Shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majority of the Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.
In a vote to continue the company in jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which required the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of the Founder Shares will have ten votes for every Founder Share and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share.
The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of a Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an
as-converted
basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any Private Placement Shares issued to the Sponsor, its affiliates or any member of the Company’s management team, including upon conversion of Working Capital Loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than
one-to-one.
NOTE 8—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements was issued. Based upon this review, other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.
On January 19, 2021, the Company entered into a convertible promissory note with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (the “Sponsor”) pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 (the “Note”). The Note is
non-interest
bearing and due on the date on which the Company consummates a Business Combination. If the Company does not consummate a Business Combination, the Company may use a portion of any funds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Note;
however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. If such funds are insufficient to repay the Note, the unpaid amounts would be forgiven. Up to $2,000,000 of the Note may be converted into shares at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the Sponsor. The shares would be identical to the Private Placement Shares.
 
F-15

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
 
    
September 30,
2021
   
December 31,
2020
 
    
(Unaudited)
       
ASSETS
    
Current assets
    
Cash
   $ 1,170,715     $ 90,095  
Prepaid expenses
     729,047       1,188,660  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Current Assets
     1,899,762       1,278,755  
Investment held in Trust Account
     276,014,450       276,000,000  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
TOTAL ASSETS
  
$
277,914,212
 
 
$
277,278,755
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
    
Current liabilities
    
Accrued expenses
   $ 2,677,479     $ 25,296  
Advance from related party
     13,362       —    
Convertible note - related party
     2,000,000       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Current Liabilities
     4,690,841       25,296  
Deferred underwriting fee payable
     9,660,000       9,660,000  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Liabilities
  
 
14,350,841
 
 
 
9,685,296
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies
    
Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption 27,600,000 at $10.00 per share redemption value as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020
     276,000,000       276,000,000  
Shareholders’ Deficit
    
Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding
     —         —    
Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 752,000 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 27,600,000 shares subject to possible redemption) as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020
     75       75  
Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020
     690       690  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     —         —    
Accumulated deficit
     (12,437,394     (8,407,306
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total Shareholders’ Deficit
  
 
(12,436,629
 
 
(8,406,541
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
  
$
277,914,212
 
 
$
277,278,755
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
F-16
DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
 
    
Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
   
Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
   
September 25,
2020
(Inception)
Through
September 30,
2020
 
General and administrative expenses
   $ 2,264,621     $ 4,044,538     $ 5,000  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations
  
 
(2,264,621
 
 
(4,044,538
 
 
(5,000
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Other income
      
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account
     5,672       14,450       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
  
$
(2,258,949
 
$
(4,030,088
 
$
(5,000
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable ordinary shares
     27,600,000       27,600,000       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted income per share, Class A redeemable ordinary shares
   $ (0.06   $ (0.11   $ (0.00
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A and Class B
non-redeemable
ordinary shares
     7,652,000       7,652,000       6,000,000  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A and Class B
non-redeemable
ordinary shares
   $ (0.06   $ (0.11   $ (0.00
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
F-17

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(UNAUDITED)
 
    
Class A
Ordinary Shares
    
Class B
Ordinary Shares
    
Additional
Paid-in
    
Accumulated
   
Total
Shareholders’
 
    
Shares
    
Amount
    
Shares
    
Amount
    
Capital
    
Deficit
   
Deficit
 
Balance - January 1, 2021
  
 
752,000
 
  
$
75
 
  
 
6,900,000
 
  
$
690
 
  
$
  
 
  
$
(8,407,306
 
$
(8,406,541
Net loss
     —          —          —          —          —          (371,642     (371,642
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance - March 31, 2021 (unaudited)
  
 
752,000
 
  
$
75
 
  
 
6,900,000
 
  
$
690
 
  
$
  
 
  
$
(8,778,948
 
$
(8,778,183
Net loss
     —          —          —          —          —          (1,399,497     (1,399,497
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance - June 30, 2021 (unaudited)
  
 
752,000
 
  
$
75
 
  
 
6,900,000
 
  
$
690
 
  
$
  
 
  
$
(10,178,445
 
$
(10,177,680
Net loss
     —          —          —          —          —          (2,258,949     (2,258,949
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance - September 30, 2021 (unaudited)
  
 
752,000
 
  
$
75
 
  
 
6,900,000
 
  
$
690
 
  
$
  
 
  
$
(12,437,394
 
$
(12,436,629
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
F-18

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2020
 
    
Class A
Ordinary Shares
    
Class B
Ordinary Shares
    
Additional
Paid-in
    
Accumulated
   
Total
Shareholders’
 
    
Shares
    
Amount
    
Shares
    
Amount
    
Capital
    
Deficit
   
Deficit
 
Balance - September 25, 2020 (inception)
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
$
  
 
  
$
  
 
  
$
  
 
 
$
  
 
Issuance of Class B Ordinary shares to Sponsor (1)
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
5,750,000
 
  
$
575
 
  
$
24,425
 
  
$
  
 
 
$
25,000
 
Net loss
     —          —          —          —          —          (5,000     (5,000
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance - September 30, 2020 (unaudited)
  
 
  
 
  
$
  
 
  
 
5,750,000
 
  
$
575
 
  
$
24,425
 
  
$
(5,000
 
$
(20,000
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
(1)
Includes an aggregate of up to 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding.
 
F-19

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 and from September 25, 2020 (inception) to September 30, 2020
(UNAUDITED)
 
    
September 30,
2021
   
September 25,
2020
(inception)
to
September 30,
2020
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
    
Net loss
  
$
(4,030,088
)
 
 
$
(5,000
)
 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
    
Payment of formation costs through issuance of Class B ordinary shares
     —         5,000  
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account
     (14,450     —    
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    
Prepaid expenses
     459,613       —    
Accrued expenses
     2,652,183       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in operating activities
  
$
(932,742
 
$
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
    
Advances from related party
     38,064       —    
Repayment of advances from related party
     (24,702     —    
Proceeds from working capital loan - related party
     2,000,000       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  
$
2,013,362
 
 
$
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net Change in Cash
  
 
1,080,620
 
 
 
  
 
Cash - Beginning of period
     90,095       —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash - End of period
  
$
1,170,715
 
 
$
  
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Non-cash
investing and financing activities:
    
Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs
  
$
—      
$
28,000
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of Class B ordinary shares
   $ —       $ 20,000  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.
 
F-20

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II
NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on September 25, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”).
The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.
As of September 30, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through September 30, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate
non-operating
income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.
The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on November 16, 2020. On November 19, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 27,600,000 Class A ordinary shares (the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at $10.00 per Public Share, generating gross proceeds of $276,000,000 which is described in Note 3.
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 752,000 private placement shares (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share in a private placement to the Company’s sponsor, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (an affiliate of Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC), generating gross proceeds of $7,520,000, which is described in Note 4.
Transaction costs amounted to $15,853,777, consisting of $5,520,000 of underwriting fees, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $673,777 of other offering costs.
Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020, an amount of $276,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), which, subsequent to January 1, 2021, was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule
2a-7
of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earliest of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.
The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Exchange listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred
 
F-21

underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.
The Company will provide the holders of the public shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the Business Combination, either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination (initially $10.00 per Public Share), including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to certain limitations as described in the prospectus. The
per-share
amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 7).
The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.
The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or
pre-initial
Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a
per-share
price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares.
 
F-22

The Company will have until November 19, 2022 (or February 19, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Business Combination by November 19, 2022 but has not completed a Business Combination by November 19, 2022) to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (an “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a
per-share
price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
The Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, and in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Share ($10.00).
In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per Public Shares due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in
the
United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and in
 
F-23

accordance with the instructions to Form
10-Q
and Article 8 of Regulation
S-X
of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented.
The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K
for the period ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the SEC on March 31, 2021. The interim results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021 or for any future periods.
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to
non-emerging
growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the condensed financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
 
F-24

Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account
At September 30, 2021, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in money market funds, which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury Securities.
Offering Costs
Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $15,853,777 were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.
Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption
The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Public Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.
The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares is affected by charges against additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.
The Company is considered to be a Cayman Islands exempted company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, as of September 30, 2021, the Company has no provision for income taxes. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.
 
F-25

Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share
The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Accretion associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.
The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 31, 2021
    
Nine Months Ended
September 31, 2021
 
    
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
    
Class A and
B
Ordinary
Shares
    
Class A
Ordinary
Shares
    
Class A and
B
Ordinary
Shares
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per
common stock
           
Numerator:
           
Allocation of net income (loss)
     (1,768,609      (490,340      (3,155,294      (874,794
Denominator
           
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
     27,600,000        7,652,000        27,600,000        7,652,000  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common stock
   $ (0.06    $ (0.06    $ (0.11    $ (0.11
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying condensed balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.
Recent Accounting Standards
In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)
2020-06,
Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic
470-20)
and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic
815-40)
(“ASU
2020-06”)
to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU
2020-06
eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU
2020-06
amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the
if-converted
method for all convertible instruments. ASU
2020-06
is effective January 1,
 
F-26

2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company adopted ASU
2020-06
effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU
2020-06
did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s condensed financial statements.
NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING
Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 27,600,000 Public Shares, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Public Share.
NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT
Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 752,000 Private Placement Shares, at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,520,000. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Shares were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Shares will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Shares will be worthless.
NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Advances from Related Party
As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding advances from related party of $13,362 and $0, respectively.
Founder Shares
In September 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering and formation costs of the Company in consideration for 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). On October 29, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 75,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s four independent directors. On October 22, 2020 and on November 16, 2020, the Company effected share dividends, resulting in 6,900,000 Founder Shares outstanding. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 900,000 shares that were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised, so that the number of Founder Shares would equal, on an
as-converted
basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Private Placement Shares). As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 900,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.
The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earliest of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any
30-trading
day period commencing at least 120 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.
 
F-27

Promissory Note - Related Party
On September 29, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was
non-interest
bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) February 28, 2021 or (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $104,462 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020. As of September 30, 2021, the promissory note has expired and is no longer available to the Company.
Related Party Loans
In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into shares at a price of $10.00 per share. Such shares would be identical to the Private Placement Shares. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans.
On January 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Working Capital Loan with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000. The Working Capital Loan is
non-interest
bearing and due on the date on which the Company consummates a Business Combination. The outstanding balance under the Working Capital Loan amounted to $2,000,000 as of September 30, 2021.
The Company assessed the provisions of the Working Capital Loan under ASC
815-15
and ASU
2020-06,
which addresses equity versus liability treatment and classification of equity-linked financial instruments, including convertible debt, and states that an instrument may be classified as a component of equity only if, among other things, the instrument is indexed to the issuer’s ordinary shares. ASU
2020-06
states that if the fair value option is not elected, the conversion option is not required to be bifurcated and the convertible debt was not issued with a substantial premium, the convertible debt will be accounted for as a single unit of account and should be accounted for as a liability in its entirety. The Company determined that the conversion option met the scope exception of a contract being indexed to the Company’s ordinary shares and, therefore, should not be bifurcated. Accordingly, the Working Capital Loan is accounted for as a single unit of account, with no allocation of the proceeds to the conversion feature.
NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Risks and Uncertainties
Management continues to evaluate the impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements. The condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Registration and Shareholder Rights
Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on November 16, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares, including any Private Placement Shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Founder Shares, will be entitled to registration rights. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands,
 
F-28

excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable
lock-up
period. The registration and shareholder rights agreement does not contain liquidating damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Public Share, or $9,660,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
Forward Purchase Agreement
On October 29, 2020, the Company entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which an affiliate of the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the initial Business Combination. The Company will determine in its sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that it sells to the purchaser, if any. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial Business Combination, expenses in connection with the initial Business Combination or for working capital in the post transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide the Company with a minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination.
Business Combination Agreement
On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and among the Company, Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub I”), Redwood Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub II”), and Papay Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Cvent”), which is the owner of Cvent, Inc. The Domestication, the Merger and other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the “Business Combination”.
The Business Combination Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on the closing date: (i) the Company will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) the Company’s name will be changed to Cvent Holding Corp. (“New Cvent”), (B) each outstanding Class A ordinary share of the Company and each outstanding Class B ordinary share of the Company will become one share of common stock of New Cvent; and (ii) following the Domestication, Merger Sub I will merge with and into Cvent, with Cvent as the surviving company in the merger, after which the surviving company will merge with and into Merger Sub II, and, after giving effect to such second merger, continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).
Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into Subscription Agreements with certain investors, which agreements provide for binding subscriptions to purchase an aggregate of 47,500,000 shares of New Cvent common stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $475,000,000.
 
F-29

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Preference Shares
-
The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.
Class
 A Ordinary Shares
- The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 752,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 27,600,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.
Class
 B Ordinary Shares
- The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.
Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law. Prior to the Business Combination, only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of the Public Shares and Private Placement Shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majority of the Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.
In a vote to continue the company in jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which required the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of the Founder Shares will have ten votes for every Founder Share and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share.
The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of a Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an
as-converted
basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any Private Placement Shares issued to the Sponsor, its affiliates or any member of the Company’s management team, including upon conversion of Working Capital Loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than
one-to-one.
NOTE 8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:
 
Level 1:
   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
 
F-30

Level 2:
   Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:
   Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
At September 30, 2021, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $276,014,450 in money market funds, which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury Securities. Through September 30, 2021, the Company had $14,450 of interest earned from the Trust. At December 31, 2020, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2021 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:
 
Description
  
Level
    
September 30,
2021
 
Assets:
     
Marketable securities held in Trust Account - Money Market Funds
     1      $ 276,014,450  
Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2021.
NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the September 30, 2021 balance sheet date, up to November 15, 2021, the date that the condensed financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.
 
F-31

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Papay Topco, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Papay Topco, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Changes in Accounting Principles
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in 2018.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
 
F-32

Capitalized software development costs – capitalized costs
As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated capitalized software development costs, net was $124.0 million as of December 31, 2020. Costs incurred by the Company during the application development stage to develop software directly used in the delivery of revenue generating activities are capitalized. There is judgment involved in estimating cost incurred on a
project-by-project
basis in the application development stage.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to capitalized software development costs, specifically the estimate of costs eligible for capitalization, is a critical audit matter are the significant judgments by management when developing their estimate, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s determination of costs incurred during the application development stage.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included, among others (i) testing management’s process for determining costs eligible for capitalization in the current year, (ii) evaluating whether the costs were eligible for capitalization, (iii) testing the underlying data used in management’s estimate of eligible costs, and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s estimate of eligible costs. Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s estimate of eligible costs involved comparing management’s determination of costs incurred during the application development stage to supporting documentation as well as performing inquiries with management.
/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Arlington, Virginia
August 20, 2021
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.
 
F-33

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
    
December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
 
Assets
    
Current assets:
    
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 65,265     $ 72,315  
Restricted cash
     205       406  
Short-term investments
     —         982  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively
     141,113       144,711  
Capitalized commissions, net
     22,000       22,284  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
     12,415       12,452  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current assets
     240,998       253,150  
Property and equipment, net
     21,715       35,708  
Capitalized software development costs, net
     124,030       143,575  
Intangible assets, net
     272,416       325,082  
Goodwill
     1,605,628       1,614,157  
Operating lease
right-of-use
assets
     38,922       47,164  
Capitalized commissions, net,
non-current
     20,427       18,179  
Deferred tax assets,
non-current
     2,036       2,163  
Other assets,
non-current,
net
     5,479       5,838  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
   $ 2,331,651     $ 2,445,016  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    
Current liabilities:
    
Current portion of long-term debt
   $ 17,920     $ 4,484  
Accounts payable
     4,078       5,889  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
     81,939       72,776  
Fees payable to customers
     16,872       58,928  
Operating lease liabilities, current
     15,910       15,511  
Deferred revenue
     207,622       225,131  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
     344,341       382,719  
Deferred tax liabilities,
non-current
     16,950       15,062  
Long-term debt, net
     753,953       758,473  
Operating lease liabilities,
non-current
     40,317       49,015  
Other liabilities,
non-current
     5,239       3,966  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
     1,160,800       1,209,235  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
    
Stockholders’ equity:
    
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,100,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 917,365 and 917,085 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
     1       1  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     1,936,447       1,918,809  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (69     (1,234
Accumulated deficit
     (765,528     (681,795
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
     1,170,851       1,235,781  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
   $ 2,331,651     $ 2,445,016  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
F-34
PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
    
Year ended December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
   
2018
 
Revenue
   $ 498,700     $ 567,604     $ 480,015  
Cost of revenue
     176,250       211,857       165,181  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Gross profit
     322,450       355,747       314,834  
Operating expenses:
      
Sales and marketing
     128,388       155,801       126,531  
Research and development
     87,866       96,012       78,447  
General and administrative
     80,564       92,018       76,155  
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     53,844       57,685       60,494  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     350,662       401,516       341,627  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss from operations
     (28,212     (45,769     (26,793
Interest expense
     (35,557     (47,875     (42,259
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     (3,798     (3,836     (3,704
Loss on divestitures, net
     (9,634     —         —    
Other income/(expense), net
     1,333       (294     (1,391
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (75,868     (97,774     (74,147
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
     7,865       (6,013     (20,107
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
   $ (83,733   $ (91,761   $ (54,040
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
      
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)
     1,165       1,376       (307
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
   $ (82,568   $ (90,385   $ (54,347
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted net loss per common share
   $ (91.30   $ (100.81   $ (60.04
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding
     917,109       910,263       900,003  
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
F-35

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share data)
 
   
Common Stock
   
Amount
   
Accumulated
deficit
   
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income / (loss)
   
Total
stockholders’
equity
 
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Additional
paid-in

capital
 
Balance as of January 1, 2018
    900,000     $ 1     $ 1,853,065     $ (558,743   $ (2,303   $ 1,292,020  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cumulative effect from adoption of ASC 606
    —         —         —         22,588       —         22,588  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted balance as of January 1, 2018
    900,000     $ 1     $ 1,853,065     $ (536,155   $ (2,303   $ 1,314,608  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
    —         —         18,609       —         —         18,609  
Net loss
    —         —         —         (54,040     —         (54,040
Exercise of stock options
    28       —         26       —           26  
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)
    —         —         —         —         (307     (307
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2018
    900,028     $ 1     $ 1,871,700     $ (590,195   $ (2,610   $ 1,278,896  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cumulative effect from adoption of ASC 842
          4         4  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Adjusted balance as of January 1, 2019
    900,028     $ 1     $ 1,871,700     $ (590,191   $ (2,610   $ 1,278,900  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
    —         —         18,833       —         —         18,833  
Net loss
    —         —         —         (91,761     —         (91,761
Exercise of stock options
    17,251       —         28,539       —         —         28,539  
Repurchase of stock options
    (194     —         (253     —         —         (253
Other activity
    —         —         (10     157       —         147  
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)
    —         —         —         —         1,376       1,376  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2019
    917,085     $ 1     $ 1,918,809     $ (681,795   $ (1,234   $ 1,235,781  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
    —         —         17,695       —         —         17,695  
Net loss
    —         —         —         (83,733     —         (83,733
Exercise of stock options
    1,103       —         72       —         —         72  
Repurchase of stock options
    (823     —         (129     —         —         (129
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)
    —         —         —         —         1,165       1,165  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2020
    917,365     $ 1     $ 1,936,447     $ (765,528   $ (69   $ 1,170,851  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
F-36

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
 
   
Year ended December 31,
 
   
2020
   
2019
   
2018
 
Operating activities:
     
Net loss
  $ (83,733   $ (91,761     (54,040
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
     
Depreciation and amortization
    127,723       120,912       108,574  
Amortization of the
right-of-use
assets
    10,380       8,207       —    
Allowance for expected credit losses
    3,280       1,407       490  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
    3,798       3,836       3,704  
Amortization of capitalized commission
    29,119       25,641       22,644  
Unrealized foreign currency transaction gain
    67       39       522  
Loss on divestitures, net
    9,634       —         —    
Stock-based compensation
    17,695       18,833       17,911  
Change in deferred taxes
    2,016       (12,299     (26,134
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:
     
Accounts receivable
    786       (23,412     (33,122
Prepaid expenses and other assets
    3,563       (2,002     3,389  
Capitalized commissions, net
    (30,604     (31,278     (26,470
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (36,433     (2,452     (3,646
Operating lease liabilities
    (11,601     (10,002     —    
Deferred revenue
    (16,591     42,360       35,951  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    29,099       48,029       49,773  
Investing activities:
     
Purchase of property and equipment
    (2,081     (19,851     (12,084
Capitalized software development costs
    (40,572     (45,042     (36,616
Purchase of short-term investments
    (26,919     (27,759     (28,375
Maturities of short-term investments
    27,901       35,627       20,995  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (1,400     (16,729     (121,689
Proceeds from divestiture
    500       —         —    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (42,571     (73,754     (177,769
Financing activities:
     
Short-term related party financing received
    —         —         40,000  
Short-term related party financing payment
    —         —         (40,000
Issuance of long-term debt, net
    —         —         91,660  
Principal repayments on first lien term loan
    (7,935     (7,935     (5,484
Principal repayments of revolving credit facility
    (26,600     —         —    
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
    40,000       —         —    
Repurchase of stock
    (10     (253     —    
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    73       28,540       26  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
    5,528       20,352       86,202  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
    693       255       1,029  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
    (7,251     (5,118     (40,765
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year
    72,721       77,839       118,604  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year
  $ 65,470     $ 72,721       77,839  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
     
Interest paid
  $ 35,552     $ 47,856       41,905  
Income taxes paid
  $ 6,193     $ 7,092       3,746  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure of
non-cash
investing and financing activities:
     
Outstanding payments for purchase of property and equipment at year end
  $ 413     $ 622       1,829  
Outstanding payments for capitalized software development costs at year end
  $ 356     $ 701       311  
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements
 
F-37
PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018
1. Description of Business
Papay Topco, Inc. (the “Company”) is the indirect parent company of Cvent, Inc. (“Cvent”). The ultimate parent of the Company is Vista Private Equity Funds.
The Company provides a cloud-based enterprise event marketing and management platform with solutions for both sides of the meetings and events value ecosystem: (i) for marketers and meeting and event planners, through its Event Cloud offering and (ii) for hoteliers and venues, through its Hospitality Cloud. The Company’s integrated event marketing and management platform powers the entire event lifecycle by enabling marketers and event planners to automate and streamline the entire process of creating, promoting, managing, and measuring events for organizations of all sizes. Cvent solutions empower customers to deliver and maximize live engagement across their event programs helping to forge deeper relationships with attendees, build brand advocacy and increase demand for their products and services. It also helps organizations more efficiently manage critical event processes, control spend and reduce meetings costs. The Company’s Hospitality Cloud provides hoteliers and venues with an integrated platform that enables properties to increase group and business transient revenue through a combination of cloud-based software products and targeted advertising to organizations that run events while they are in the process of sourcing their events. Hospitality Cloud solutions also improve purchasing intelligence through innovative demand management and business intelligence. By connecting event organizers to venues, the Company powers an entire ecosystem that increases Cvent’s “stickiness” and drives sales of our software offerings across our Event and Hospitality Cloud businesses.
Response to
COVID-19
The Company believes there is sufficient cash flow to meets its business obligations, working capital needs, and remain in financial compliance with covenants for the next 12 months from the date of financial statement issuance. Nonetheless, in order to better enable the Company to weather the extraordinary business challenges brought about by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, to protect the safety and welfare of its employees, itself financially, maintain cash reserves, and ensure its long-term solvency, the Company instituted certain temporary measures during 2020 that continue into 2021. These measures, including undertaking restructuring actions to manage costs and headcount, provided the Company the financial flexibility needed to manage a wide array of outcomes that may result from the pandemic.
The global
COVID-19
pandemic has created, and may continue to create, significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, and the extent of its impact on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on continuously evolving factors including, but not limited to the duration and spread of the outbreak, the speed and degree of the anticipated economic recovery, and the impact on the Company’s customers. The Company considered the impact of
COVID-19
on the estimates and assumptions and determined that there were no material adverse impacts on the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2020. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates and assumptions may change materially in future periods.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These consolidated financial
 
F-38

statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include estimated useful lives of property and equipment, capitalized software development costs, the valuation of goodwill and intangibles, allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of deferred tax assets, certain assumptions related to stock-based compensation, including the estimated value of the Company’s common stock and, income taxes. As of the date the financial statements were available for issuance, we are not aware of any specific events or circumstances that would require us to update our estimates, judgments, or to revise the carrying values of our assets or liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Highly liquid financial instruments purchased with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase are reported as cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short-term maturities.
Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds representing amounts reserved for registration fees processed on behalf of customers. While these cash accounts are not restricted as to their use, a liability for amounts due to customers under these arrangements has been recorded in Fees payable to customers in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Fees payable to customers of $16.9 million and $58.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash represents amounts required to be held as collateral in a money market account for treasury management service agreements. The Company held $0.2 million and $0.4 million of restricted cash as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following table presents the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash by category in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 65,265      $ 72,315  
Restricted cash
     205        406  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
   $ 65,470      $ 72,721  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Short-term Investments
All highly liquid investments with stated maturity dates between three months and one year from the purchase date are classified as short-term investments. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its short-term investments at the time of purchase. The Company’s short-term investments consist of highly liquid financial instruments, which are comprised of
certificates-of-deposit,
and are considered Level 2 investments.
 
F-39

Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable includes billed and unbilled receivables, net of allowance for credit losses. Accounts receivable are recorded at the amount invoiced to customers and do not bear interest. The Company estimates the allowance for expected credit loss based on collectability of accounts receivable and unbilled receivables by considering various factors, including the age of the accounts receivable balances, historical
write-off
experience, the collection history of customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, and any other factors that may affect the Company’s ability to collect from customers. The Company assesses collectability by reviewing accounts receivable by group based on similar characteristics and review individual customer when specific issues are identified. The allowance for expected credit losses are recorded as part of Accounts Receivable, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in the Company’s allowance for expected credit losses is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
Allowance for expected credit losses, beginning of period
   $ 1,912      $ 3,379      $ 3,326  
Credit loss expense
     3,280        1,407        490  
Write-offs and adjustments
     (1,905      (2,874      (437
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Allowance for expected credit losses, end of period
   $ 3,287      $ 1,912      $ 3,379  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Credit loss expense during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $3.3 million, $1.4 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. The allowance for expected credit losses is consistent with actual historical write-offs; however, higher than expected credit losses may result in the future if write-offs are greater than the Company’s estimates, particularly due to
COVID-19.
As a result of the volatility in global markets and economies and the financial difficulties faced by many of its customers, the Company has increased the allowance for expected credit losses. The Company does not have any
off-balance-sheet
credit exposure related to its customers.
Revenue Recognition
Effective January 1, 2018, the Company’s revenue recognition policy follows guidance from Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. Subscription services revenue consists primarily of fees to provide the Company’s customers with access to its cloud-based platform. Subscription service contracts do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software, are
non-cancellable,
and do not contain rights of return. Hospitality Cloud marketing solutions primarily relate to digital advertising on the Company’s hosted venue sourcing networks. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to a customer. A time-elapsed method is used to measure progress for subscription contracts because control is transferred evenly over the contract term. The Company recognizes approximately 91.4% of its revenue from services transferred to the customer over time, with the remaining 8.6% of revenue recognized at a point in time upon delivery, generally when an event has occurred. The Company’s services are generally provided under annual and multi-year contracts with invoicing occurring in annual or quarterly installments at the beginning of each year, or quarter, in the contract period. Revenue is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collects on behalf of governmental authorities.
Certain contracts may include multiple distinct performance obligations which may consist of some or all of subscription services, marketing packages, and professional services. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations relating to SaaS subscriptions, which are concurrently delivered and have the same
 
F-40

pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to the customer ratably over the contract period), the entire contract value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations that do not have the same pattern of transfer to the customer, revenue is recognized at each performance obligation’s respective standalone selling price (“SSP”), when the performance obligations are satisfied. The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company estimates SSP based on internal margin analysis, competitor data, and other industry standards for SaaS-based companies.
Event Cloud Revenue
Event Management
The Company generates the majority of its Event Cloud revenue through four primary sources: 1)
Software-as-a-Service
(“SaaS”) subscriptions to the event and conference management platform for in-person, virtual, and hybrid events, 2) SaaS subscriptions for access to mobile apps and tools to create custom mobile apps, 3) Attendee Hub, and 4) Onsite Event Solutions. Pricing for SaaS subscriptions is based on the features and functionality selected by the customer and, with the exception of professional services that can also be purchased, are available for use by the client for the full duration of the contract. The Company’s SaaS subscriptions to its cloud-based platform are considered a service arrangement and recognized to revenue over time, on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription arrangement. Professional services revenue is recognized over time, primarily using an input method based on the hours incurred for the related project.
Event and Conference Management Platform
SaaS subscriptions to the event and conference management platforms may include functionality that enables customers to manage the registration of people that plan to attend the customer’s event or events. At any time during the subscription term, customers may elect to purchase blocks of additional registrations (“reg blocks”) and other features or functionality (“non-reg”), which are referred to as subscription
up-sells.
Reg blocks are not considered distinct and are treated as a single performance obligation with the accompanying feature set of the base event management platform. The purchase of a reg block
up-sell
is considered a contract modification that adjusts only the transaction price of the original contract. Accordingly, a cumulative revenue
catch-up
is recognized from the start of the original contract with the remaining amount recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the contract term. Non-reg block features are considered distinct and the purchase of a non-reg
up-sell
is considered a contract modification that adjusts the scope and transaction price of the original contract. Accordingly, the modification is accounted for as a separate contract and the revenue is recognized over the subscription period. No portion of the subscription fee is refundable regardless of the actual number of registrations that occur, or the extent to which other features and functionality are used.
Attendee Hub and Mobile Apps
Subscription-based solutions also include the sale of mobile event apps for
in-person,
virtual, or hybrid events. The Company introduced a new product, the Attendee Hub to provide fully-branded event experiences for virtual and hybrid events and to automate key aspects of the meeting planning process from registration, appointments, and qualifying leads throughout the event lifecycle. The Attendee Hub works in concert with Cvent’s Mobile Apps to drive live engagement throughout an event to capture more intelligence on attendee interests. The revenue for mobile event apps solutions and Attendee Hub is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract. At any time during the subscription term, customers may elect to purchase access to additional mobile event apps, additional events within an existing mobile event app, or additional Attendee Hub events, which are referred to as
up-sells.
Revenue for these
up-sells
is recognized prospectively over the remaining contract term. No portion of the subscription fee is refundable.
 
F-41

Onsite Event Solutions
Event specific onsite solutions include the rental of equipment and consultants needed to successfully manage and execute a complex event, along with the SaaS to manage appointments, exhibitors, speakers, and lead capture and to aggregate all of this information to understand attendee interests. Revenue related to rental of equipment and consultants is recognized based on the contractual stated value, which approximates its relative standalone selling price, and is generally recognized at a point in time as the services are performed and the performance obligations are satisfied. Revenue related to the Company’s SaaS subscriptions to its onsite solutions are considered a service arrangement and recognized to revenue over time, on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription arrangement.
Hospitality Cloud Revenue
The Hospitality Cloud offers cloud-based SaaS solutions to drive increased demand across the hotel group sales lifecycle from advertising to lead management tools.
Group Marketing Solutions
Group marketing solutions revenue is generated through the delivery of various forms of advertising sold through annual or multi-year contracts to hotels and venues. Advertising is sold as a stand ready obligation to deliver advertising, and accordingly revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis as the performance obligation is satisfied and the advertisement is displayed. Such solutions include prominent display of a customer’s venue within the Cvent Supplier Network to find and book physical event space. Pricing for the advertisements is based on the term of the advertisement, targeted geography, market tier, number of advertisements and prominence of the ad placement.
Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions
The Hospitality Cloud also offers a variety of cloud-based SaaS solutions such as 1) Passkey, which allows hotels, convention and visitor bureaus and meeting management companies to streamline and automate hotel room blocks; hotels also use Passkey to create upsell opportunities with group guests, who in turn gain a simpler way to make and manage their hotel reservations. 2) Business Transient, which simplifies how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business, publish data to Global Distribution Systems and online travel agency websites, and 3) Event Diagramming, a collaborative SaaS tool that empowers event planners and venues to work together to design the optimal venue layout before an event occurs. This technology enables meeting spaces to be viewed in a three-dimensional rendering which facilitates designing the optimal room layout to scale that includes tables, chairs, stages, and other structures used for events. Revenue for Passkey, Business Transient and Event Diagramming is generated through the delivery of SaaS subscriptions to the respective cloud-based platform. The entire subscription fee is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription arrangement as the performance obligation is satisfied.
Business Combinations
The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date based upon their estimated fair values. This allocation and valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, specifically with respect to long-lived and intangible assets.
Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, estimates regarding: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, discount rates, distribution agreements, developed proprietary technology including acquired software platforms and
non-competition
agreements and assumptions about the period of time these assets will benefit the Company. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions the Company believes to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.
 
F-42

In addition, uncertain tax positions and
tax-related
valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. Transaction costs related to acquisitions are expensed as incurred.
Leases
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”)
No. 2016-02,
Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”) as of January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. Reported financial information for the historical comparable periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842 was not revised and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect during the historical periods. See Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements note for the impact of the adoption on the Company’s financial statements.
Under ASC 842, the Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception, and arrangements meeting the definition of a lease are classified as operating or financing leases at the lease commencement date. For leases with an original term longer than twelve months, lease liabilities are initially recognized on the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. A corresponding
right-of-use
asset is initially recognized equal to the lease liability adjusted for any lease prepayments, initial direct costs and lease incentives. The discount rates used in determining the present value of leases represent the Company’s collateralized borrowing rate considering lease term and currency of payment. The lease term includes the
non-cancellable
period for which the Company has the right to use the underlying asset, together with renewal option periods when the exercise of the renewal option is reasonably certain. Lease expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and included in General and administrative expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Variable lease payments are expensed as incurred. The Company excludes short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less as an accounting policy election, and instead recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue consists of contractual billings made for which the contract start date has passed or where payments have been received in advance of revenue recognition from Event Cloud solutions or Hospitality Cloud solutions. The Company generally invoices customers in annual or quarterly installments. Customer invoices are generally due 30 days from the time of invoicing. The Company does not have significant financing components in its contracts as the Company expects to receive full payment for its services within one year from the date of transfer of services to customers.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, related to providing support and hosting our applications, costs of cloud-based data center capacity, software license fees, costs to support our onsite solutions and virtual products, interchange fees related to merchant services and amortization expense associated with capitalized software. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation and amortization to cost of revenue based on headcount.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Improvements and replacements of property and equipment are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of property and equipment are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are sold or retired, their cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the ledger and any gain or loss is reported in operating loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Depreciation is
 
F-43

computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful life of computer equipment and purchased software is three years while the estimated useful lives of furniture and equipment is seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.
Capitalized Software Development Costs
Costs incurred during the application development stage to develop software directly used in the delivery of revenue generating activities are capitalized and recorded as capitalized software development costs on the consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Subtopic
350-40,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Subtopic 40
Internal-Use
Software.
There is judgment involved in estimating cost incurred on a
project-by-project
basis in the application development stage. These costs are amortized on a
project-by-project
basis using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the application, which is generally two to seven years, beginning when the asset is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary development stage, as well as maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If such review indicates that the carrying amount of long-lived assets is not recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to the lower of the carrying value or fair value.
In addition to the recoverability assessment, the Company routinely reviews the remaining estimated lives of its long-lived assets. Any reduction in the useful life assumption will result in increased depreciation and amortization expense in the period when such determinations are made, as well as in subsequent periods. There was no change to the useful lives of long-lived assets for the years-ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of: (i) the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination, over (ii) the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual impairment tests. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update
No 2017-04,
Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment
in 2018, which eliminated the second step of the impairment assessment and allows for companies to recognize as an impairment charge, the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value, subject to certain limitations.
The Company performs an annual impairment review of goodwill, or when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. The Company operates as one reporting unit. The Company’s test for goodwill impairment starts with a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. If qualitative factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than its carrying amount, then a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. Under the quantitative impairment test, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill. During the 2020 qualitative assessment of goodwill, management concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no indication of impairment as of December 31, 2020.
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation and the cost of third-party
 
F-44

contractors. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs that qualify for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to research and development based on headcount.
Sales Commissions
The adoption of Topic 606 resulted in the capitalization of incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers. Commissions earned by the Company’s sales personnel are considered incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Accordingly, sales commissions are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the Company’s average historical customer life, which is determined based on the underlying product line and ranges from one to four years. The Company determined the period of amortization by reviewing the average length of its customers contracts, changes in technology, expected contract renewals and customer retention, and other industry factors. The Company
re-assesses
this calculation at each reporting period. The amortization of capitalized commissions is recorded as a component of sales and marketing expense. Commissions incurred, but not paid, are included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In the event a customer contract is canceled in proportion to the remaining contract period at the date of cancellation, sales commissions are clawed back and recorded in sales and marketing expense. Commissions subject to claw back features are capitalized as the Company has concluded that all parties are committed to perform their respective obligations and collection is probable. Amounts clawed back to date have not been material to the Company’s results of operations.
The current portion of capitalized commissions, net was $22.0 million and $22.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The noncurrent portion of capitalized commissions, net was $20.4 million and $18.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, $29.1 million, $25.6 million, and $22.6 million, respectively, of capitalized commissions were amortized to sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
Income Taxes
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of the existing assets and liabilities, and their respective income tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions based on a
two-step
process of evaluating recognition and measurement criteria. The first step assesses whether the tax position is
more-likely-than-not
to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, on the basis of the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the
more-likely-than-not
criteria, the portion of the tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority is recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
The Company is subject to tax on global intangible
low-taxed
income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Entities can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to account for GILTI tax as a current period expense.
 
F-45

Stock-Based Compensation
Employee stock-based compensation is recognized as a cost in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For both equity-classified and liability-classified awards, such cost is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The Company estimates the grant date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Fair value of the common stock is further discussed in Note 10. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions including the expected term of the options, the price volatility of the underlying stock, dividend yield, and a discount for the lack of marketability. The expected dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not previously declared cash dividends and does not currently intend to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, because the Company is privately-held, the Black-Scholes pricing inputs, including the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock, volatility of the underlying stock, and a discount for the lack of marketability, are estimated based on its peer group companies, which are publicly-traded. The Company’s peer group is established through consultation with its external valuation firm; its ultimate parent, Vista Private Equity; and confirmed through the review of the performance and valuation attributes of its peer group to determine that its public-company peer group is a reasonable and fair proxy for the Company’s share performance, if its shares were publicly-traded. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.
The initial determination of compensation cost is based on the number of stock options or other awards granted, which is then amortized over the vesting period. Liability classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date with the corresponding change in value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company recognizes expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. The Company records the impact of forfeitures on stock compensation expense in the period the forfeitures occur.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss comprises net loss and foreign currency translation gains for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Foreign Currency
The Company’s foreign subsidiary in India designates the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. For this subsidiary, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and historical exchange rates for
non-monetary
assets and liabilities. Foreign currency gains and losses associated with this remeasurement are included as a component of other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
The functional currency for certain of the Company’s other foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. For those subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expense items are translated based on average exchange rates for the period.
Foreign currency losses associated with realized transactions and remeasurement, recorded in other income/(expense), net, were $0.8 million, $1.5 million, and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively.
Non-Monetary
Transactions
The Company occasionally participates in
non-monetary
transactions with its customers in exchange for marketing and other services.
Non-monetary
transactions with commercial substance are recorded at the estimated fair value of the services received from or provided to the counter-party, whichever value is more
 
F-46

clearly evident. In certain periods there are timing differences between the revenue and the related expense, due to the timing of delivery and receipt of services.
Non-monetary
transaction revenue totaled $2.6 million, $4.2 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Non-monetary
transaction expense totaled $1.4 million, $4.2 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last one is considered unobservable:
Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value.
The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value based on their short-term maturities.
Debt Issuance Costs
Costs incurred with lenders and other third parties that are specific and incremental costs required to obtain debt are amortized as interest expense over the life of the debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs are presented as a direct reduction of the carrying value of the related debt.
Segment and Geographic Data
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.
Property and equipment in
non-North
America geographic locations represented 21.8% and 18.5% of total property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are located primarily in India. The composition of the Company’s property and equipment between North America and locations outside of North America is set forth below (in thousands):
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
North America
   $ 16,976      $ 29,093  
Non-North
America
     4,739        6,615  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total
   $ 21,715      $ 35,708  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-47

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options. As the Company has reported losses for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities including stock options, are antidilutive and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.
81,595, 83,543, and 99,024 stock options as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock because including them would have been antidilutive.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update
No. 2014-09,
Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), effective January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective method. The reported results for the year ended December 31, 2018 reflect the application of Topic 606.
The primary impact of adopting the new revenue standard related to Subtopic
340-40
and the deferral of incremental commission costs to obtain contracts with customers. Prior to adoption, the Company did not defer any commission costs. Under the new revenue standard, the Company capitalizes direct and incremental commissions associated with an executed contract with a customer.
The following table summarizes the cumulative impact of adoption of the new revenue standard for revenue recognition on financial statement line items within the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
 
    
As of January 1, 2018
 
    
Prior to
adoption of
the new
standard
    
Adjustments
for the new
revenue
standard
    
As adjusted
 
Assets
        
Accounts receivable, net
   $ 87,531      $ 92      $ 87,623  
Capitalized commission, net
     —          15,693        15,693  
Capitalized commission, net,
non-current
     —          14,210        14,210  
Other assets,
non-current,
net
     2,672        (103      2,569  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
        
Deferred revenue, current portion
     130,586        (1,304      129,282  
Deferred tax liability,
non-current
     39,433        8,608        48,041  
Accumulated deficit
     (558,743      22,588        (536,155
 
F-48

The following table summarizes the effects of the new revenue standard on financial statement line items within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss (in thousands):
 
    
Year ended December 31, 2018
 
    
Prior to
adoption of
the new
standard
    
Adjustments
for the new
revenue
standard
    
As
adjusted
 
Revenue
   $ 479,009      $ 1,006      $ 480,015  
Cost of revenue
     165,270        (89      165,181  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Gross profit
     313,739        1,095        314,834  
Operating expenses:
        
Sales and marketing
     131,127        (4,596      126,531  
General and administrative
     76,160        (5      76,155  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Research and development
     78,455        (8      78,447  
Provision for income taxes
     28,038        (7,931      20,107  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net loss
     (67,675      13,635        (54,040
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The following table summarizes the effects of the new revenue standard for revenue recognition on financial statement line items within the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
 
    
As of December 31, 2018
 
    
Prior to
adoption of
the new
standard
    
Adjustments
for the new
revenue
standard
    
As
adjusted
 
Assets
        
Accounts receivable, net
   $ 121,901      $ 118      $ 122,019  
Capitalized commission, net
     —          17,948        17,948  
Capitalized commission, net,
non-current
     —          16,343        16,343  
Other assets,
non-current,
net
     1,548        (131      1,417  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
        
Deferred revenue, current portion
     182,372        (2,276      180,096  
Deferred tax liability,
non-current
     26,000        614        26,614  
Accumulated deficit
     (626,418      36,223        (590,195
Other comprehensive income
     (2,327      (283      (2,610
Under ASC 842, lessees are required to record most leases on their balance sheets but expense recognition remained largely the same, with the exception of sublease income, which is required to be disclosed separately from rent expenses. The updated guidance also eliminated certain real estate-specific provisions and changes the guidance on sale-leaseback transactions, initial direct costs and lease executory costs for all entities. All entities will classify leases to determine how to recognize lease-related revenue and expense. The Company adopted ASC 842 effective January 1, 2019 utilizing the modified retrospective transition approach. Accordingly, reported financial information for historical comparable periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842 are not revised and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect during those historical periods. The Company elected the practical expedients provided under ASC 842 regarding identification of leases, lease classification, indirect costs, and the combination of lease
and non-lease components
for all classes of assets. In addition, the Company made an accounting policy election to not record leases with terms of twelve months or less on the balance sheet and will recognize those lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating
right-of-use
assets of $ 51.5 million and operating lease liabilities of $69.7 million. The adoption of ASC 842 did not materially affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations or statement of cash flows.
 
F-49
In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No
2016-13,
Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
(“ASU
2016-13”).
ASU 2016-13 requires certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables, to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected based on historical events, current conditions, and forward-looking information. The Company adopted ASU
2016-13,
utilizing the modified retrospective transition approach, as of January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. Under ASU
2016-13,
the Company applies a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) impairment model to its trade accounts receivable, in which lifetime expected credit losses on such financial assets are measured and recognized at each reporting date based on historical, current, and forecasted information. Under the CECL model, trade accounts receivable with similar risk characteristics are analyzed on a collective (pooled) basis.
In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No
2018-13,
Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement
(“ASU
2018-13”).
ASU
2018-13
modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for certain types of investments by removing, modifying, or adding certain disclosures using the prospective method. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No
2018-15,
Intangibles—Goodwill and
Other—Internal-Use
Software (Subtopic
350-40):
Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract: A consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force
(“ASU
2018-15”).
ASU
2018-15
requires customers in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to follow existing
internal-use
software guidance to determine which implementation costs to capitalize and which costs to expense. Customers are required to amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement, which might extend beyond the noncancelable period. Financial statement presentation under ASU
2018-15
requires: (i) capitalized implementation costs be classified in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement; (ii) amortization of capitalized implementation costs be presented in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement; and (iii) cash flows related to capitalized implementation costs be presented within the same category of cash flow activity as the cash flows for the related hosting arrangement (i.e. operating activity). The Company adopted ASU
2018-15
prospectively as of January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any material capitalized implementation costs related to cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No
2019-12,
Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
(“ASU
2019-12”).
ASU
2019-12
simplifies certain aspects of accounting for income taxes by removing (i) the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items, (ii) the exception to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment, and (iii) the exception to the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a
year-to-date
loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. The Company adopted ASU
2019-12
prospectively as of January 1, 2021 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
3. Revenue
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. They are principally generated from
 
F-50

North America, which comprises of the United States and Canada, with Canada representing 2.5%, 2.4%, and 2.5% of total revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Revenue from sources outside North America represented 12.3%, 11.7%, and 11.8% of total revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The Company’s disaggregation of revenue primary geographic region is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
North America
   $ 437,191      $ 501,332      $ 423,202  
Non-North
America
     61,509        66,272        56,813  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Revenue
   $ 498,700      $ 567,604      $ 480,015  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The Company’s disaggregation of revenue by major business activity is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
Event Cloud
   $ 316,080      $ 379,216      $ 325,219  
Hospitality Cloud
     182,620        188,388        154,796  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Revenue
   $ 498,700      $ 567,604      $ 480,015  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents billings under signed contracts before the related products or services are transferred to customers. The portion of deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized as revenue during the subsequent
12-month
period is recorded as deferred revenue in current liabilities and the remaining portion is recorded as other liabilities,
non-current,
which is not material. Deferred revenue was $207.6 million and $225.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company recognized $211.4 million, $176.7 million, and $127.1 million, respectively, of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period.
Remaining Performance Obligations
For multiple-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year. Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, our total current deferred revenue was $207.6 million and $225.1 million, respectively, which amount does not include unbilled contract value for contracts not yet billed of approximately $576.1 million and $424.5 million, respectively. We expect that the amount of unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. We expect to recognize 70.0% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent 24 months, and the remainder thereafter.
 
F-51

4. Business Combinations
Acquisitions
SummitSync
On February 20, 2020, the Company acquired certain assets of SummitSync, Inc. (“SummitSync”) for total cash consideration of $1.4 million. SummitSync provides appointments solutions for booking 1:1 meetings at trade shows and conferences. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
The $1.4 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed and intangible asset (in thousands):
 
Customer relationships
   $ 1,501  
Non-current
assets
     5  
Current liabilities
     (106
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 1,400  
  
 
 
 
The estimated fair values of the intangible asset were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with SummitSync customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible asset acquired as of the acquisition date and its useful life (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair value
acquired
    
Useful life
(years)
 
Customer relationships
   $ 1,501        7  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 1,501     
  
 
 
    
The intangible asset is deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, no deferred tax asset or liability been established for the identified intangible asset.
Acquisition-related costs, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were immaterial and expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Wedding Spot
On May 21, 2019, the Company acquired certain assets of Wedding Spot, LLC (“Wedding Spot”) from HoneyBook, Inc. for total consideration of $7.0 million, with no cash acquired. Wedding Spot is a venue sourcing network focused on couples looking for a wedding venue. Venues can increase the prominence of their listing on search landing pages by purchasing digital advertising for a contracted period of time. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
 
F-52

The $7.0 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):
 
Other current assets
   $ 104  
Non-current
assets
     10  
Current liabilities
     (191
Non-current
liabilities
     (2
Trademarks
     1,005  
Customer relationships
     1,520  
Developed technology
     3,477  
Goodwill
     1,077  
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 7,000  
  
 
 
 
The estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of Wedding Spot’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of Wedding Spot’s developed venue sourcing platform. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with Wedding Spot customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair value
acquired
    
Useful life
(years)
 
Trademarks
   $ 1,005        7  
Customer relationships
     1,520        10  
Developed technology
     3,477        5  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 6,002     
  
 
 
    
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $1.1 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Wedding Spot’s business into the Company’s technology. The acquired intangibles are deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, no deferred tax asset or liability has been established for the intangibles.
Acquisition-related costs of $0.3 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
DoubleDutch
On June 7, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of DoubleDutch, Inc. (“DoubleDutch”) for total consideration of $12.5 million, including cash acquired of $1.8 million. DoubleDutch provides mobile event application technology primarily to large enterprise clients. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
 
F-53

The $12.5 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 1,768  
Other current assets
     453  
Non-current
assets
     620  
Current liabilities
     (4,219
Non-current
liabilities
     (433
Trademarks
     130  
Customer relationships
     9,212  
Developed technology
     1,285  
Goodwill
     3,683  
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 12,499  
  
 
 
 
The estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of DoubleDutch’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of DoubleDutch’s developed mobile app platform. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with DoubleDutch customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair value
acquired
    
Useful life
(years)
 
Trademarks
   $ 130        2  
Customer relationships
     9,212        7  
Developed technology
     1,285        2  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 10,627     
  
 
 
    
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $3.7 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating DoubleDutch’s business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a deferred tax liability has been established for identified intangible assets.
Acquisition-related costs of $0.6 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
QuickMobile
On May 22, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of QuickMobile, Inc. (QuickMobile) for total consideration of $23.3 million, including cash acquired of $0.5 million. QuickMobile provides mobile event application technology primarily to large enterprise clients. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
 
F-54

The $23.3 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 545  
Other current assets
     2,240  
Non-current
assets
     165  
Current liabilities
     (2,848
Trademarks
     106  
Customer relationships
     14,427  
Developed technology
     1,374  
Goodwill
     7,328  
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 23,337  
  
 
 
 
The estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of QuickMobile’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of QuickMobile’s developed software platform. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with QuickMobile customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair value
acquired
    
Useful life
(years)
 
Trademarks
   $ 106        1  
Customer relationships
     14,427        8  
Developed technology
     1,374        3  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 15,907     
  
 
 
    
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $7.3 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating QuickMobile’s business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a deferred tax liability has been established for identified intangible assets.
Acquisition-related costs of $0.8 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Kapow
On June 4th, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of Kapow Events, Inc. (Kapow) for total consideration of $12.8 million, including cash acquired of $2.3 million. Of the $12.8 million purchase price, $1.3 million to indemnify the Company against certain contractual defined events, within the period of one year and a half after the acquisition date, was released in December 2019. Kapow operates an online marketplace for event planners to book events, referred to as ‘experiences’, directly with venues. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
 
F-55

The $12.8 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 2,291  
Other current assets
     1,597  
Non-current
assets
     1,551  
Current liabilities
     (3,098
Acquired intangible assets
     1,762  
Goodwill
     8,695  
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 12,798  
  
 
 
 
The estimated fair value of the acquired intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. The acquired intangible assets represent the estimated fair value of Kapow’s developed direct booking platform. The following table summarizes the intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and its useful life (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair value
acquired
    
Useful life
(years)
 
Acquired intangible assets
   $ 1,762        3  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 1,762     
  
 
 
    
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $8.7 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Kapow’s business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a $0.3 million deferred tax asset has been established for identified intangible assets.
Acquisition-related costs of $0.4 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
The business was divested on June 25, 2020. See Divestitures note below.
Social Tables
On October 16, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of Social Tables, Inc. (Social Tables) for total purchase consideration price of $102.7 million, including cash acquired of $10.5 million. The purchase price was funded with $93 million in debt proceeds and $9.7 million in cash, including $5.6 million to settle vested stock options. Social Tables operates a cloud-based seating management platform that is leveraged by both event planners and venues. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
The $102.7 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 10,543  
Other current assets
     1,130  
Non-current
assets
     1,791  
Current liabilities
     (4,701
 
F-56

Non-current
liabilities
     (6,841
Trademarks
     700  
Customer relationships
     17,400  
Developed technology
     4,200  
Goodwill
     78,466  
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 102,688  
  
 
 
 
The estimated fair values of intangible assets were determined through discounted cash flow analyses. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair value
acquired
    
Useful life
(years)
 
Trademarks
   $ 700        2  
Customer relationships
     17,400        10  
Developed technology
     4,200        5  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 22,300     
  
 
 
    
The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $78.5 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Social Tables’ business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a $6.2 million deferred tax liability has been established for identified intangible assets.
On October 16, 2018, there were vested and unexercised options and unvested options in the Social Tables stock compensation plan. Awards that had not reached their initial cliff vesting date were deemed to be vested to the extent of the required service period rendered prior to the acquisition date. These vested options had a total fair value of $6.5 million based on the $2.53 per share purchase price. $4.6 million were vested and the option holders received payment at the close. At the time of the transaction, the stock option plan was canceled and individuals holding unvested awards received a bonus equal to the option’s fair value as of the acquisition date. The fair value of unvested options converted to a bonus is $1.9 million, of which $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.2 million was paid and expensed for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, according to the underlying award vesting schedule. The post-acquisition expense recognized associated with the unvested awards recognized in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 is approximately $0.2 million.
Acquisition-related costs of $1.1 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
There were no measurement period adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2019 or 2020.
 
F-57
The Company has included the financial results of business combinations in the consolidated financial statements from the respective date of acquisition, which were not material. Pro forma revenue and earnings amounts on a combined basis have not been presented as they are not material to the historical
pre-acquisition
financials.
Divestitures
On June 25, 2020, the Company sold its Kapow Events (“Kapow”) business to Enterprise Event Management (the “Buyer”). The Buyer acquired all of the outstanding stock of Kapow for total consideration of $0.5 million. Kapow operates an online marketplace for event planners to book events, referred to as ‘experiences’, directly with venues. The significant decline in value compared with the value at the acquisition date is mainly driven by steep decline in
in-person
events as a result of
COVID-19
spread in early 2020, which resulted in little to no sale of Kapow
in-person
experiences. The divested assets and liabilities comprise the Company’s developed direct booking platform and goodwill. As Kapow was never fully integrated into our existing business and given the limited time between when Kapow was acquired and when it was disposed of, goodwill was allocated to the divested business based on the original purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date. The $0.5 million in consideration is comprised of $0.5 million in upfront cash consideration and $0.6 million of future cash consideration to be received in various sums ($0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively), less $0.6 million closing net working capital. An immaterial receivable balance related to the future cash consideration is recorded at fair value as of the transaction date and is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet line item labeled “Other assets, current,” and “Other assets,
non-current,
net” based upon when amounts are due to the Company.
As a result of the disposition, during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a loss on the disposition of $9.6 million, calculated as follows (in thousands):
 
Carrying value of net assets divested
   $ (10,182
Closing net working capital
     (552
Cash received for disposition at closing
     500  
Cash expected to be received post-closing
     600  
  
 
 
 
Gain/(loss) on divestitures, net
   $ (9,634
  
 
 
 
5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
Computer equipment, purchased software and software developed for
internal-use
   $ 22,408      $ 22,888  
Leasehold improvements
     26,675        25,872  
Furniture and equipment
     11,075        11,343  
Rentable onsite solutions equipment
     6,326        9,331  
Other
     66        251  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Property and equipment, gross
     66,550        69,685  
Less accumulated depreciation
     (44,835      (33,977
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
   $ 21,715      $ 35,708  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Depreciation of property and equipment was $15.1 million, $16.2 million, and $14.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
 
F-58

6. Capitalized Software Development Costs
Capitalized software for the Company’s software platforms was developed either internally or was acquired through acquisitions. Capitalized software development costs and acquired software technology are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
Capitalized software development costs, gross
   $ 339,082      $ 301,670  
Less accumulated amortization
     (215,052      (158,095
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Capitalized software development costs, net
   $ 124,030      $ 143,575  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Amortization of capitalized software development costs, recorded as cost of revenue, was $58.6 million, $48.6 million, and $40.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.
7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The change in carrying amount of goodwill is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
Goodwill as of January 1, 2019
   $ 1,608,836  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
     300  
Measurement period adjustments from 2018 acquisitions
     261  
Addition from 2019 acquisitions (Note 4)
     4,760  
  
 
 
 
Goodwill as of December 31, 2019
   $ 1,614,157  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
     166  
Disposition from divestiture
     (8,695
  
 
 
 
Goodwill as of December 31, 2020
   $ 1,605,628  
  
 
 
 
Intangible assets are amortized based on a pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, or if not reliably determined, amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives between two and fifteen years. The intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Intangible Assets, Gross
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Intangible Assets, Net
 
   
January 1,
2020
   
Additions
and
retirements
   
December
31,
2020
   
January 1,
2020
   
Expense
and
retirements,
net
   
December
31,
2020
   
January 1,
2020
   
December
31,
2020
   
Weighted
average
remaining
life as of
December
31, 2020
 
Customer relationships
  $ 436,182     $ 1,817     $ 437,999     $ (170,643   $ (44,280   $ (214,923   $ 265,539     $ 223,076       5.6 years  
Trademarks
    97,185       (684     96,501       (37,704     (9,519     (47,223     59,481       49,278       5.2 years  
Non-compete
agreements
    588       —         588       (588     —         (588     —         —         —    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets subject to amortization
  $ 533,955     $ 1,133     $ 535,088     $ (208,935   $ (53,799   $ (262,734   $ 325,020     $ 272,354    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Indefinite-lived assets
    62       —         62       —         —         —         62       62    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets, net
  $ 534,017     $ 1,133     $ 535,150     $ (208,935   $ (53,799   $ (262,734   $ 325,082     $ 272,416    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
F-59

   
Intangible Assets, Gross
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Intangible Assets, Net
 
   
January 1,
2020
   
Additions
and
retirements
   
December
31,
2020
   
January 1,
2020
   
Expense
and
retirements,
net
   
December
31,
2020
   
January 1,
2020
   
December
31,
2020
   
Weighted
average
remaining
life as of
December
31, 2020
 
Customer relationships
  $ 424,860     $ 11,322     $ 436,182     $ (125,699   $ (44,944   $ (170,643   $ 299,161     $ 265,539       6.5 years  
Trademarks
    96,046       1,139       97,185       (26,735     (10,969     (37,704     69,311       59,481       6.2 years  
Non-compete
agreements
    588       —         588       (588     —         (588     —         —         —    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets subject to amortization
  $ 521,494     $ 12,461     $ 533,955     $ (153,022   $ (55,913   $ (208,935   $ 368,472     $ 325,020    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Indefinite-lived assets
    62       —         62       —         —         —         62       62    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets, net
  $ 521,556     $ 12,461     $ 534,017     $ (153,022   $ (55,913   $ (208,935   $ 368,534     $ 325,082    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Accumulated amortization of intangible assets was $262.7 million and $208.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The total amount of amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets, recorded as intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue, was $53.8 million, $55.9 million, and $53.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The intangible asset balance remaining as of December 31, 2020 will be amortized into expense in future years as follows (in thousands):
 
2021
   $ 51,338  
2022
     48,399  
2023
     46,610  
2024
     45,132  
2025
     39,282  
Thereafter
     41,593  
  
 
 
 
Total amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets
   $ 272,354  
  
 
 
 
8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of accrued compensation, such as bonus, commission, payroll taxes, sales and other tax liabilities, etc. The following table summarizes the Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
Accrued compensation
   $ 50,312      $ 47,017  
Sales and other tax liabilities
     9,550        8,607  
Other
     22,077        17,152  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
   $ 81,939      $ 72,776  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-60

9. Income Taxes
Loss before income taxes is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Year ended December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
U.S.
   $ (101,146    $ (119,221      (102,298
Foreign
     25,278        21,447        28,151  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
   $ (75,868    $ (97,774      (74,147
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The provision for/(benefit from) income taxes for the years ended is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Year ended December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
Current:
        
Federal
   $ (6    $ (67      361  
State
     850        711        448  
Foreign
     5,086        5,792        5,426  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Current tax expense/(benefit)
   $ 5,930      $ 6,436        6,235  
Deferred:
        
Federal
     237        (2,128      (7,557
State
     1,513        (9,604      (19,802
Foreign
     185        (717      1,017  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Deferred tax expense/(benefit)
     1,935        (12,449      (26,342
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
   $ 7,865      $ (6,013      (20,107
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
A reconciliation between the Company’s statutory tax rate and its effective tax rate is summarized as follows:
 
    
Year ended December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
   
2018
 
U.S. federal statutory rate
     21.0     21.0     21.0
Increase (reduction) resulting from:
      
U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits
     (3.0     9.2       26.2  
Non-deductible/non-taxable
items
     (0.3     (1.5     (1.0
Uncertain tax positions
     (0.1           (0.7
Tax on unremitted earnings
     0.1       (1.1     (3.4
Foreign tax rate differential
     (0.7     (0.5     (0.6
Change in valuation allowance
     (18.3     (16.1     (8.2
Foreign tax expense
     0.6       0.3       0.4  
Global intangible
low-taxed
income (GILTI)
     (6.5     (4.5     (6.1
Divestiture of Kapow
     (4.2     —         —    
Other
     1.0       (0.6     (0.5
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rate
     (10.4 )%      6.2     27.1
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The CARES Act, enacted March 27, 2020, provides various forms of relief to companies impacted by the global
COVID-19
pandemic. As part of the relief available under the Act, we deferred remittance of our 2020 Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes as allowed by the legislation. The Company was able to defer $8.0 million of the employer portion of FICA taxes for payroll paid between from March 27, 2020 and December 31, 2020. The Company will have until December 31, 2021, to pay 50% of the FICA deferral with the remaining 50% to be remitted on or before December 31, 2022.
 
F-61
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
Deferred tax assets:
     
Allowance for doubtful accounts
   $ 805      $ 430  
Accrued expenses and other
     995        2,991  
Right of use asset
     14,391        15,885  
Stock-based compensation
     14,489        12,098  
Foreign tax and other credit carryforward
     9,120        9,341  
Net operating loss carryforwards
     123,716        134,941  
Capitalized software
     18,765        13,146  
Deferred revenue
     3,256        4,537  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets
   $ 185,537      $ 193,369  
Less: valuation allowance
     (81,461      (72,783
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net deferred tax assets
     104,076        120,586  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities:
     
Accrued expenses
     (6,730      —    
Right of use liability
     (9,535      (11,077
Fixed assets
     (784      (3,579
Deferred revenue
     —          (64
Intangible assets
     (101,941      (118,765
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
     (118,990      (133,485
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
   $ (14,914    $ (12,899
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
In assessing the Company’s ability to realize the future benefit associated with its deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The ultimate realization is dependent on the generation of taxable income within the periods that those temporary differences become deductible. Management believes certain net operating loss carry forwards and other credit carry forwards may not be realizable before they expire. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on such deferred tax assets in the amount of $81.5 million and $72.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The change in the Company’s valuation allowance is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
Valuation allowance, beginning of year
   $ 72,783      $ 44,752      $ 33,683  
Increase
     8,678        28,031        11,069  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Valuation allowance, end of year
   $ 81,461      $ 72,783      $ 44,752  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The Company had approximately $449.4 million and $480.2 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax return purposes as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The tax effected amounts of these carryforward are $94.4 million and $100.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Additionally, the tax effected state net operating carryforwards are $26.6 million and $30.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. $7.2 million of the federal net operating loss carryforward was generated after December 31, 2017 and does not expire, the remaining portion of these net operating loss carryforwards will expire, if unused, in varying amounts beginning in 2031.
 
F-62

The realization of the benefits of the net operating loss carryforwards is dependent on sufficient taxable income in future years. Among other things, the lack of future earnings, or a change in ownership of the Company, could adversely affect the Company’s timing and ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforward to reduce future current tax expense. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of this assessment, the Company provided a valuation allowance of $68.9 million as of December 31, 2020 on the deferred tax assets relating to the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. The total valuation allowance relating to these net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets was $81.5 million as of December 31, 2020.
The Company records tax liabilities for uncertainties relate to federal, state, and international tax positions. The estimated values of the Company’s gross uncertain tax positions are as follows (in thousands):
 
    
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
   $ 853      $ 833      $ 740  
Reductions for tax positions for prior years
     56        100        116  
Lapse of statute of limitations
     (44      (80      (23
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year
   $ 865      $ 853      $ 833  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that the composition of its unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.
The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The amount of interest and penalties included in income tax expense was $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively. The Company had approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the payment of interest and penalties accrued for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company operates under a tax holiday in India, which is effective through March 31, 2029. The tax holidays are conditional upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The impact of these tax holidays decreased foreign taxes by $0.2 million, $1.3 million, $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively.
The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, foreign income tax, and state and local income tax in multiple jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. federal, foreign, state, or local tax authorities for years before 2011. While the federal statute of limitations generally is three years, the IRS can
re-determine
items in tax years normally barred by the statute of limitations if a net operating loss utilized in an open year was carried over from a closed year.
10. Stockholders’ Equity
The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorized 1,100,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 per share par value, of which 917,365 and 917,085 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to dividends only when declared by the Board of Directors ratably on a per share basis. Each share of Common Stock has one vote.
2017 Stock Option Plan
On May 26, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock option plan (the “2017 Stock Option Plan”) to provide incentives to its employees, directors, officers, consultants and/or advisors of Papay Topco, Inc. The 2017 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of stock options to employees and officers of the Company.
 
F-63

Key definitions and features of the 2017 Stock Option Plan include:
Change of Control Provision
: Any options that were unvested immediately prior to a sale of the Company shall be deemed vested upon the consummation of a sale of the Company.
Limitation on the Aggregate Number of Shares of Common Stock
: Options granted shall not exceed 101,123 shares of common stock in the aggregate. On April 14, 2021, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of shares that can be granted to 132,162.
Vesting Requirements
: The vesting criteria are based solely on time-based service requirements and do not contain any performance or market-based vesting criteria. Generally, these have either a
one-
or
two-year
cliff vest of 25% or 50% of the options, respectively, with the remaining balance vesting equally on a quarterly basis thereafter. All options will be 100% vested four years from the original grant date. Options granted generally have a maximum term of 10 years.
2017 Other Equity Awards
In July 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company’s ultimate parent, Papay Topco, Inc., approved certain other equity awards to provide incentives to a limited number of employees of Cvent, Inc. These awards are liability-classified because they are required to be settled in cash.
Key definitions and features of the 2017 Other Equity Awards include:
 
Grant date value:
   $ 1,664  
Total awards granted:
     3,125  
In September 2018, these awards were terminated by the Company and severance payments were made in lieu of any vesting of these awards. At the time of termination, the liability was released and the deferred compensation expense was reversed.
Stock-based Compensation
The weighted average assumptions used in the valuation of stock option awards granted under the Black-Scholes model are summarized as follows:
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
   
2018
 
Dividend yield
     —         —         —    
Volatility
     44.65     37.60     39.75
Expected term (years)
     5.89       5.89       6.12  
Risk-free interest rate
     0.65     1.80     2.95
 
F-64

Stock-based Compensation Activity Rollforward
 
Stock options
  
Number of
shares
subject to
option
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share
    
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
    
Aggregate
intrinsic
value (in
thousands)
    
Unrecognized
compensation
expense (in
thousands)
 
Balance at January 1, 2019
     99,024     $ 1,675        7.99      $ 53,272      $ 37,680  
Granted
     2,379       2,424           
Exercised
     (17,251     1,667           
Forfeited
     (609     1,974           
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2019
     83,543     $ 1,697        7.08      $ 76,153      $ 20,500  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Granted
     648       2,354           
Exercised
     (1,103     1,705           
Forfeited
     (874     2,100           
Expired
     (619     1,715           
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2020
     81,595     $ 1,698        6.08      $ 49,446      $ 2,708  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2019
     54,407     $ 1,665        7.42      $ 51,319      $ —  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2020
     77,819     $ 1,671        6.43      $ 49,262      $ —  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $959, $941, $884 per share, respectively.
The total intrinsic value of options that were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $0.7 million, $16.2 million, and $0.05 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020, the $2.7 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options will be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.94 years.
Stock-based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense for equity and liability classified awards is recognized using the straight-line attribution method. In addition, the Company ensures that it has fully recognized expense for at least the options tranches that have fully vested in the period in which they vest.
Stock-based compensation expense is summarized as follows (in thousands), including expense in connection with liability classified awards:
 
    
Year ended
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
    
2018
 
Cost of revenue
   $ 430      $ 519      $ 457  
Sales and marketing
     5,199        5,382        5,289  
Research and development
     4,140        4,325        4,316  
General and administrative (1)
     7,926        8,607        7,849  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total stock-based compensation expense
   $ 17,695      $ 18,833      $ 17,911  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
(1)   2018 expense includes a benefit of $698 in relation to the cancellation of 2017 Other Equity Awards.
 
F-65

Common Stock Valuations
The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options was determined by the board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of the common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of the common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation and Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling
59-60.
The assumptions the Company used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:
 
   
contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by an unrelated third-party valuation specialist;
 
   
the nature of the business and its history since inception;
 
   
the economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry;
 
   
the book value of the stock and the financial condition of the business;
 
   
the operating and financial performance and forecast;
 
   
whether or not the Company has goodwill or other intangible values;
 
   
marketability of the common stock;
 
   
the hiring of key personnel;
 
   
any corporate or asset acquisitions, or divestitures;
 
   
present value of estimated future cash flows;
 
   
the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market condition and the nature and history of the business;
 
   
illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;
 
   
the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and
 
   
the U.S. and global capital market conditions.
2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan
On May 26, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company’s ultimate parent, Papay Topco, Inc., approved a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2017 LTI Plan”) to provide incentives to its employees of Cvent, Inc. The 2017 LTI Plan provides for the payment of a cash bonus if the Company is sold, or another similar Qualifying Event occurs. The 2017 LTI Plan is not convertible to common shares, or any equity interest, under any circumstance. The incentive approved through the 2017 LTI Plan remains unvested until a sale of the Company, or other Qualifying Event occurs. A Qualifying event is defined as any sale or transfer to any third party of at least 50% of the investor’s equity interest. If the Company is sold, or another Qualifying Event occurs, the amount of the cash bonus will vary based on the total purchase price. Specifically, the LTI cash bonus payment will only occur if each and every of the following events occur: a) the Company is sold, or another Qualifying Event occurs; b) the Company is sold for an Equity Return Multiple of at least 2 times Equity initially invested by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., (“Fund VI”); and c) the respective employee remains employed at the time of the sale.
The Company recorded no expense for the 2017 LTI Plan for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 because the incentive remains unvested and the Company is only liable to make the LTI cash bonus
 
F-66

payments upon a sale of the Company, or other Qualified Event, which is not currently determined to be probable. The liability and related expense will be recorded at the point in time that a Qualified Event becomes probable. As of December 31, 2020, these awards were not considered probable of meeting the vesting requirements and accordingly, no expense was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020 and the timing of when this expense will be recognized is unknown.
11. Retirement Plans
a) 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan
In 2020 and 2019, Cvent provided a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) to eligible employees in the United States, which were subject to certain minimum age and period of service restrictions. The Plan provides for discretionary contributions from Cvent related to a calendar year ending December 31, on or before February 28 of the next calendar year. The Company matches 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of their earnings, subject to a $3,500 U.S. dollar limit per employee. Company contributions were $2.1 million, $3.6 million, and $2.8 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Cvent contributions to its Plan in the United States are accrued during the calendar year and paid out following the end of the year.
At the beginning of 2020, Cvent started funding the employer match on a monthly basis based on the same contribution scheme described above and maintained this approach through April 2020. However, starting in June 2020, because of the global
COVID-19
pandemic, the Company decided to temporarily halt all employer matching on 401(k) contributions. The Company reinstated the employer match starting in April 2021 capped at $2,625 U.S. dollar per employee for the 2021 calendar year.
The Company maintains other defined contribution plans where activity is immaterial.
b) India Gratuity Plan
Under the India Payment of Gratuity Act of 1972, the Company maintains a gratuity defined-benefit plan for eligible employees of the Company’s India subsidiary. Upon termination of an employee for any reason, the Company must pay the equivalent of 15 days of the current salary to the employee for each year of service if the employee has vested in the plan. Benefits accrue based on all eligible employees regardless of their respective vesting schedule upon their date of hire. The accrual calculation includes an estimate for the number of employees who will not meet their vesting requirements. Eligible employees vest upon reaching five years of service with the Company.
The funding liability under the plan was determined by licensed actuarial professionals, based on a rate of interest of 4.9% and 6.7% and a retirement age of 58 years, and was $2.4 million and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The liability is included in accrued and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Expense under the plan was $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The plan is currently unfunded.
 
F-67

12. Debt
The outstanding principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
December 31,
 
    
2020
    
2019
 
First Lien Principal amount
   $ 771,648      $ 779,582  
Revolving Credit Facility Principal Amount
     13,400        —    
Less: original issue discount
     (1,702      (2,147
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
     (11,473      (14,478
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net
   $ 771,873      $ 762,957  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
a) First Lien
As of January 1, 2019, the Company had a $787.5 million variable rate first lien loan, or Term Loan Facility, with a consortium of lenders (including Vista Credit Partners) and Goldman Sachs acting as the administrative agent with a maturity date of November 30, 2024. The Company can elect Eurodollar Borrowings using a variable interest rate that may be based upon one, two, three, or
six-month
LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.75% or the Alternate Base Rate plus an applicable margin of 2.75%. The Company can elect the interest rate at the time the previous election matures, and the accrued interest is due. If an election is not made, then the prior interest election remains in effect. The Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) has stated it plans to phase out LIBOR by the end of calendar year 2021. The Company does not anticipate a significant impact to our financial position or results of operations as we expect our agreements to be modified utilizing a similar rate before phase out occurs. The principal amount of the Term Loan Facility amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $2.0 million, due on the last business day of the quarter with a balloon payment at the end of the seven-year term ending on November 30, 2024. The quarterly principal payment due may be adjusted from time to time to reflect voluntary and mandatory prepayments with the balance payable at maturity. In addition, the Company remits an administrative agent fee to Goldman Sachs in the amount and at the time agreed upon between the Company and the lenders. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the first lien was 3.90% as of December 31, 2020. The carrying value of variable rate debt approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rates.
With respect to the Term Loan Facility, mandatory prepayments are required upon certain events including: 1) net cash proceeds from certain asset sales that meet the requirements contained in the debt agreement, 2) net cash proceeds from debt issuances that are not permitted under the credit agreements or 3) a prepayment related to the Company’s Excess Cash Flow. Excess Cash Flow is defined in the Company’s first lien credit agreement with Goldman Sachs. Excess Cash Flow is defined as Consolidated EBITDA(as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) minus certain items, including, but not limited to, a) debt service, b) capital expenditures, c) consolidated tax expense paid in cash, d) cash paid for permitted acquisitions, e) negative changes in working capital, and f) various other items. The Excess Cash Flow prepayment calls for a payment based on the percentage of Excess Cash Flow recognized for the period that exceeds $7.5 million. The percentage of excess cash that must be used to prepay the loan varies based on the first lien leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, at that time. The prepayment is reduced dollar for dollar for any voluntary prepayments, buybacks or forced retirements made during the year. There was no Excess Cash Flow payment due for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The first lien is prepayable at any time subject to the call provisions in the loan agreement.
 
F-68

Future minimum principal payments under the debt agreement as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):
 
2021
   $ 7,935  
2022
     7,935  
2023
     7,935  
2024
     747,843  
  
 
 
 
Total minimum principal payments on debt
   $ 771,648  
  
 
 
 
b) Revolving Credit Facility
The Company has an agreement for a variable rate revolving credit facility in the amount of $40.0 million, which has a maturity date of November 29, 2021. In April 2021, the Company amended and extended this revolving credit facility through November 2024. Due to the spread of
COVID-19
in the beginning of 2020, the global economic activity slowed down and in anticipation of constraints on cash and working capital, the Company fully drew on the revolving credit facility on March 20, 2020, which currently bears interest at a rate of
one-month
LIBOR plus a 3.75% margin payable monthly in arrears. The Company paid off portions of the revolving credit facility in May, September, and December 2020. As of December 31, 2020, there was $13.4 million in outstanding revolving loans. The Company repaid the remaining balance as of April 2021. If the revolving credit facility is drawn more than 35% of the $40.0 million commitment it requires the Company to maintain compliance with the financial covenant maintaining a First Lien Leverage Ratio of less than 7.20 to 1.00 as of the last day of any Test Period. Throughout the entire duration of 2020 and as of December 31, 2020 the Company was and is within compliance of the First Lien Leverage Ratio and all financial covenants. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility was 3.90% as of December 31, 2020.
c) Letters of Credit
The Company has letters of credit with Bank of America and Goldman Sachs, for the purposes of securing leased space to support our global operations. The letter of credit with Bank of America is secured by cash in the amount of $0.1 million that we classify as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets. The Goldman Sachs letter of credit is backstopped against the Company’s revolving credit facility.
13. Leases
The Company enters into lease arrangements for office facilities under
non-cancelable
operating leases with various expiration dates. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized operating lease liabilities of $56.2 million and $64.5 million, respectively, and
right-of-use
assets of $38.9 million and $47.2 million, respectively.
The tables below present information regarding the Company’s lease assets and liabilities (in thousands, except years and percentages):
 
    
December 31,
2020
    
December 31,
2019
 
Assets:
     
Operating lease
right-of-use
assets
   $ 38,922      $ 47,164  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Liabilities:
     
Current
     
Operating lease liabilities
     15,910        15,511  
Long-term
     
Operating lease liabilities
     40,317        49,015  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
   $ 56,227      $ 64,527  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
F-69

The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
   
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 
Operating leases
    
Operating lease cost
   $ 15,967     $ 12,348  
Variable lease cost
     2,781       2,433  
Short-term lease rent expense
     567       1,229  
Less: Sublease income
     (1,054     (1,008
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net rent expense
   $ 18,261     $ 15,002  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Other information related to leases were as follows (in thousands, except years and percentages):
 
    
December 31,
2020
   
December 31,
2019
 
Weighted-average remaining lease term – operating leases (in years)
     4.36       5.18  
Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases
     6.0     6.0
 
    
Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 
Operating cash flows - operating leases
   $ 16,480      $ 14,136  
Right-of-use
assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities
   $ 2,500      $ 55,168  
Future minimum payments during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):
 
2021
   $ 15,784  
2022
     14,900  
2023
     13,375  
2024
     10,727  
2025
     6,711  
Thereafter
     2,503  
  
 
 
 
Total
     64,000  
Less: present value discount
     (7,773
  
 
 
 
Operating lease liabilities
   $ 56,227  
  
 
 
 
Rent expense under operating leases was $12.4 million, $12.7 million, and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
On July 31, 2021, the Company exercised an option to early terminate approximately 30,880 square feet of space at our Washington, D.C. office in exchange for a termination fee of $0.9 million. The modification was not accounted for as a separate contract.
Subleases
The Company subleases certain of its office facilities under operating leases with various expiration dates. Sublease income amounted to $1.1 million, $1 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and is recorded in General and administrative expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.
 
F-70

14. Commitments and Contingencies
a) Legal Proceedings, Regulatory Matters and Other Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings, regulatory matters or other contingencies in the ordinary course of its business. In its opinion, the Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding, regulatory matter or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
b) Self-Insured Health Plan
On January 1, 2018, the Company began to self-insure all its domestic employees for losses and liabilities related to health benefits. Prior to 2018, the Company had obtained health insurance for its employees through a third-party provider and had not self-insured for losses and liabilities related to health benefits. The Company’s accrued health benefits liability was $1.5 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. All of the Company’s international subsidiaries obtained health insurance for its employees through a third-party provider and did not self-insure for such losses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
c) Purchase Commitments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various purchase commitments primarily related to third-party cloud hosting, technology operations and data services. Total noncancelable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $33.0 million expiring at various dates through 2023.
15. Related-Party Transactions
Vista Credit Partners has a balance of $51.5 million and $49.3 million in the first lien loan as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no other related parties that have a position in the first lien loan.
On November 29, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with Lanyon Solutions, Inc.’s (“Lanyon”) former parent, Active Network, LLC (“Active”) to purchase certain services that had been shared when Cvent, Inc. and Lanyon were under common control. Certain of these agreements continued to remain in force for all or part of 2018. Specifically, the agreement provides that the Company remit payment to Active for the use of the following services:
 
   
Paymentech – For a period of no more than twelve months, the Company is entitled to use the services within the Paymentech contract, which enables the processing of credit card fees. This arrangement was terminated as of December 31, 2019.
The agreement was terminated in 2019.
For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, the Company incurred $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million for consulting fees from Vista which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million was included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company also entered into transactions during 2020, 2019, and 2018 to sell services to other Vista controlled entities. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, the Company recognized $1.4 million, $0.9 million, and $1.2 million in revenue related to these transactions. Cvent also purchased software subscription and other services from Vista Investor affiliates. The total expenses incurred were $1.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
 
F-71

16. Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)
Papay Topco, Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)
 
    
December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
 
Assets
    
Current assets:
    
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ —     $ —  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current assets
     —         —    
Investment in subsidiaries
     1,170,949       1,235,879  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
   $ 1,170,949     $ 1,235,879  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    
Current liabilities:
    
Current portion of long-term debt
   $ —       $ —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
     —         —    
Due to subsidiaries
     98       98  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
     98       98  
Commitments and contingencies
    
Stockholders’ equity:
    
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,100,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 917,365 and 917,085 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
     1       1  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     1,936,447       1,918,809  
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
     (69     (1,234
Accumulated deficit
     (765,528     (681,795
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
     1,170,851       1,235,781  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
   $ 1,170,949     $ 1,235,879  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
F-72

Papay Topco, Inc.
(Parent Company Only)
Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
(in thousands)
 
    
Year ended December 31,
 
    
2020
   
2019
   
2018
 
Revenue
   $ —       $ —       $ —    
Cost of revenue
     —         —         —    
Operating expenses
     —         —         —    
Other income/(expense), net
     —         —         —    
Loss before income taxes
     —         —         —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes
     —         —         —    
Equity in net loss of subsidiaries
     (83,733     (91,761     (54,040
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
   $ (83,733   $ (91,761   $ (54,040
Other comprehensive income/(loss):
      
Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)
     1,165       1,376       (307
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Comprehensive loss
   $ (82,568   $ (90,385   $ (54,347
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basis of Presentation
The Company is a holding company with no material operations of its own that conducts substantially all of its activities through its subsidiaries. The Company has no direct outstanding debt obligations. However, Cvent and Papay Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”), each a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, are limited in their ability to declare dividends or make any payment on account of its capital stock to, directly or indirectly, fund a dividend or other distribution to the Company as a borrower and a parent guarantor, respectively, under the Company’s Credit Facilities, subject to limited exceptions, including, as of December 31, 2020, (1) certain stock repurchases subject to customary limitations and exceptions, (2) up to the greater of $55,000,000 and 35.0% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) tested based on the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdco then last ended, subject to customary limitations and exceptions, (3) unlimited amounts subject to compliance with a 4.50 to 1.00 first lien net leverage ratio giving pro forma effect to any distribution, (4) unlimited amount up to 7% per annum of the market capitalization following the consummation of an IPO, and (5) payment of the Company’s overhead expenses. Pursuant to First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2021, Cvent’s and Holdco’s ability to declare dividends or make any payment on account of its capital stock was further limited, including changes to compliance with a 3.50 to 1.00 first lien net leverage ratio giving pro forma effect to any distribution. For a discussion of the Credit Facilities, refer to Note 12.
These condensed financial statements have been presented on a “parent-only” basis. Under a parent-only presentation, the Company’s investments in subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because the Company had no material operating, investing or financing cash flow activities for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, or 2018. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. As such, these parent-only statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-73
17. Subsequent Events
The Company evaluated subsequent events from December 31, 2020, the date of these consolidated financial statements, through August 20, 2021, which represents the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, for events requiring adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements. Except as discussed below, there are no events that require adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.
On May 24, 2021, the Company acquired Shoflo, LLC (“Shoflo”) for total cash consideration of $16.9 million. Shoflo provides cloud-based studio production tools that are essential to virtual and hybrid events. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The initial purchase price may be adjusted as needed per the terms of the arrangement agreement. The allocation of purchase price, including any fair value of contingent consideration, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date has not been completed.
On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, (“Dragoneer”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The contemplated deal with Dragoneer would provide all holders of the Company’s common stock to receive common stock of the continuing public company, which will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, which will be renamed Cvent Holding Corp. at the closing of the transaction. The proposed transaction is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2021, subject to, among other things, the approval by Dragoneer’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the merger agreement and other customary closing conditions. There is no assurance that the transaction will be consummated. If consummated, the Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Cvent will be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of New Cvent will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Cvent.
 
F-74

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
 
Assets
  
September 30,
2021
   
December 31,
2020
 
Current Assets:
    
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 115,406     $ 65,265  
Restricted cash
     103       205  
Short-term investments
     2,696       —    
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively
     82,651       141,113  
Capitalized commission, net
     22,142       22,000  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
     15,934       12,415  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current assets
     238,932       240,998  
Property and equipment, net
     16,024       21,715  
Capitalized software development costs, net
     113,519       124,030  
Intangible assets, net
     234,160       272,416  
Goodwill
     1,617,936       1,605,628  
Operating
lease-right-of-use
assets
     29,031       38,922  
Capitalized commission, net,
non-current
     19,275       20,427  
Deferred tax assets,
non-current
     1,999       2,036  
Other assets,
non-current,
net
     3,997       5,479  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total assets
   $ 2,274,873     $ 2,331,651  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    
Current liabilities:
    
Current portion of long-term debt
   $ 4,546     $ 17,920  
Accounts payable
     2,316       4,078  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
     69,865       81,939  
Fees payable to customers
     30,750       16,872  
Operating lease liabilities, current
     11,459       15,910  
Deferred revenue
     226,307       207,622  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total current liabilities
     345,243       344,341  
Deferred tax liabilities,
non-current
     18,226       16,950  
Long-term debt, net
     750,540       753,953  
Operating lease liabilities,
non-current
     32,036       40,317  
Other liabilities,
non-current
     7,651       5,239  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities
     1,153,696       1,160,800  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
    
Stockholders’ equity:
    
Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,100,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 917,761 and 917,365 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively
     1       1  
Additional
paid-in
capital
     1,953,654       1,936,447  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
     (2,415     (69
Accumulated deficit
     (830,063     (765,528
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total stockholders’ equity
     1,121,177       1,170,851  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
   $ 2,274,873     $ 2,331,651  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
 
F-75

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
 
    
Three Months
Ended September 30,
   
Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
   
2021
   
2020
 
Revenue
   $ 134,058     $ 118,507     $ 374,159     $ 383,216  
Cost of revenue
     50,635       39,888       140,479       134,334  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Gross profit
     83,423       78,619       233,680       248,882  
Operating expenses:
        
Sales and marketing
     37,161       29,004       99,069       99,543  
Research and development
     25,685       20,970       72,016       68,992  
General and administrative
     25,358       20,243       63,711       63,881  
Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue
     12,757       13,491       38,721       40,416  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Total operating expenses
     100,961       83,708       273,517       272,832  
Loss from operations
     (17,538     (5,089     (39,837     (23,950
Interest expense
     (7,546     (8,151     (22,717     (27,695
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     (938     (948     (2,823     (2,852
Loss on divestitures, net
     —         —         —         (9,634
Other income, net
     1,864       461       6,135       1,919  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Loss before income taxes
     (24,158     (13,727     (59,242     (62,212
Provision for income taxes
     1,968       648       5,294       4,870  
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net loss
     (26,126     (14,375     (64,536     (67,082
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Other comprehensive loss:
        
Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain
     (2,001     2,207       (2,347     (1,508
Comprehensive loss
   $ (28,127   $ (12,168   $ (66,883   $ (68,590
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted net loss per common share
   $ (28.47   $ (15.67   $ (70.33   $ (73.15
  
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Basic and Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding
     917,761       917,085       917,641       917,082  
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
 
F-76

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in thousands, except share data)
(unaudited)
 
    
Common Stock
    
Amount
   
Accumulated
deficit
   
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income / (loss)
   
Total
stockholders’
equity
 
    
Shares
   
Amount
    
Additional
paid-in

capital
 
Balance as of December 31, 2020
     917,365     $ 1      $ 1,936,447     $ (765,528   $ (69   $ 1,170,851  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
     —         —          609       —         —         609  
Net loss
     —         —          —         (16,562     —         (16,562
Exercise of stock options
     268       —          318       —         —         318  
Repurchase of stock options
     (53     —          (122     —         —         (122
Foreign currency translation loss
     —         —          —         —         (621     (621
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of March 31, 2021
     917,580     $ 1      $ 1,937,252     $ (782,090   $ (690   $ 1,154,473  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
     —         —          7,815       —         —         7,815  
Net loss
     —         —          —         (21,847     —         (21,847
Exercise of stock options
     181       —          200       —         —         200  
Foreign currency translation gain
     —         —          —         —         276       276  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of June 30, 2021
     917,761     $ 1      $ 1,945,267     $ (803,937   $ (414   $ 1,140,917  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
     —         —          8,387       —         —         8,387  
Net loss
     —         —          —         (26,126     —         (26,126
Foreign currency translation loss
     —         —          —         —         (2,001     (2,001
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of September 30, 2021
     917,761     $ 1      $ 1,953,654     $ (830,063   $ (2,415   $ 1,121,177  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
    
Common Stock
    
Amount
   
Accumulated
deficit
   
Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income / (loss)
   
Total
stockholders’
equity
 
    
Shares
   
Amount
    
Additional
paid-in

capital
 
Balance as of December 31, 2019
     917,085     $ 1      $ 1,918,809     $ (681,795   $ (1,234   $ 1,235,781  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
     —         —          4,847       —         —         4,847  
Net loss
     —         —          —         (24,706     —         (24,706
Foreign currency translation loss
     —         —          —         —         (5,314     (5,314
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of March 31, 2020
     917.085     $ 1      $ 1,923,656     $ (706,501   $ (6,548   $ 1,210,608  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
     —         —          4,831       —         —         4,831  
Net loss
     —         —          —         (28,001     —         (28,001
Exercise of stock options
     28       —          61       —         —         61  
Repurchase of stock options
     (55        (71     —         —         (71
Foreign currency translation gain
     —         —          —         —         1,599       1,599  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of June 30, 2020
     917,058     $ 1      $ 1,928,477     $ (734,502   $ (4,949   $ 1,189,027  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
     —         —          4,879       —         —         4,879  
Net loss
     —         —          —         (14,375     —         (14,375
Exercise of stock options
     57       —          —         —         —         —    
Foreign currency translation gain
     —         —          —         —         2,207       2,207  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Balance as of September 30, 2020
     917,115     $ 1      $ 1,933,356     $ (748,877   $ (2,742   $ 1,181,738  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
 
F-77
PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
(unaudited)
 
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
   
2020
 
Operating activities:
    
Net loss
   $ (64,536   $ (67,082
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:
    
Depreciation and amortization
     93,142       96,217  
Amortization of the
right-of-use
assets
     6,817       8,063  
Allowance for expected credit losses, net
     5,549       663  
Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount
     2,823       2,852  
Amortization of capitalized commission
     21,568       22,117  
Unrealized foreign currency transaction gain
     19       87  
Stock-based compensation
     16,811       14,557  
Loss on divestiture
     —         9,634  
Change in deferred taxes
     1,313       1,228  
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of business combinations:
    
Accounts receivable
     52,611       32,395  
Prepaid expenses and other assets
     (6,064     481  
Capitalized commission, net
     (26,706     (22,894
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
     8,999       (18,275
Operating lease liability
     (9,666     (7,066
Deferred revenue
     18,878       (19,147
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
     121,558       53,830  
Investing activities:
    
Purchase of property and equipment
     (2,768     (1,298
Capitalized software development costs
     (30,272     (32,425
Purchase of short-term investments
     (31,435     (26,914
Maturities of short-term investments
     28,739       26,268  
Proceeds from divestiture
     122       500  
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
     (14,769     (1,400
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash used in investing activities
     (50,383     (35,269
Financing activities:
    
Principal repayments on first lien term loan
     (5,951     (5,951
Principal repayments of revolving credit facility
     (13,400     (26,100
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
     —         40,000  
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
     522       5  
Repurchase of stock
     (57     —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
     (18,886     7,954  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
     (2,250     (1,471
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
     50,039       25,044  
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period
     65,470       72,721  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period
     115,509       97,765  
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
Supplemental cash flow information:
    
Interest paid
     22,721       27,682  
Income taxes paid
     4,655       4,564  
Supplemental disclosure of
non-cash
investing and financing activities:
    
Outstanding payments for purchase of property and equipment at period end
     331       462  
Outstanding payments for capitalized software development costs at period end
     513       322  
See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
 
F-78

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
1. Description of Business
Cvent Holding Corp. (the “Company”) is the indirect parent company of Cvent, Inc. (“Cvent”).
The Company provides a cloud-based enterprise event marketing and management platform with solutions for both sides of the meetings and events value ecosystem: (i) for marketers and meeting and event planners, through its Event Cloud offering and (ii) for hoteliers and venues, through its Hospitality Cloud. The Company’s integrated event marketing and management platform powers the entire event lifecycle by enabling marketers and event planners to automate and streamline the entire process of creating, promoting, managing, and measuring events for organizations of all sizes. Cvent solutions empower customers to deliver and maximize live engagement across their event programs helping to forge deeper relationships with attendees, build brand advocacy and increase demand for their products and services. It also helps organizations more efficiently manage critical event processes, control spend and reduce meetings costs. The Company’s Hospitality Cloud provides hoteliers and venues with an integrated platform that enables properties to increase group and business transient revenue through a combination of cloud-based software products and targeted advertising to organizations that run events while they are in the process of sourcing their events. Hospitality Cloud solutions also improve purchasing intelligence through innovative demand management and business intelligence. By connecting event organizers to venues, the Company powers an entire ecosystem that increases Cvent’s “stickiness” and drives sales of our software offerings across our Event and Hospitality Cloud businesses.
On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, (“Dragoneer”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The deal with Dragoneer provided all holders of the Company’s common stock with common stock of the continuing public company, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, and was renamed Cvent Holding Corp. at Closing of the transaction. The transaction was completed in the fourth quarter of 2021, and received the approval of Dragoneer’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the business combination agreement and other customary closing conditions. The business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer is treated as the acquired company and Cvent is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of Cvent represent a continuation of the financial statements of Cvent, with the business combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination will be those of Cvent.
Response to
COVID-19
The Company believes there is sufficient cash flow to meets its business obligations, working capital needs, and remain in financial compliance with covenants for the next 12 months from the date of financial statement issuance. Nonetheless, in order to better enable the Company to weather the extraordinary business challenges brought about by the global
COVID-19
pandemic, to protect the safety and welfare of its employees, itself financially, maintain cash reserves, and ensure its long-term solvency, the Company instituted certain temporary measures during 2020 that continued into 2021. These measures, including undertaking restructuring actions to manage costs and headcount, provided the Company the financial flexibility needed to manage a wide array of outcomes that may result from the pandemic.
 
F-79

The global
COVID-19
pandemic has created, and may continue to create, significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, and the extent of its impact on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on continuously evolving factors including, but not limited to the duration and spread of the outbreak, the speed and degree of the anticipated economic recovery, and the impact on the Company’s customers. The Company considered the impact of
COVID-19
on the estimates and assumptions and determined that there were no material adverse impacts on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2021 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates and assumptions may change materially in future periods.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2021 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair statement of the financial position as of September 30, 2021, the results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issue date of these condensed consolidated financial statements.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include estimated useful lives of property and equipment, capitalized software development costs, the valuation of goodwill and intangibles, allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of deferred tax assets, certain assumptions related to stock-based compensation, including the estimated value of the Company’s common stock and, income taxes. As of the date the financial statements were available for issuance, we are not aware of any specific events or circumstances that would require us to update our estimates, judgments, or to revise the carrying values of our assets or liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash represents amounts required to be held as collateral in a money market account for treasury management service agreements. The Company held $0.1 million and $0.2 million of restricted cash as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
 
F-80

The following table presents the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash by category in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 115,406      $ 65,265  
Restricted cash
     103        205  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash
   $ 115,509      $ 65,470  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. Subscription services revenue consists primarily of fees to provide the Company’s customers with access to its cloud-based platform. Subscription service contracts do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software, are
non-cancellable,
and do not contain rights of return. Hospitality Cloud marketing solutions primarily relate to digital advertising on the Company’s hosted venue sourcing networks. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to a customer. A time-elapsed method is used to measure progress for subscription contracts because control is transferred evenly over the contract term. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized approximately 87.3% of its revenue from services transferred to the customer over time, with the remaining 12.7% of revenue recognized at a point in time upon delivery, generally when an event occurred. The Company’s services are generally provided under annual and multi-year contracts with invoicing occurring in annual or quarterly installments at the beginning of each year, or quarter, in the contract period. Revenue is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collects on behalf of governmental authorities.
Certain contracts may include multiple distinct performance obligations which may consist of some or all of subscription services, marketing packages, and professional services. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations relating to SaaS subscriptions, which are concurrently delivered and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to the customer ratably over the contract period), the entire contract value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations that do not have the same pattern of transfer to the customer, revenue is recognized at each performance obligation’s respective standalone selling price (“SSP”), when the performance obligations are satisfied. The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company estimates SSP based on internal margin analysis, competitor data, and other industry standards for SaaS-based companies.
Fair Value Measurements
Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last one is considered unobservable:
Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value.
 
F-81

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these financial instruments on the condensed consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value based on their short-term maturities.
Segment and Geographic Data
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.
Property and equipment outside North America geographic locations represented 24.5% and 21.8% of total property and equipment, net as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and are located primarily in India. The composition of the Company’s property and equipment between North America and locations outside of North America is set forth below (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
North America
   $ 12,094      $ 16,976  
Outside North America
     3,930        4,739  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total
   $ 16,024      $ 21,715  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Net Loss per Share of Common Stock
Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options. As the Company has reported losses for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities including stock options, are antidilutive and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.
113,967 and 82,087 stock options as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, because including them would have been antidilutive. The weighted-average options for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2021 were 114,061 and 102,545, respectively. The weighted-average options for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2020 were 82,706 and 83,164, respectively.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No
2019-12,
Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes
(“ASU
2019-12”).
ASU
2019-12
simplifies certain aspects of accounting for income taxes by removing (i) the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items, (ii) the exception to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment, and (iii) the exception to the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a
year-to-date
loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. The Company adopted ASU
2019-12
prospectively as of January 1, 2021 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
 
F-82

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In October 2021, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No
2021-08,
Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers
(“ASU
2021-08”).
ASU
2021-08
requires acquirers to account for revenue contracts acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had originated the contracts. This is a change from current GAAP in which contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value on the acquisition date. The updated guidance improves comparability of recognition and measurement of acquired revenue contracts. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and the Company is still assessing but does not expect that ASU
2021-08
will have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.
3. Revenue
Disaggregation of Revenue
The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. They are principally generated from North America, which comprises of the United States and Canada, with Canada representing 2.1% and 2.4% of total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and 2.4% and 2.4% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Revenue from sources outside North America represented 13.9% and 12.7% of total revenue for three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 13.6% and 12.2% of total revenue for nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company’s disaggregation of revenue primary geographic region is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
2021
    
2020
 
North America
   $ 115,407      $ 103,476      $ 323,154      $ 336,328  
Outside North America
     18,651        15,031        51,005        46,888  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Revenue
   $ 134,058      $ 118,507      $ 374,159      $ 383,216  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
The Company’s disaggregation of revenue by major business activity is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Three Months Ended
September 30,
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
2021
    
2020
 
Event Cloud
   $ 92,484      $ 72,701      $ 259,207      $ 237,859  
Hospitality Cloud
     41,574        45,806        114,952        145,357  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Revenue
   $ 134,058      $ 118,507      $ 374,159      $ 383,216  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents billings under signed contracts before the related products or services are transferred to customers. The portion of deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized as revenue during the subsequent
12-month
period is recorded as deferred revenue in current liabilities and the remaining portion is recorded as other liabilities,
non-current,
which is not material. Deferred revenue was $226.3 million and $207.6 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized $37.6 million and $170.0 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of 2021, respectively.
Remaining Performance Obligations
For multiple-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year.
 
F-83

Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our total current deferred revenue was $226.3 million and $207.6 million, respectively, which amount does not include unbilled contract value for contracts of approximately $521.5 million and $576.1 million, respectively. We expect that the amount of unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. We expect to recognize 68.9% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent 24 months, and the remainder thereafter.
Sales Commission
The current portion of capitalized commissions, net was $22.1 million and $22.0 million and the noncurrent portion of capitalized commissions, net was $19.3 million and $20.4 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $7.4 million and $7.2 million and during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $21.6 million and $22.1 million of capitalized commissions were amortized to sales and marketing expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, respectively.
Allowance for Expected Credit Losses
The change in the Company’s allowance for expected credit losses is as follows (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
Allowance for expected credit losses, beginning of period
   $ 3,287      $ 1,912  
Credit loss expense
     5,549        3,280  
Write-offs and adjustments
     (5,876      (1,905
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Allowance for expected credit losses, end of period
   $ 2,960      $ 3,287  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
4. Business Combinations
Acquisitions
SummitSync
On February 20, 2020, the Company acquired certain assets of SummitSync, Inc. (“SummitSync”) for total cash consideration of $1.4 million. SummitSync provides appointments solutions for booking 1:1 meetings at trade shows and conferences. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
Shoflo
On May 24, 2021, the Company acquired Shoflo, LLC (“Shoflo”) for total consideration of $17.1 million. Shoflo provides cloud-based studio production tools that are essential to virtual and hybrid events. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.
The $17.1 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their preliminary estimated fair value at the time of close. The purchase price allocation is subject to change as the Company
 
F-84
continues to gather information relevant to its determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired primarily related to trademarks and developed technology. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, immaterial adjustments were made to the purchase price allocation. Any further adjustments to the purchase price will be made as soon as practicable but no later than one year from the acquisition date. The table below outlines the preliminary allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed and intangible asset (in thousands):
 
Allocation of purchase price:
  
Cash and cash equivalents
   $ 176  
Other current assets
     86  
Non-current
assets
     84  
Current liabilities
     (821
Non-current
liabilities
     (55
Trademarks
     401  
Developed technology
     4,933  
Goodwill
     12,268  
  
 
 
 
Total purchase consideration
   $ 17,072  
  
 
 
 
The preliminary estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of Shoflo’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of Shoflo’s developed studio production tools. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):
 
    
Fair
value
acquired
    
Useful
life
(years)
 
Trademarks
   $ 401        2  
Developed technology
     4,933        3  
  
 
 
    
Total intangible assets
   $ 5,334     
  
 
 
    
The intangible assets are deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, no deferred tax asset or liability been established for the identified intangible assets.
Acquisition-related costs of $0.7 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.
The financial results of Shoflo are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The Shoflo acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021.
The Company has included the financial results of business combinations in the condensed consolidated financial statements from the respective date of acquisition, which were not material. Pro forma revenue and earnings amounts on a combined basis have not been presented as they are not material to the historical
pre-acquisition
financials.
 
F-85

5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
Computer equipment, purchased software and software developed for
internal-use
   $ 24,282      $ 22,408  
Leasehold improvements
     25,819        26,675  
Furniture and equipment
     10,696        11,075  
Rentable onsite solutions equipment
     6,325        6,326  
Other
     181        66  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Property and equipment, gross
     67,303        66,550  
Less accumulated depreciation
     (51,279      (44,835
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
   $ 16,024      $ 21,715  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Depreciation of property and equipment was $2.5 million and $3.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $8.5 million and $12.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
6. Capitalized Software Development Costs
Capitalized software for the Company’s software platforms was developed either internally or was acquired through acquisitions. Capitalized software development costs and acquired software technology are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
Capitalized software development costs, gross
   $ 374,451      $ 339,082  
Less, accumulated depreciation
     (260,932      (215,052
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Capitalized software development costs, net
   $ 113,519      $ 124,030  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Amortization of capitalized software development costs, recorded as cost of revenue, was $15.5 million and $15.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $45.9 million and $43.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The change in carrying amount of goodwill is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
Goodwill as of January 1, 2021
   $ 1,605,628  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
     40  
Addition from acquisition (Note 4)
     12,268  
  
 
 
 
Goodwill as of September 30, 2021
   $ 1,617,936  
  
 
 
 
 
F-86

Intangible assets are amortized based on a pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, or if not reliably determined, amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives between two and fifteen years. The intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
   
Intangible Assets, Gross
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Intangible Assets, Net
 
   
January 1,
2021
   
Additions
and
retirements
   
September 30,
2021
   
January 1,
2021
   
Expense
and
retirements,
net
   
September 30,
2021
   
January 1,
2021
   
September 30,
2021
   
Weighted-
average
remaining
life as of
September 30,
2021
 
Customer relationships
  $ 437,999     $ 77     $ 438,076     $ (214,923   $ (31,631   $ (246,554   $ 223,076     $ 191,522       5.4  
Trademarks
    96,501       401       96,902       (47,223     (7,103     (54,326     49,278       42,576       5.1  
Non-compete
agreements
    588       —         588       (588     —         (588     —         —      
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets subject to amortization
    535,088       478       535,566       (262,734     (38,734     (301,468     272,354       234,098    
Indefinite-lived assets
    62       —         62       —         —         —         62       62    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets, net
  $ 535,150     $ 478     $ 535,628     $ (262,734   $ (38,734   $ (301,468   $ 272,416     $ 234,160    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
   
Intangible Assets, Gross
   
Accumulated Amortization
   
Intangible Assets, Net
 
   
January 1,
2020
   
Additions
and
retirements
   
September 30,
2020
   
January 1,
2020
   
Expense
and
retirements,
net
   
September 30,
2020
   
January 1,
2020
   
September 30,
2020
   
Weighted-
average
remaining
life as of
September 30,
2020
 
Customer relationships
  $ 436,182     $ 1,817     $ 437,999     $ (170,643   $ (44,280   $ (214,923   $ 265,539     $ 223,076       5.6  
Trademarks
    97,185       (684     96,501       (37,704     (9,519     (47,223     59,481       49,278       5.2  
Non-compete
agreements
    588       —         588       (588     —         (588     —         —      
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets subject to amortization
    533,955       1,133       535,088       (208,935     (53,799     (262,734     325,020       272,354    
Indefinite-lived assets
    62       —         62       —         —         —         62       62    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Intangible assets, net
  $ 534,017     $ 1,133     $ 535,150     $ (208,935   $ (53,799   $ (262,734   $ 325,082     $ 272,416    
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
The total amount of amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets, recorded as intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue, was $12.8 million and $13.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $38.7 million and $40.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The intangible asset balance remaining as of September 30, 2021 will be amortized into expense in future years as follows (in thousands):
 
2021 (remaining three months)
   $ 12,754  
2022
     48,605  
2023
     46,695  
2024
     45,130  
2025
     39,288  
2026 and thereafter
     41,626  
  
 
 
 
Total amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets
     234,098  
  
 
 
 
 
F-87

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of accrued compensation, such as bonus, commission, payroll taxes, sales and other tax liabilities, etc. The following table summarizes the Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities for the periods indicated (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
Accrued compensation
   $ 42,027      $ 50,312  
Sales and other tax liabilities
     5,474        9,550  
Other
     22,364        22,077  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
   $ 69,865      $ 81,939  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
9. Income Taxes
The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was (8.15)% and (4.72)%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was (8.94)% and (7.83)%, respectively. The difference between the Company’s effective tax rates for the 2021 and 2020 periods and the U.S. statutory tax rate of 21% related primarily to U.S. taxes on foreign earnings, foreign tax rate differentials, and valuation allowance.
The Company evaluates its tax positions on a quarterly basis. There were no material changes to the Company’s uncertain tax positions, interest, or penalties during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.
10. Stockholders’ Equity
The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorized 1,100,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 per share par value, of which 917,761 and 917,365 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to dividends only when declared by the Board of Directors ratably on a per share basis. Each share of Common Stock has one vote.
Stock-based Compensation
The weighted-average assumptions used in the valuation of stock option awards granted under the Black Scholes model are summarized as follows (no stock options were granted during the three months ended September 30, 2021):
 
    
Nine months
ended
September 30,
2021
 
Dividend yield
     0.00
Volatility
     44.98
Expected term (years)
     5.82  
Risk-free interest rate
     1.30
 
F-88
Stock-based Compensation Activity Rollforward
 
Stock options
  
Number
of
shares
subject
to
option
   
Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share
    
Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
    
Aggregate
intrinsic
value (in
thousands)
    
Unrecognized
compensation
expense (in
thousands)
 
Balance as of January 1, 2021
     81,595     $ 1,698        6.08      $ 9,446      $ 2,708  
Granted
     224       2,304           
Exercised
     (487     1,712           
Forfeited
     (92     2,176           
Expired
     (188     1,710           
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance as of March 31, 2021
     81,052       1,699        6.22        49,034        2,240  
Granted
     33,714       2,304           
Exercised
     (341     1,698           
Forfeited
     (235     2,327           
Expired
     —         —             
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance as of June 30, 2021
     114,190       1,876        6.80        305,833      $ 57,633  
Granted
     —         —             
Exercised
     —         —             
Forfeited
     (211     2,304           
Expired
     (12     2,452           
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Balance as of September 30, 2021
     113,967     $ 1,875        6.54      $ 305,333      $ 48,852  
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Vested and exercisable as of January 1, 2021
     77,819     $ 1,671        6.43      $ 49,262      $ —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Vested and exercisable as of September 30, 2021
     96,372     $ 1,681        5.72      $ 276,906      $ —    
  
 
 
   
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
No stock options were granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $1,879 per share.
The total intrinsic value of options that were exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.4 million. No options were exercised during the three months ended September 30, 2021.
As of September 30, 2021, the $48.9 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.37 years.
Stock-based Compensation Expense
Stock-based compensation expense for equity and liability classified awards is recognized using the straight-line attribution method. In addition, the Company ensures that it has fully recognized expense for at least the options tranches that have fully vested in the period in which they vest.
 
F-89

Stock-based compensation expense is summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
Three Months
Ended
September 30,
    
Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
    
2021
    
2020
    
2021
    
2020
 
Cost of revenue
   $ 456      $ 157      $ 950      $ 466  
Sales and marketing
     2,578        1,397        5,371        4,162  
Research and development
     2,183        1,125        4,321        3,377  
General and administrative
     3,170        2,200        6,169        6,552  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total stock-based compensation
   $ 8,387      $ 4,879      $ 16,811      $ 14,557  
  
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan
The Company recorded no expense for the 2017 LTI Plan during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 because the incentive remains unvested and the Company is only liable to make the LTI cash bonus payments upon a sale of the Company, or other Qualified Event, which is not currently determined to be probable. The liability and related expense will be recorded at the point in time that a Qualified Event becomes probable. As of September 30, 2021, these awards were not considered probable of meeting the vesting requirements and accordingly, no expense was recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and the timing of when this expense will be recognized is unknown.
11. Debt
The outstanding principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):
 
    
September 30,
2021
    
December 31,
2020
 
First Lien Principal amount
   $ 765,696      $ 771,648  
Revolving Credit Facility Principal amount
     —          13,400  
Less: original issue discount
     (1,370      (1,702
Less: unamortized deferred financing costs
     (9,240      (11,473
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
Total principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net
   $ 755,086      $ 771,873  
  
 
 
    
 
 
 
a) First Lien
As of January 1, 2019, the Company had a $787.5 million variable rate first lien loan, or Term Loan Facility, with a consortium of lenders (including Vista Credit Partners) and Goldman Sachs acting as the administrative agent with a maturity date of November 30, 2024. The principal amount of the Term Loan Facility amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $2.0 million, due on the last business day of the quarter with a balloon payment at the end of the seven-year term ending on November 30, 2024. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the first lien was 3.83% as of September 30, 2021.
With respect to the Term Loan Facility, mandatory prepayments are required upon certain events including: 1) net cash proceeds from certain asset sales that meet the requirements contained in the debt agreement, 2) net cash proceeds from debt issuances that are not permitted under the credit agreements or 3) a prepayment related to the Company’s Excess Cash Flow. Excess Cash Flow is defined in the Company’s first lien credit agreement with Goldman Sachs. There was no Excess Cash Flow payment due for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. The first lien is prepayable at any time subject to the call provisions in the loan agreement. The carrying value of variable rate debt approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rates.
 
F-90

On November 18, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to, among other things, provide the Company the option to report to the lenders financial statements at the consolidated parent level.
Future minimum principal payments under the debt agreement as of September 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):
 
2021 (remaining three months)
   $ 1,983  
2022
     7,935  
2023
     7,935  
2024
     747,843  
  
 
 
 
Total minimum principal payments on debt
   $ 765,696  
  
 
 
 
b) Revolving Credit Facility
The Company has an agreement for a variable rate revolving credit facility in the amount of $40.0 million, which has a maturity date of November 29, 2021. In April 2021, the Company amended and extended this revolving credit facility through November 2024. Due to the spread of
COVID-19
in the beginning of 2020, the global economic activity slowed down and in anticipation of constraints on cash and working capital, the Company fully drew on the revolving credit facility on March 20, 2020, which currently bears interest at a rate of
one-month
LIBOR plus a 3.75% margin payable monthly in arrears. The Company paid off portions of the revolving credit facility in May, September, December 2020, and March 2021 and fully repaid the remaining balance as of April 2021. If the revolving credit facility is drawn more than 35% of the $40.0 million commitment it requires the Company to maintain compliance with the financial covenant maintaining a First Lien Leverage Ratio of less than 7.20 to 1.00 as of the last day of any Test Period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and as of September 30, 2021, the Company was and is within compliance of the First Lien Leverage Ratio and all financial covenants. The $40.0 million borrowing capacity was reduced by $0.4 million related to a letter of credit for the Social Tables office lease, resulting in an available borrowing capacity of $39.6 million as of September 30, 2021. During October 2021, the letter of credit for the Social Tables office lease was released.
c) Letters of Credit
The Company has a letter of credit with Goldman Sachs, for the purposes of securing leased space to support our global operations. The Goldman Sachs letter of credit is backstopped against the Company’s revolving credit facility.
12. Leases
The Company enters into lease arrangements for office facilities under
non-cancelable
operating leases with various expiration dates.
As of September 30, 2021, the Company’s
right-of-use
(“ROU”) assets and total operating lease liabilities were $29.0 million and $43.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s ROU assets and total operating lease liabilities were $38.9 million and $56.2 million, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, no ROU asset was obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, $0.1 million of ROU assets were obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, $1.7 million and $4.6 million of ROU assets were obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities, respectively.
 
F-91

On July 31, 2021, the Company exercised an option to early terminate approximately 30,880 square feet of space at our Washington, D.C. office in exchange for a termination fee of $0.9 million. The modification was not accounted for as a separate contract.
13. Commitments and Contingencies
a) Legal Proceedings, Regulatory Matters and Other Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings, regulatory matters or other contingencies in the ordinary course of its business. In its opinion, the Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding, regulatory matter or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
b) Purchase Commitments
In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various purchase commitments primarily related to third-party cloud hosting, technology operations and data services. Total
non-cancelable
purchase commitments as of September 30, 2021 were approximately $14.6 million expiring at various dates through 2023.
14. Related-Party Transactions
Vista Credit Partners has a balance of $55.3 million in the Term Loan Facility as of September 30, 2021. There were no other related parties that have a position in the Term Loan Facility.
The Company incurred less than $0.1 million for consulting fees from Vista for both the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and $0.1 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, which are recorded in general and administrative expenses. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, less than $0.1 million was included in accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.
The Company also entered into transactions during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 to sell services to other Vista controlled entities. The Company recognized $0.4 million and $0.1 million in revenue related to these transactions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.7 million and $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Cvent also purchased software subscription and other services from Vista Investor affiliates. The Company recognized $0.5 million and $0.2 million in expenses related to these transactions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1.4 million and $0.7 million in expenses related to these transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
15. Subsequent Events
As previously described in Note 1, on July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, (“Dragoneer”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The deal with Dragoneer provided all holders of the Company’s common stock with common stock of the continuing public company, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, and was renamed Cvent Holding Corp. at Closing of the transaction. The transaction was completed in the fourth quarter of 2021, and received the approval of Dragoneer’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the business combination agreement and other customary closing conditions. The business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer is treated as the acquired company and Cvent is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of Cvent represent a continuation of the financial statements of
 
F-92

Cvent, with the business combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination will be those of Cvent. Net proceeds from this transaction after deducting fees and expenses were approximately $523.0 million, $500.0 million of which was used to repay the outstanding principal indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. The remaining net proceeds will be included in cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet.
 
F-93

 
 
LOGO
 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be borne by the registrant in connection with the issuance and distribution of the shares of Common Stock being registered hereby.
 
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee
   $ 371,925.99  
Accounting fees and expenses
     *  
Legal fees and expenses
     *  
Financial printing and miscellaneous expenses
     *  
  
 
 
 
Total
   $ *  
  
 
 
 
 
 
*
To be completed by Amendment
 
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.
Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors shall not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL, as amended. Our Bylaws provide for indemnification of our directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by the DGCL.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.
 
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Pursuant to the subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) entered into on July 23, 2021, by and among Dragoneer and certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and Dragoneer agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $475,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). Dragoneer also granted the PIPE Investors certain registration rights in connection with the PIPE Financing. The PIPE Financing was contingent upon, among other things, the substantially concurrent closing of the Business Combination.
In addition, pursuant to the terms of the forward purchase agreement between Dragoneer and Dragoneer Funding II LLC, an affiliate of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II, a Cayman Islands limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), dated October 29, 2020 (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) and the Business Combination Agreement, immediately prior to the First Effective Time, but following the Domestication, Dragoneer issued to Dragoneer Funding II LLC an aggregate of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share.
 
II-1

The sales of these securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. The purchasers of the securities acquired the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. The registrant believes that all recipients of securities in these transactions were accredited investors, sophisticated investors, or had adequate access, through their relationships with the registrant, to information about the registrant. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising. No underwriters were involved in the issuance of these securities.
 
Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
 
  (a)
Exhibits
 
Exhibit
No.
  
Description
2.1††    Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2021, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., Redwood Merger Sub LLC and Papay Topco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation)
3.1    Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
3.2    Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
4.1    Certificate of Corporate Domestication of Dragoneer, filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
5.1*    Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
10.1    Form of Subscription Agreement, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II and the investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Annex E of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.2    Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2020, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II and the subscriber named therein (incorporated by reference to Annex L of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.3    Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Cvent Holding Corp. and the investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.4    Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of December 8, 2021, by and among Cvent Holding Corp. and the stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.5    Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Company and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.6+    Cvent Holding Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.7+    Form of Restricted Share Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
 
II-2

Exhibit
No.
  
Description
10.8+    Form of RSU Award Agreement (Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.9+    Form of RSU Award Agreement (Employee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.10+    Form of Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.11+    Cvent Holding Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.12†§    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2017 (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”), by and among Cvent, Inc., as Borrower, Papay Holdco, LLC, as a Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.13    First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2021, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco, LLC, the other Credit Parties thereto, the Extending Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.14§    Incremental Facility Assumption Agreement No. 1, dated as of October 16, 2018, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco, LLC, the other Credit Parties thereto, each of the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.15§    Incremental Facility Assumption Agreement No. 2, dated as of October 26, 2018, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco, LLC, the other Credit Parties thereto, each of the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.16§    Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November 18, 2021, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco LLC, the other credit parties and lenders thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.17+†§    Letter Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and Rajeev Aggarwal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.18+†§    Letter Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and Charles Ghoorah (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.19+†§    Letter Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and David Quattrone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.20+†§    Letter Agreement, dated as of October 3, 2020, between Cvent, Inc. and William Newman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.21+†§    Letter Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and Lawrence Samuelson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
 
II-3

Exhibit
No.
  
Description
10.22+†    Papay Topco, Inc. 2017 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.23    Master Services Agreement, effective as of November 29, 2016, by and between Vista Consulting Group, LLC and Cvent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.24+    Papay Topco, Inc. 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.25+    Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.26+    Form of RSU Award Agreement (Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.27+    Form of RSU Award Agreement (Employee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.28+    Form of Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
21.1    List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
23.1*    Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered accounting firm for Dragoneer.
23.2*    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered accounting firm for Cvent.
23.3*    Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1*    Power of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto).
101.INS    Inline XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE    Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104.    Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL).
 
Certain confidential portions (indicated by brackets and asterisks) have been omitted from this exhibit.
 
††
Schedules and exhibits to this Exhibit omitted pursuant to Regulation
S-K
Item 601(b)(2). The Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.
 
+
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
 
§
Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation
S-K
and will be provided on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request
 
*
Previously filed.
 
II-4

Item 17.
Undertakings
The undersigned registrant, hereby undertakes:
 
  (1)
To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
 
  (a)
To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
 
  (b)
To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and
 
  (c)
To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
  (2)
That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
  (3)
To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
  (4)
That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
 
  (i)
Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
 
  (ii)
Any “free writing prospectus” relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
 
  (iii)
The portion of any other “free writing prospectus” relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
 
  (iv)
Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser.
 
  (5)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions set forth or described in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
 
II-5

  against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
II-6

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Tysons, Virginia on the 27th day of December, 2021.
 
CVENT HOLDING CORP.
By:  
/s/ William J. Newman
  William J. Newman
  Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Name
  
Position
 
Date
/s/ Rajeev K. Aggarwal
   Chief Executive Officer and Director   December 27, 2021
Rajeev Aggarwal    (Principal Executive Officer)  
/s/ William J. Newman
   Chief Financial Officer   December 27, 2021
William J. Newman    (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)  
/s/*
   Director   December 27, 2021
Sanjeev Bansal     
/s/ *
   Director   December 27, 2021
David Breach     
/s/ *
   Director   December 27, 2021
Jim Frankola     
/s/ *
   Director   December 27, 2021
Betty Hung     
/s/ *
   Director   December 27, 2021
Marcela Martin     
/s/ *
   Director   December 27, 2021
Sam Payton     
/s/ *
   Chairman of the Board   December 27, 2021
Maneet Saroya     
/s/ *
   Director   December 27, 2021
Nicolas Stahl     
* /s/ Lawrence J. Samuelson Attorney-in-Fact
 
II-7
Cvent (NASDAQ:CVT)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Feb 2024 bis Mär 2024 Click Here for more Cvent Charts.
Cvent (NASDAQ:CVT)
Historical Stock Chart
Von Mär 2023 bis Mär 2024 Click Here for more Cvent Charts.